Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

Jaemin would like to think this all started out as an accident. That one day, he just happened to be so sexually deprived (or, read: horny), and his boss happened to be so too. That they both just accidentally stared at each other for too long that day, that Jeno accidentally called him over to his office when everyone else had gone home, and that their hands accidentally fell under each others’ shirts. That this entire feat, accidentally happened again a few days later. And again. And again. And again.

They’ve been going at it for a while now, after talking and agreeing that they would continue with this- thing they were doing.

Not that Jaemin’s complaining. Because who wouldn’t want to be fucked by Jeno Lee? 

It started two weeks ago, in his boss’ office. A little chat, a bottle of wine, a long couch, and an empty office. That’s all it took for one night to fall into a series of events – into this thing that Jaemin has gotten himself into. This thing where they make out when no one else is in the room, where they fuck in Jaemin’s apartment or Jeno’s private office every other night, where they go back to work the next morning as if nothing occurred.

Honestly, despite their situation being odd and almost deviant, Jaemin thinks there’s actually nothing wrong at all with it. He is a young man with his sexual needs, and Jeno is more than happy to satisfy them, even goes beyond just satisfying them. Needless to say, Jaemin is glad to have been getting casual, but good — very good — sex on a regular basis. Plus, his ego is fed whenever he knows he’s able to do the same for his boss.

His boss. His sexy, muscular, DILF-material boss. Jaemin doesn’t know how to describe him in more civilized words. All he knows is CEO Lee makes him feel good, and that they’re very compatible sexually. Now, who in the right mind would decline to take advantage of that? Definitely not Jaemin Na.

Jaemin knocks on Jeno Lee’s office door, paperwork in his arms and sweat on his palms. “Come in.” He takes a deep breath as he enters, holding his clipboard close to his chest. 

Though he and his boss get intimate in activities that are— not exactly work- related, in the realm of business and the company, they’re definitely still serious with each other (most of the time). Which is why Jaemin still feels nervous at times, on the edge of his toes and making sure he’s doing everything he can to stay in this prestigious job of his. He hasn’t been here for a year, not even half a year, and he doesn’t plan to lose his position as secretary of the most important man in the company anytime soon.

As he stands a few meters in front of his boss, he’s quick to notice the way Mister Lee seems extra busy, a hand in his hair and his brows furrowed. He clears his throat, gaining him his boss’s attention.

“Oh. Hello, Jaemin.”

Mister Lee’s hand wanders down to his neck, massaging gently. It would look much nicer on Jaemin’s neck though. Or on the flesh of his thigh.

The secretary gulps. He shakes his head, ridding himself of distracting thoughts during work hours.

“H-Hello, Sir. I’d just like to remind you that you have a meeting in fifteen minutes. The meeting room is already being prepared, and the partners will be here soon. I’ll call you in when they’ve arrived. The files you requested from the market research company have also arrived this morning, would you like to have a look?” Jaemin speaks in almost a single breath, and when he finishes, he looks up to see his boss simply staring at him.

And then, Jeno smirks. Oh . It’s one of those days. His eyes drink in his secretary’s entire image, from head to toe.

Jaemin admits that he doesn’t look too good today. He woke up late and didn’t exactly have the time to dress up as much as he usually does. He even forgot his work blazer, so he’s left in only his baby pink turtleneck. It’s a tad too tight, but it’s the first thing he saw that was clean.

If only he didn’t stay up all night yesterday, getting pounded ruthlessly by his boss in his car. Maybe then he would’ve looked a bit more presentable.

But that’s not the case, so he looks away promptly, shifting a bit as he waits for Jeno’s reply and tries to ignore the fact that he’s undressing him with his eyes.

“Yes, I’d like to see the files,” Jeno finally answers, still smirking. He leans back on his leather chair and watches as his secretary approaches him with careful steps, placing the files on his table.

“I’ll take my leave then, Sir,” Jaemin says as he bows, turns around, and walks towards the door.

“Hold on, Jaemin.” He pauses all movements right by the door. He swallows, before turning around.

“Yes, sir?”

He watches Jeno’s grin widen. 

“Come here.”

Jaemin cautiously walks back to the center of the room.

“Closer,” Jeno orders, and Jaemin is in no place to disobey. So, he walks forward until he’s standing right in front of Jeno’s glass table.

“Good,” his boss hums. He licks his lips, still staring at Jaemin.

“Are you still stretched out from last night?” Jeno suddenly asks, standing up to walk over to where Jaemin is on the other side of the desk.

Jaemin’s cheeks burn. He swallows.

“I-I … I guess so,” he says softly, avoiding the older’s intense gaze. He grips his clipboard tightly, biting down on his bottom lip.

Suddenly he feels hands come up to his waist, and Jeno’s chest on his back. The older noses in his neck, humming as if deciding on what to do. Jaemin holds his breath, silencing a whimper when he feels the way Jeno’s length grows hard and presses slightly on his ass. 

Finally, after what feels like forever of anticipating Jeno’s next move, Jaemin feels the presence behind him move away. He breathes a breath of relief — wrongly so.

“Bend over,” Jeno commands as he loosens his neck tie.

Jaemin looks back at him, eyes wide. “B-But sir, the meeting. And w-we could be heard. I don’t think this would be a good idea-”

“I said, bend over. ”

Jaemin has no choice. Well, not that he doesn’t want this too. The excitement, the thrill, the excessive tension in his muscles that will definitely lead to some extra sensitivity.

Tentatively, he walks forward, just a few steps. His hands tremble as he puts down his clipboard on the table, clearing it so he can place his palms flat on the glass top, and bend over. He feels so dirty like this, knowing anyone can walk in on them, on him presenting himself to his goddamn boss.

A shiver runs up his spine when he hears Jeno’s low chuckle.

“You’re so obedient.”

The sound of Jeno’s footsteps gets closer, before there’s finally a hand cupping his ass through his trousers. He hears Jeno’s heavy breathing, and it makes him get unbelievably hot too.

He gasps when Mister Lee suddenly reaches around and swiftly unbuttons his trousers, pulling them down abruptly in one go.

At the sight he’s met with, Jeno chuckles, condescending and low. 

“Naughty boy.” 

Right. Jaemin forgot he’s wearing his favorite panties. They’re pretty, lacy, and expensive. He usually reserves this pair for special occasions, but again, there’s the lack of clean clothes in his apartment.

If only he didn’t cum in his fucking pants last night.

So, here he is. Legs bare, ass cheeks only half covered, and a thin layer of lace between his boss’ fingertips and his hole.

A big hand grasps at his exposed skin, softly squeezing the fat. Another hand joins, and then Jeno is spreading his ass cheeks apart. Jaemin whimpers, head falling down between his shoulders.

“S-Sir, please, we don’t have time-“

Jaemin is cut off by a harsh smack on one of his globes.

“ Fuck ,” he whispers when his boss slaps the same cheek a second time. 

“You don’t tell me what to do,” Jeno says as he caresses where his red hand print is still seen. 

“I-I’m sorry, Sir.”

“ Sir ?” the older questions, his hand leaving him immediately. 

Jaemin knows it well, knows exactly what Jeno likes to be called, but he can’t help the way it still renders him embarrassed, despite having said it several times the past two weeks.

He bites down on his bottom lip. Takes a deep breath.

“I’m sorry, daddy.”

Jaemin hears a satisfied hum as a finger traces up to his middle, and a soft mewl escapes his lips.

“Good boy.”

Jaemin clenches his fists on the table, scared that he’ll slip off from how much his legs are trembling. His cock is already sitting hard on his abdomen, strained under the fabric of his underwear. Unintentionally, he arches his back to shift his weight, and he gasps loudly when he feels not Jeno’s clothed bulge, but instead, his whole exposed cock pressing on him.

When he peers behind his shoulder, Jeno’s already looking at him hungrily.

“Get on your knees.”

Almost instantaneously, Jaemin complies, settling down on the floor so his face is right in front of Jeno’s cock. He looks up at his boss, asking for permission. The older brings a hand down to caress his cheek.

“Go ahead, baby.”

Jaemin immediately wraps a hand around his length, as if aching to feel its weight in his palm. He strokes it from the base to the top slowly, squeezing his hand tighter every time he nears the head. His hand alone gets Jeno groaning above him, but he knows what he wants. That and the fact that they barely have any time, so he wastes not another second and wraps his lips around the tip.

He suckles on it first, giving a lick directly on the slit and spreading his saliva on the rest of the length with his hand. Then, he puts his mouth back on him and begins to bob his head, gradually picking up the pace.

Jaemin looks up at his boss with round, teary eyes, taking more and more into his mouth as he goes. At one point, he finally goes all the way down, his lips touching Jeno’s balls and his throat swallowing around his fat cock.

“Fuck, so good,” Jeno moans above him, throwing his head back. Without another word, he grips a fistful of Jaemin’s hair, and begins thrusting shallowly. Jaemin closes his eyes and relaxes his throat, trying his best not to gag. His own cock is now leaking with precum in his panties, twitching every time Jeno tugs on his hair a little tighter.

He sucks harder and harder as he can tell Jeno’s close, but the older pulls him off roughly.

“Get up.”

Jaemin obeys quickly, letting Jeno maneuver him into bending over the table again. He hears the faint sound of plastic ripping behind him, and his assumption that it’s a condom is confirmed when he sees the gold packet thrown to the floor just a foot away from him.

There’s a few seconds of nothing happening. It has Jaemin taking deep breaths, growing impatient. Just as he’s about to look back to see what’s going on, he feels his panties being tugged aside and then a thick appendage sliding into his hole, now lubed up.

“Fuck, you’re so tight,” Jeno releases a breathy moan, pushing all the way in until his abdomen touches Jaemin’s ass. “How are you still so tight?”

Jaemin simply whimpers in response, limbs threatening to give in. He can feel how tightly his boss grips his waist, and oh, that is definitely going to leave a mark. 

Beginning with a slow pace, Jeno begins fucking his cock into him. However, he fucks him very, very slowly, driving his length deep inside Jaemin’s hole and driving his secretary insane.

“F-Faster,” he whispers softly as he clenches around his cock, and Jeno doesn’t miss it. He pauses his thrusts.

“Did you say something?” he teases, placing his thumbs on either side of Jaemin’s little hole and massaging it. He spreads it further and presses down on it, threatening to put both fingers in next to his cock and making the younger whine quietly.

“Faster,” Jaemin says, a bit louder now. “Please.”

Jeno smirks. He returns his hands to Jaemin’s waist, before pulling back and thrusting in fast and hard. He snaps his hips forward so quickly and harshly that the sound of Jaemin’s ass slapping against his balls and abdomen echoes throughout his entire office. He locates his prostate without effort, hitting it as much as he can. The younger tries as best as he can to meet his thrusts, pushing back every so often.

At one point, Jeno’s length pops out from how vigorously he’s thrusting and slides up Jaemin’s crack, getting caught in his panties. The secretary immediately whines at the loss, but is silenced when he hears Jeno’s frustrated growl.

And then, the sound of fabric ripping.

No fucking way.

Jaemin gasps, looking back and finding that his boss has indeed ripped his favorite damn panties off him. He doesn’t get the chance to say anything, not with Jeno instantly pushing back into him and fucking him at an inhuman speed.

They’re both already so close, soft moans coming out of their mouths and wet, sloppy noises echoing in the room. Hopefully no one is listening through the wall.

“I-I’m gonna cum,” Jaemin arches his back, biting down on his lip to keep his noises to a minimum. “Please l-let me.”

“Cum then,” Jeno says monotonously as he brings a hand around to jerk Jaemin off. One thumb to his slit is all it takes for him to reach his peak, some of his cum unfortunately landing on Jeno’s glass table. Good thing he cleared the papers.

The mess he made seems to turn on the boss though, because suddenly he’s pushing Jaemin’s tight shirt up from the back and pulling out. He quickly slides off the condom and fists his cock furiously, releasing a low moan as he releases thick stripes of white on Jaemin’s bare ass and back.

Not even five seconds later, he feels Jeno spread his cum on his hole with his fingers, making a sticky mess.

“S-Sir, that's not very-”

“I know,” Jeno hums, before giving his ass a small squeeze. “I couldn’t help myself. Sorry,” he chuckles. Jaemin just nods, unsure of what else to say. The next thing he knows, Jeno is handing him some wet wipes so he can clean himself up. They both put their clothes back on properly afterwards, and Jaemin promptly apologizes for his boss’ table after he wipes it.

“Don’t worry about it,” Mister Lee assures him with a smile. Then, his gaze lowers to where his secretary is covering his crotch with his two hands. Jaemin blushes. Right. Now he has to work with no underwear and it’s only 10 in the morning. Because of Jeno’s lack of self-control. Not that Jaemin didn’t like the display of strength.

“I apologize for … those .”

“It’s fine, Sir. It’s just that they were … my favorite,” he murmurs the last sentence softly to himself, looking away and mourning the loss.

He looks up just in time to see Jeno approaching him with his blazer in hand. “Here,” he nudges the dark grey fabric towards Jaemin. “You can go home for a while, I’ll take care of the meeting. Just be back after lunch break.”

Jaemin nods and takes the blazer, albeit unsurely. He’s still a bit dazed from Jeno ripping his panties and from the mind-blowing sex, so he doesn’t really have anything more to say just yet. His boss doesn’t seem to mind though, simply smiling at him amusedly.

“I’ll get going then,” Jeno says, grabbing his phone and papers before walking back to where Jaemin is standing. He smiles at the younger once more, then leans in and gives him a short but deep kiss on the lips, enough to make Jaemin close his eyes and want more when he pulls away.

“See you later, Jaemin.”

Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip, only able to watch Jeno’s figure walk away and leave the room, before he finally mumbles to himself,

“See you later, Sir.”

Later on, Jaemin comes back to work, now with a proper cream blazer and clean underwear he was able to find in his bathroom. He settles back into his workspace, ready to finally focus.

Until, he sees his boss pass by his table, just to trace back his steps and stop at Jaemin’s desk.

The secretary quickly bows. “A-Anything you need, Sir?”

He watches Jeno’s curious gaze move down to his table. Jaemin tries not to feel too embarrassed by the entire box of sugar cubes sitting next to his desktop. 

He’s always had these sugar cubes, all the way from senior high school to now. They help him focus, and give him a burst of energy whenever he’s feeling a bit tired during work. He eats them very often, and by the way he’s staring, it seems that this isn’t the first time Mister Lee noticed it.

“You always have these, don’t you?” his boss chuckles as he reaches for the box, eyeing the nutrition information.

“Y-Yes, sir.” Jaemin looks down at his shoes, kind of ashamed. He did eat those a lot, even before meetings. Maybe it bothers Mister Lee? Maybe it really does bother him, fuck. He didn’t even ask permission before he started bringing this sugar box to work! What if it’s stupid and everyone is talking about him and his sugar cube obsession behind his back? What if Jeno hates it, and now he’s going to get fired?!

Jaemin is about to apologize, until Mister Lee reaches down into the box and takes a sugar cube. “Mind if I take one?” He watches as his boss pops one into his mouth, pearly white teeth showing as he smiles charmingly.

Belatedly, Jaemin nods. “Y-Yes, of course. You can take one anytime, Sir.”

Jeno puts the box back on his desk, before sending him a small smile.

“Thanks.” 

All Jaemin gets to do is bow and splutter out “no problem,” as his boss takes his leave into his office. He breathes a breath of relief once he’s gone, sitting back down on his chair and immediately munching on a sugar cube.

Fuck my life.

The rest of the day is smooth, with a couple more minor internal meetings here and there. Jeno tells him that the earlier one went well, and informs him of all the new agreements. Jaemin easily takes note of all of them, happy to do his job well. Surprisingly, Jeno doesn’t disturb (read: please ) him anymore in terms of sexual needs for the rest of the day. He even lets him go home early, saying that he doesn’t need to wait for him like usual.

“Someone’s lucky,” his co-worker and current closest work friend Renjun says as he eyes Jaemin stuffing (more like intricately placing) his things into his messenger bag.

The younger just shrugs with a small smile, sighing. “Not really. This is the best part of my whole week.” Embarrassingly, Jaemin curses the moment he takes a step a little too large forward, forgetting about his sore asshole.

Renjun raises an eyebrow at him, a questioning, teasing smile on his face. “Uhuh. Your whole week, huh? I guess the nights don’t count as part of the week for you? You know, I should really follow in your footsteps and find out what bars you go to.”

Jaemin just rolls his eyes at him and laughs, waving a hand at his co-worker. “Yeah alright, bye now.”

“Bye! Make sure you don’t take it too roughly this time!” Renjun yells jokingly, and Jaemin praises all the gods above that it’s only just them left in the building. Renjun, just like him, is also a secretary, but to the company’s COO. So they’re both tired, both always staying late at the office, both trying hard with their jobs, but also both extremely good at them. They wouldn't still be here if they weren't.

What’s different between them though is that Renjun and his boss are definitely not fucking. Well, he doesn't know. He hasn't really asked Renjun that, because he hasn't told him either that his boss is fucking him. He probably just thinks Jaemin has one nightstands frequently, or a friend with benefits.

Jaemin guesses the latter is not entirely wrong. It's just that he and Mister Lee are not friends, not exactly.

Why? Because Jaemin, is just Jaemin. Meanwhile, Jeno Lee is this big shot in the industry. He's born with a silver spoon in his mouth, goes to highly exclusive wine-tasting parties, and flies to Europe to buy a gift for a high school classmate he probably never even spoke to. Heck, his favorite food is a prime-grade aged wagyu strip steak topped with truffle butter cooked to exactly between medium rare and medium, with a side of sauteed asparagus and raclette over marble potatoes.

Jaemin knows because he orders it for him every single week. Not only that, but he sets and plans and books Mister Lee's appointments, meals, trips, purchases, meetings, calls – everything. Jaemin is Jeno Lee's secretary, his personal assistant for everything within work hours. He fixes everything for him, makes sure everything is laid out for him, from the brand of water he's drinking, to the seat he's taking at a dinner meeting, to the laundry shop he's getting his suit dry-cleaned.

That's how important his job is, and thankfully, it does reflect in his paycheck.

When Jaemin comes home, it’s to his cat, Jellypong, already waiting for him by the door. 

“Hi, sweetie,” he smiles, giving her a gentle scratch by her ear. He walks past her, placing his things down on his beloved marble counter. It’s one of the perks that comes with working for Jeno Lee – his marble countertop, his twin-cooling refrigerator, and his queen-size bed that he and Jeno have definitely fucked in more than a couple times. They’re all good things that come with his job, things that he can now splurge on. Not to mention that he shares his apartment with only his cat.

When he reaches his bedroom, a curious thing catches his attention.

There’s a paper bag on his bed, sleek black with matching black strings and white crepe paper inside peeking out slightly. He approaches it, then notices the small paper next to it, a paper he sees every day on his desk. The Lee Corporation notepad. Scribbled on the sheet in blue ballpoint pen ink, is a single sentence.

I hope you like them. 

Jaemin raises an eyebrow. He begins opening the paper bag, taking out the crepe paper carefully. When he finally takes the contents out, his eyes widen.

They’re panties. They look exactly like the ones Jeno had destroyed just hours ago. But it’s not just one pair. There are three more of the same style, just in different colors. A pretty periwinkle (the one Jaemin already had), a baby pink, and a dangerous black.

Jaemin immediately takes his phone out, typing out a message.

Jaemin (secretary)

Good evening, sir. I just arrived home, and I saw what you left me

Thank you so much; you didn’t have to bother, really!

Sir Jeno

Oh, it wasn’t a bother at all, Jaemin.

Anyway, I’m sorry again about earlier.

Jaemin (secretary)

No no, it’s no problem at all!

Sir Jeno

That’s good to know.

Did I get the right size?

Jaemin (secretary)

Haha yeah, they’re perfect :D

Thank you again, seriously this is a lot :<

Sir Jeno

You’re welcome, Jaemin.

Wear them around me, will you?

I promise I won’t rip them anymore.

Jaemin (secretary)

Hahaha

Okay, sir 😊

Sir Jeno

And stop calling me sir all the time, especially outside work hours. I’ve told you this before.

Just ‘Jeno’ is fine.

Our ages are not that far apart.

Jaemin (secretary)

Oh right, sorry haha

I’ll keep it in mind!

Sir Jeno

Good.

I’ll see you next week.

Good night, Jaemin.

Jaemin (secretary)

Good night, Mister Lee! 😊

Jaemin sighs as he looks at the panties again, before throwing them into the laundry along with all the dirty clothes he needs to get washed.

After taking a shower, he winces when he bounces on his bed, forgetting about his sore asshole. One of these days, Mister Lee is going to tear his backside apart.

⏤

It’s a few days later when Jaemin finds himself at his desk at nearly midnight. Everyone else has gone home, but he’s still here because his boss is. Awfully familiar situation, simultaneously convenient and inconvenient for Jaemin. Convenient, because staying late in the building when no one else is there means more opportunities to get laid by a stressed out Mister Lee. Inconvenient because god, Jaemin is so fucking tired when he comes home, whether it’s his asshole or his brain that got destroyed (or both). All because of Jeno Lee.

Ah, yes. Jeno Lee. He’s an ever diligent and determined 30-year-old CEO of the top business consulting company in the continent, which makes Jaemin the most exhausted secretary this world has ever seen. He worked hard to get to where he is right now though, and at age 24 too. Only his third job since graduating, having taken lots of internships during his final year in college. Jaemin takes pride in his intelligence and work ethics, and he’d like to think they’re among the top reasons he got the job just a few months ago. A few hours off his sleep is a small thing compared to the experience and knowledge he’ll gain from working under Mister Lee.

When the clock strikes twelve, Jaemin yawns and stretches in his seat. He glances over to Renjun across the hallway, who’s barely awake too, still trying to encode something into his desktop with eyes half-open despite the COO already having left earlier. It doesn’t take too long before Renjun’s standing up and shutting down his monitor though, bag already slung across his body.

“Someone’s lucky,” Jaemin huffs jokingly as the older passes by his desk.

The Chinese boy just chuckles and shakes his head. “Get home soon.”

Jaemin sighs as he slumps into his wheely chair, watching his friend’s figure disappear into the depths of the hall, jealousy filling him when he hears the elevator ding at a distance. He has no choice but just to stay here and try to keep himself awake whilst waiting for Mister Lee’s word.

About an hour later, Jaemin is still in his seat, in his desk, mindlessly spinning around on his chair as he yawns.

A quiet minute passes. The secretary stands up, stretches, and decides to check on his boss, just to be sure that he’s still alive.

And just to see if maybe he wants to fuck him senseless while no one else is in the building. He’s been feeling particularly needy lately, but Jeno’s also been so busy, so they haven’t done anything in a while, almost a week even. He hasn’t even touched himself – he couldn’t.

That’s the thing. They had rules when they first talked about continuing this- arrangement. The talk happened over some coffee, at Jeno’s office, as if it was a real meeting. Well, it started that way. Then it ended with sex. But that’s besides the point. The point is, that the rules were made clear between the two of them. Jeno made the first, and Jaemin curses him for it.

Rule 1: No touching yourself without permission.

What a fucking joke , Jaemin thought then. He remembers standing up in protest the moment his boss said that, putting his iced americano down on the desk so hard that the ice shook loudly. He was about to speak against it, but instead slowly sat back down when he saw the sly smirk on Jeno’s face, realizing that he just shamelessly and unknowingly gave away that he is a horny young man who masturbates on a regular basis.

So, he just nodded with blushed cheeks and mumbled out a ‘ fine.’ He didn’t question it further, assuming it’s part of this power play Jeno likes a lot. And well, Jaemin likes it too.

The next rule, he imposed.

Rule 2: Don’t tell others about it.

Yeah, Jaemin is definitely more serious about these rules than his boss is.

It isn’t that he’s not proud of the fact that he’s being fucked by his hot and sexy boss. It’s just that it could potentially ruin both of their reputations, which is why Jeno agreed to it quickly. And which is also why he chooses now, when no one else is in the building, as the perfect time to strike.

Jaemin makes his way to his boss’s office. He knocks on the big grey doors thrice, entering only when he hears Jeno say he can come in.

When he’s inside, his eyes run over the papers scattered all around Jeno’s office, from the couch, to the coffee table, to his glass desk. Fuck, he still has to clean this before going home. That’s where the final rule comes in.

Rule 3 : Nothing changes besides the sex. Work, is still work.

Which is why Jaemin still bows as he faces his boss, accompanies him to every meeting, speaks to him with formalities, and organizes his office when he leaves. Work is separate from their sexual activities, and their relationship in the workspace should remain the same as before. 

Finally, there’s one last rule Jaemin created, and only told himself. For himself.

Rule 0: Don’t catch feelings.

“Ah, Jaemin. What brings you here?”

“W-Would you like some hot coffee?” Jaemin offers, gathering courage. “I was about to- uhm, make myself a cup, so I thought maybe you’d like one too.”

Jeno gives him his million-dollar smile. Literally.

“Sure. Just bring it in here.”

Five minutes later, he comes back into the office with Jeno’s cup of coffee. He places it on his table, bowing. “Your coffee, sir.”

He’s about to leave for his desk outside, when Jeno asks, “Where’s yours?”

“A-At my table, Sir,” he stutters out, slightly nervous for some reason.

“Get it,” his boss orders. Jeno looks at him with that gaze again. The one that makes his cheeks pink and his lungs find the urge to inhale more air. “I’d like some company.”

Jaemin nods quickly, rushing out to get his coffee. He screams at himself internally, knowing exactly where this will lead.

“Take a seat,” Jeno says the moment he comes back in. He obeys, sitting on one of the leather chairs in the couch area. He sips on his coffee, looking anywhere but at his boss.

“Sit here.” Jaemin blinks up from his drink, nearly choking on it when he sees Jeno tap on his thigh from under his desk. With trembling knees, he rises to his feet, and walks toward his boss. He only stops when he’s right next to him, putting his coffee down on the glass table.

Jeno’s hand easily curls around his waist, gently guiding him to sit down on his lap. He hums in satisfaction at how Jaemin complies without question or resistance.

Almost immediately, his lips drag along the younger’s neck, moving up and pressing kisses to his ear and cheek. When Jaemin feels a hand splay over his abdomen, his entire body automatically relaxes under Jeno’s touch. His back lays over the older’s chest, and his breath hitches when he feels an unmistakable bulge poking underneath him.

“A-Aren’t you tired, Sir?” Jaemin whispers, teasing a bit as he shifts his weight on Jeno’s thighs.

Jeno chuckles against his ear. “Aren’t you tired?”

The secretary hums, slowly grinding his hips in small circles.

“I asked first,” he whispers as he turns his head to the side, gaining confidence. He pushes down on Jeno’s growing erection a bit harder, causing the older to groan lowly.

“Fair enough,” Jeno returns, fingers quietly untucking the other’s shirt so he can touch the soft skin underneath. “Well, what do you think my answer is, hm?”

“I don’t know, Sir,” Jaemin bats his eyelashes innocently, biting down on his bottom lip when he feels fingers tread over his nipples under his shirt.

Jeno releases a deep chuckle. Carefully, he maneuvers his secretary around so he’s facing him. Once he’s settled, Jaemin’s hands automatically come up to his shoulders, grinding down impatiently on his lap. Jeno just lets him, big hands grasping his waist under his shirt.

Mister Lee looks up at the younger. “Would you like to find out, sugar ?”

Jaemin’s movements pause.

Sugar?

“Mhm,” Jeno nods, making his secretary realize that he thought out loud. He’s embarrassed, but has no time to show it when a thumb glides over the corner of his lips.

“You’re like sugar.” His boss looks into his eyes. “Sweet,” he says as he traces his fingers up to his cheek. “A bit rough.” The same fingers move down to caress Jaemin’s sharp jaw, until Jeno’s index lays on the very center of his lips. The older gazes back into his eyes as he smirks. “Addictive.”

Without a word, Jaemin opens his mouth, allowing his boss’ finger to slip past his lips. He encloses around it and sucks gently, laving his tongue over it, all while staring into Jeno Lee’s eyes, before he releases it with a wet pop.

Jeno crashes their lips together. Jaemin places his hands behind his boss’s neck, massaging there lightly and driving Jeno to pull him closer by the hips.

Minutes pass of them just kissing, and Jaemin is feeling hotter and hotter by the second. Jeno still hasn’t done anything, hasn’t even touched him properly. He whines impatiently, moving around on the older’s lap, trying to get him to do something.

However, it still elicits nothing from Jeno.

Too horny to wait, Jaemin sneaks a hand between their bodies and cups Jeno’s erection. The older hums, chuckling into their kiss. 

“Impatient, are we?” The ends of Jeno’s lips curl as he brings a hand up to his secretary’s jaw, gently bringing his gaze down. “What do you want, hm? Tell me, sugar.”

“I-I …” Jaemin hesitates, looking away as he bites down on his bottom lip. He tries to get the message through by unbuckling Jeno’s belt, but the older is quick to stop him with a grasp on his wrist.

“Uh-uh,” he reprimands, making Jaemin look into his orbs again. “Tell me what you want.”

Jaemin shuts his eyes for a moment. He takes a deep breath in, before giving in.

“I … I want … I want your cock.”

He almost wants to cry when he hears Jeno’s skeptical hum. “Really? Are you sure? I don’t think you really want it.”

“I-I do!” he blurts out desperately. “I do. Please, daddy. I want it, please.”

Jeno takes his chin between his thumb and pointer.

“How bad do you want it?”

“S-So bad,” Jaemin gasps out when he feels a stinging squeeze on the side of his thigh. “I want your cock so bad.”

“Get up.” Jaemin doesn’t even get to comply on his own when Jeno pulls him off his lap. He quickly undoes the button of Jaemin’s trousers and pulls them off, leaving him in one of the panties Jeno had bought for him. The sight brings a smirk to the older’s face.

He guides his secretary onto his back on his table, uncaring of the paperwork he’s crumpling or pushing away. He pulls off Jaemin’s shoes and bends his knees up, so that he can spread his legs open. Jaemin willingly complies, but the shame begins to sink in when his boss sits back down on his leather chair and thumbs on his inner thighs, staring at his almost naked lower half.

“So pretty,” Jeno murmurs, nosing in on his bare legs. Jaemin watches him with his bottom lip between his teeth, and a whimper involuntarily comes out of him when Jeno licks all the way from his hole to the base of his cock, wetting his panties with saliva. He then proceeds to leave kisses right next to the fabric covering his hole, very very slowly, so close but not close enough.

“S-Stop teasing.”

Jeno only chuckles. “But you’re so fun to play with, sugar.”

He whines, shaking his head. “Please,” he begs.

He hears Jeno hum, as if thinking about it. “Well,” he starts as he hooks a finger into the panties and pushes the lace aside, “since you’ve been such a good boy.” He pauses again to simply look – just to stare at the way Jaemin’s hole clenches and unclenches. Finally, he smiles. “I’ll give you what you want.”

Jaemin throws his head back when Jeno licks over his hole, immediately starting with quick circular motions. He then encloses his lips on it and begins sucking on the rim, making his secretary cry out. Good thing they’re the only ones left here. 

“Look at you,” Jeno says right before spitting directly onto the wet and pink muscle. “Such a pretty hole.” He leans in to give one last suck before taking the panties carefully off of the younger, not forgetting his promise. Jaemin raises his hips and legs to help him.

Jeno is taking his sweet, sweet time as he retrieves the bottle of lube from his drawer, as he opens it and warms the liquid between his fingers, humming satisfied. Jaemin is itching, aching, dying to feel his touch. He shifts around on the table and whines softly, trying to catch the older’s attention.

It works, because Jeno finally approaches him with a dark chuckle.

“Needy,” he hums, still not touching his secretary. “Do you want it?”

Jaemin squeezes his eyes shut in horror and frustration. He opens them again to his boss waiting patiently. Quickly, he nods.

“Y-Yes, I do.”

“What do you want? Say it.”

“I want … I-I want your fingers.”

“Where do you want them?” At this point, Jeno’s free hand is roaming freely on Jaemin’s thigh, but it’s not close enough, not nearly close enough to where he wants it.

“Come on, sugar. Tell me. Tell me how you want me. Tell me where you want me.”

“I … I want your fingers i-in me. I-Inside my hole. Please, daddy, I-”

Jeno finally plunges a finger into him, all the way up to his knuckle.

“Good boy.” Jaemin squeezes his eyes shut when he feels a second finger quickly join the first, then they’re both slowly pumping in and out of him. Then suddenly there are three hitting his prostate and Jaemin’s back arches as a silent moan escapes him. He feels Jeno’s fingers curl up into him once more, causing him to sit up in surprise as he reaches down to grab at his boss’ wrist instinctively.

“W-Wait,” he catches his breath, and the seriousness in his tone makes Jeno stop at an instant. “Do you want to go to my place? T-The papers, we might … y’know …” 

A wave of heat comes over his cheeks when he hears Mister Lee’s soft chuckle. “Alright then, sugar.” The secretary gets back into his clothes, before they begin clearing up Jeno’s table. Jaemin admits it’s hard to concentrate while half-hard, but it’s better this way than having to clean cum off the glass and possibly even ruining some files. So, he holds out until they get to Mister Lee’s car, until they’re dropped off by his chauffeur at his apartment, until they reach his unit, until they kick their shoes off, and until Jaemin’s being pushed up against the wall.

“S-Sir,” he whimpers as hands roam under his shirt, hickeys being painted onto his neck. He throws his head back when his boss sucks harshly by his collarbone, resulting in a thud on the wall behind him. “M-Mister Lee,” he gasps again when Jeno rolls his hips forward, “Sir, I-I haven’t locked the door.”

The CEO stops then, bringing his face up to look into Jaemin’s eyes for a few seconds. The younger gulps under his gaze, tensed up from the grip Jeno still has on his waist. He seems to be contemplating his decision, looking from Jaemin to the door, before finally moving away and letting him go.

“Alright then,” Jeno says with a gentle smile. He carefully takes his secretary’s chin between his fingers. “Lock the door, do what you must. I’ll wait for you in your bedroom. Okay?”

Jaemin nods earnestly, looking up at his boss with glassy eyes. Jeno lets him go with a soft chuckle and a shake of his head, then walks further into the apartment without another word. 

He exhales heavily when Mister Lee is out of sight, body weight leaning on the wall. He looks up at the ceiling for a bit in a daze, before locking the door and making his way to his bedroom. When he gets there, he sees Jeno already sitting on the edge of his bed.

God, he really does look like a king. Blazer already off, one button of his collared shirt undone, leaning back with his palms behind him, and an expectant gaze on Jaemin when he catches sight of him.

Cautiously, Jaemin walks forward, closing the door behind him. He stops in the middle, just a few meters away from Jeno, the way he does too in his boss’ office every morning to tell him his schedule for the day. He bites down on his bottom lip, the way he also does when he’s slightly nervous or unsure. Patiently, he waits for Jeno’s instruction, the way he does every single hour, every single day. And when it comes, he always obeys.

“Strip.”

Jaemin has to hold back a whimper. With slightly shaky fingers, he reaches for his own belt, and begins unbuckling it. He drops it on the ground, thanking his past self for choosing to get wall-to-wall carpeting. He works on his pants next, fumbling with the button a few times before finally getting it right and unzipping carefully.

He hears his boss hum, and fuck, is he so flustered. He’s definitely more than half-hard, cock sitting tightly in his panties. He knows Jeno can see it through the length of his thin white button-up, knows he’s smirking even without having to look up. He’s about to reach for the edge of his shirt next, when Mister Lee speaks, “Enough. Come here.”

Jaemin sheepishly steps out of his clothes, then walks forward slowly. Jeno guides him onto his lap, his hands on Jaemin’s waist and Jaemin’s legs on either side of him. As soon as the younger’s hands come up around his neck, Jeno leans up to latch his lips onto his own.

Mister Lee is a hungry man. For success, for power, for dominance, and for Jaemin’s luscious sweet lips that taste of white sugar. His hands on Jaemin’s waist push him down so his ass is directly on his crotch. A smile etches onto his lips between their kiss when he feels the younger already moving around on his lap. He carefully pushes his shirt up from the back.

Jaemin gasps when he feels a harsh squeeze on his ass. The same hand spreads on his entire cheek, caressing, fondling, squeezing. He jerks forward when a loud slap is delivered onto it, moaning when his excruciatingly hard cock gets the tiniest bit of friction. He tries to get Jeno to do it again, pushing his ass out onto his hand. And happily, Mister Lee rewards him.

One slap. Two slaps. Three. Four. Five. Six. Jaemin shivers and gasps at every strike, but doesn’t stop kissing Jeno for hell. Doesn’t stop moving his hips on his lap, doesn’t stop wordlessly asking for more as he pulls the older closer with a grasp in his hair.

All too easily, Mister Lee notices. He smirks as he pulls away, the both of them gasping for air. Their foreheads link together as their chests rise and fall. Just before Jaemin tries to kiss Jeno again, he’s interrupted by his boss’ chuckle.

“Feisty today, aren’t we?” Jeno says lowly, making Jaemin bite down on his bottom lip as he looks away, pink on his cheeks. It’s not his fault his hot and sexy boss keeps making him feel so shy and flustered all the damn time. 

The CEO’S gaze moves downward, and as if he’s the ocean and Jeno is the moon, Jaemin naturally gravitates towards the older. In contrast to his own sugar-sweet lips (or at least that’s what Jeno tells him), Mister Lee’s tongue feels like fire against his lips, spicy and a little bit bitter. Little by little, he can feel his shirt buttons being opened, the fabric falling loose on his frame before eventually being thrown to the side.

He shudders when he feels a light pressure right between his ass cheeks, a finger tracing over his crack and pressing over so slightly on his puckered hole under the thin lace. The next thing he feels is two big hands grasping his cheeks, before traveling north, then hooking onto the waistband of his underwear. Slowly, his panties are pulled down, the garter resting on the bottom of the curve of his ass.

A gasp escapes him when one hand spreads his cheeks, then two fingers lightly rub over his hole. They circle around it, over, and over, and over, before suddenly pressing down, hard. It sends Jaemin surging forward and releasing a breathy moan into his boss’ neck. “F-Fuck.” Jeno presses down a second time, massaging circles over the hole and making his secretary grip tightly onto his shirt as he gasps, the lube from earlier still making his skin sticky.

“Sugar,” the CEO whispers as he stops his movements and carefully pulls his panties’ waistband back up.

“Y-Yes, sir?”

Jeno ghosts his lips over his as he speaks lowly. “As you can see, my fingers are now a little messy. So, would you be a doll and take off my clothes for me?”

Jaemin can’t stop the way the ends of his lips curve up. Finally.

“Yes, daddy.”

He moves back a bit, just enough so he can untuck and undo Mister Lee’s shirt buttons, one at a time. His eyes grow bigger at every inch of skin that’s revealed. Once he’s got all of them undone, he carefully smooths his hands over Jeno’s chest, bringing the fabric with him as he pushes it back and over his shoulders. He knows the older is staring at him with a teasing smirk, so he tries to avoid eye contact as he takes the shirt off completely.

Next to work on is Jeno’s belt, which he takes off easily without moving much in his place. And finally, the main event.

Jaemin gingerly gets off of his lap, before planting his knees on the floor. He bites down on his lip when Mister Lee spreads his legs even wider, taunting him with the visible erection in his black slacks. Deft fingers begin to unbutton and unzip him, then they’re pulling the fabric all the way down. Jeno is left in his underwear, and god, Jaemin is going crazy.

Jeno is so fucking big, and so fucking hard. He can see a patch of wetness by the tip, pre-cum that has leaked out from all the foreplay. Jaemin would be embarrassed, but Mister Lee looks prouder than ever, flaunting how hard his cock has gotten, how aroused he currently is.

Jaemin doesn’t even realize he’s begun to gravitate towards it, until his nose is almost touching the clothed bulge. He subconsciously licks his lips, then looks up at his boss for a few seconds, asking for permission. Jeno hums, pleased by Jaemin’s politeness and manners. He gives his secretary a nod, and that’s all it takes.

A moan almost escapes Jaemin when he finally sees his cock. It’s certainly not his first time seeing it, definitely not his first time touching it either, and quite surely not his first time ogling at it. But god damn that is a big fucking cock. Jaemin has had many past relationships and partners, but no one has ever come close to the length in his hand right now. No matter how many times he’s seen it, touched it, placed it in his mouth and milked it dry, he still can’t quite wrap his head around the fact that Mister Lee is extremely, insanely, beautifully, well-endowed.

He forgets to ask for permission this time as he wraps his lips over the leaking tip, but Jeno doesn’t seem to mind as he simply hisses at the action and watches Jaemin continue through hooded eyes. Determined, Jaemin begins sucking, moving back and forth, taking in more and more of his cock each time. He makes sure to swirl his tongue around the tip too, and use his hands where his mouth can’t reach, twisting them and letting his saliva drip down the length. He fastens his movements, bobbing his head up and down, cheeks hollowed and lips tight around the girth as he’s rewarded by groans and whispered curses from his boss.

Now, Jaemin is an overachiever, always has been, in every aspect. He pushes himself to his limits, does his best, does more than what he’s sure he can do. And no situation is an exception to this trait of his. So, he takes his hands off of Jeno’s length, and without warning, he goes all the way down in a single second, so much so that he can feel the bulge Jeno’s cock has created in his throat. His pride swells when he hears Jeno’s loud moan, simultaneously throwing his head back. Jaemin holds still for as long as he can, swallowing around the length before pulling off.

It’s not even five seconds later when he does it again, taking Jeno all the way down his throat. But this time, he isn’t able to pull off when a hand on his head keeps him there. Suddenly Jeno is thrusting into his throat, moving his hips shallowly. Completely surprised, Jaemin’s eyes go wide, and he’s quickly tapping on the older’s thigh, telling him to stop as he nearly chokes. Just as instantly, Jeno lets him go and pulls away. Jaemin immediately coughs, eyes red and watery as he gasps for air. Once he’s calmed down a bit, a gentle, yet firm hand tilts his chin up. He meets Jeno’s stern expression with his own flushed cheeks, swollen lips, and glassy eyes.

“Do you want to stop?” Though the question seems kind, the way Mister Lee says it shows obvious displease, and more than that, condescendence. He’s challenging, testing if Jaemin will give up easily.

And of course, without hesitation, Jaemin shakes his head, despite the way his throat hurts like hell. He wants this.

Jeno sighs, feigning concern as he glides the back of his knuckles on the younger’s cheeks, while slowly pumping his own length, right in front of his face. “Are you sure? You look tired, sugar. I’m not so sure you can take it. Maybe we should stop for the night, hm? Don’t you think so?”

He’s teasing. Jeno Lee is teasing. 

And Jaemin, well. Jaemin is desperate.

Too quickly, he shakes his head. “No, no, please-” he hiccups, tears forming in his eyes. “I-I can take it, I promise, I’ll take it. I can do it, please, please.” He begs fervently, holding onto Jeno’s wrists, trying to convince him.

Mister Lee smiles. He hums as he cups the younger’s jaw, gazing at his wrecked state. “You sure, baby? I don’t want to hurt you,” he says with a tone far from being genuine, and on his face a faux frown that quickly turns into a smirk when the secretary nods.

“Y-Yes, I’m sure.”

Jeno places a thumb over his lips, and out of instinct, the younger opens his mouth. Wide. Wide enough for the CEO’s thick cock to enter, slow but sure. Jaemin closes his eyes when he feels the tip hit the back of his throat, relaxing himself as he feels a hand make its way to his head, immediately creating a harsh grip on his hair.

Jeno thrusts experimentally once, twice. When Jaemin doesn’t show any signs of discomfort, he stops holding back. He hammers his cock into Jaemin’s throat, breathing heavily and releasing low grunts every now and then when he feels the younger still trying to use his tongue to further pleasure him. He thrusts faster, and faster, and faster, unminding the way tears begin to stream down Jaemin’s cheeks, making him all the more prettier.

Jaemin tries his hardest to swallow, to tighten around Jeno, to bring him closer and closer to his release. He wants to taste him, wants to feel his thick cum shoot down his throat, wants to hear his growls and curses. He keeps going, hollowing his cheeks and growing harder in his own underwear as well. He’s trying so, so hard not to choke, taking everything Jeno’s giving him. But right as he thinks he’s about to receive his reward, Jeno pulls out of his mouth entirely. 

There’s no time to complain when Mister Lee suddenly stands up, fisting his cock furiously in front of his face. Instantly, he opens his mouth, tongue lolling out as Jeno looks down at him and moans. “Fuck, fuck, fuck, that’s it. Open wide for me, sugar. Let me see your pretty face covered in my cum.”

Just a few more strokes is all it takes before he’s painting thick, white stripes over Jaemin’s face, before directing the last of it right onto his awaiting tongue. The younger closes his eyes and moans at the feeling and the taste, nearly cumming untouched right then and there.

But he’s a good boy, and good boys ask permission before cumming. That’s what Jeno had told him when they first fucked, and he’s never once disobeyed.

The CEO exhales heavily as he finishes, pleased when he sees that Jaemin hasn’t swallowed or came. He pushes under the younger’s chin gently, then watches the bob of his adam’s apple as he swallows. He smirks at the sight. “Good boy.”

Jaemin keens at the praise, and patiently waits for Jeno to clean his face. But it doesn’t come. Instead, what he feels is a hand going into the front of his panties, grasping his cock and pumping it quickly. He instantly moans lewdly and grabs onto Jeno’s wrist, sobbing because he’s already so close.

“C-Can I cum, daddy, p-please let me-”

“Cum for me, sugar,” Jeno commands, and within a second, white spills onto his hand, some of it even reaching Jaemin’s stomach and the floor. Perhaps there are indeed times that wall-to-wall carpeting is not the best decision he’s ever made.

Jaemin’s chest heaves as he comes down from his high. He feels Jeno’s presence leave, then a moment later, there’s a hand cupping the side of his face and fabric wiping away the cum on his eyelids. When he finally gets to open his eyes, he’s immediately met with his boss’ handsome, Greek god of a face, expression-focused as he uses his own handkerchief to clean up the brunette’s face.

He lets Jeno maneuver him to sit on his bed, so he can wipe the cum that reaches his chest. Silence falls upon them, but neither of them really mind, or at least Jaemin thinks so. He just patiently watches his boss clean him up, legs closed and hands clasped together on his lap.

Once he’s done, Jeno straightens up and begins putting on his clothes.

“Are you okay?”

“Yeah,” Jaemin replies softly, backing up on the bed so his back meets the pile of pillows by his headboard. “Thank you. I really needed that.”

“Oh, I know you did,” Jeno chuckles, before he turns to the younger. “Thank you too.”

Jaemin gives him a small smile as he pulls the comforter over his legs, before pulling his knees to himself.

“Not gonna shower anymore?” Mister Lee asks as he buckles his belt. Jaemin shakes his head, a yawn escaping him. “Too tired. I’ll just do it in the morning.” He lays his cheek on his knees, watching Jeno’s figure absent-mindedly, smiling a bit when he sees Jellypong rub herself on his boss’ pants.

When Jeno stands up, he’s fully clothed except for his shoes, which are by the door. Jaemin raises his head then, still wrapped up in his blanket.

“I’ll get going,” Jeno says as he approaches the door. In response, Jaemin nods wordlessly, already feeling sleepy. The CEO chuckles at the sight of his half-open eyelids, but doesn’t mention anything of it. “I’ll see you tomorrow, then. Get me some breakfast on your way in, will you?”

Jaemin becomes slightly more awake at the mention of work. “R-Right, of course. See you tomorrow, Sir.”

Mister Lee gives him one last look as he opens the door, smiling as he says, “Good night, sugar.”

When he hears no more noise outside his room, Jaemin flops down onto his back and sighs. He feels Jellypong come up to his bed and lay next to him, causing his gaze to drift down on the poof of orange fur by his knees. He sighs when he realizes how painful they will be in the coming days.

“Right,” he whispers to himself, staring at the ceiling. “God, what am I doing?” But he can’t help the smile that begins to form on his lips, and the giggles that begin to fall from them.

⏤

The next morning is relatively normal for Jaemin. His usual day starts with a little workout at the gym for an hour, then a nice shower for ten minutes, then he gets dressed and dries his hair, then he’s out the door to get his usual coffee order, along with Mister Lee’s and a couple of his other superiors at the cafe next to their building, then it's to his desk he goes. He’s efficient, to say the least. This has been his routine ever since he landed his job, trying his best to stay as long as he can. 

Who is he kidding, this has been his routine since he was in college.

Still, he does his best to this day. The job pays well, he loves what he does, he’s good at following orders, he’s good at executing tasks, and he’s good at remembering everything Lee Jeno tells him.

After swinging by his desk to put down his things, he immediately goes to Mister Lee’s private office, hot black coffee and a breakfast sandwich in tow. He places the coffee in the mug his boss always uses, then places it on a leather coaster. The sandwich goes on a pretty plate, along with a fork, a knife, and a napkin. He organizes the desk and makes sure everything is ready for the CEO. Exactly seven minutes later, the door opens, and he falls to a low bow.

“Good morning, Sir.”

Jeno spares him a look. “Morning, Jaemin.”

The secretary quickly helps him with his things, taking the files in his hands and preparing his laptop. The older meanwhile takes a sip of his coffee as he takes his seat on his chair.

Without having to be asked, Jaemin stands in front of his boss with his clipboard as he reads his agenda.

“Good morning again, Sir. For today, you have a meeting at 9:15 with the advertising company, a meeting with the market researchers at 1:00, a meeting with the Kim Corporation at 3:30, then dinner with the Japanese clients at 7. You also have an appointment for a massage booked at 8:30 as you requested last Friday, but I can move it later if you wish.”

Mister Lee puts down his coffee, then cracks his neck from left to right.

“Yes, please move it an hour later. What about the proposal for the Golden Tigers Co.? What’s the progress with that?”

Jaemin doesn’t even need to take a glance at his clipboard. “The team assigned to the proposal told me they’re almost done when I called yesterday, they’re just doing some final revisions before submitting it for review to their team supervisor.”

He watches Mister Lee smooth his fingers over his brows. “Well, tell them to get their heads out of their asses because they've been working on that for three full days, and they haven’t even submitted anything to their lowest level superior. I expect a fully revised file on my desk tomorrow morning.”

The younger nods quickly. “Yes, sir. I’ll give them a call.”

Mister Lee clicks his tongue, opening a folder on his desk. “Anything else?”

“N-No, sir,” Jaemin shakes his head. He bows as a goodbye. “I’ll be back when it’s time to leave for the meeting. Have a good day, Mister Lee.”

The boss just nods and dismisses him without a word, already scribbling red all over the paper on his table.

The moment Jaemin is out of Mister Lee’s private office, he takes a deep breath in, and out. Nothing like a new day, a new opportunity to show the world what he’s got. He is going to fucking conquer today.

Eight hours later, Jaemin is tired as fuck. They’ve finished most of the agenda for today, the secretary of course accompanying his boss to every single one of them, taking notes of every single thing every person says, and following Mister Lee’s every step, making sure he doesn’t miss any detail. He pours him a glass of water before he can ask for it, hands over files before the older can even think of it, opens the car door before Jeno can even walk a step closer to it.

All that’s left now is the final dinner with possible clients from Japan. Jaemin had booked the restaurant weeks in advance, planned everything down to the T. The private room decorations, the dishes and drinks to be served, the music playing the background, and even the temperature of the air conditioning – they were all set by Jaemin, with respect to what he knows his boss likes.

Despite only having worked for Mister Lee for less than a year, he has already memorized by heart everything he likes, everything he loves, everything he hates, everything he looks for in every single thing in the world. Decorations must be minimalistic but not monochrome or boring. A three-course meal is always the best way to go, and drinks must always be champagne or aged wine. Music playing should be subtle and relaxing, but not to the point that focus is lost and sleepiness takes over.  The room temperature should always be between 18 to 20.5 degrees celsius. Hot black coffee or English breakfast tea is a good idea if the meeting extends to a later time.

He knows everything that would make everything go well. He’s got control over all of this, it’s his responsibility, his job as Mister Lee’s secretary.

What he’s got no control over, however, is the tiredness that’s getting to his body. They’re still at the dinner, and Jaemin has just left the private room and called the massage place to tell them that they’ll need to reschedule again. It eventually ended with him having to argue very passionately with the staff about why they should make an exception for him and allow him to move the appointment to yet another, unsure day. Of course, they allowed it, because Jaemin did not back down until they did. It's for his boss, he wouldn't let this go for anything.

Just before he goes back into the private room, he decides to go to the bathroom first to splash some water on his face and wake himself up a little bit. He looks at himself in the mirror and wipes the droplets off his skin with the paper towel provided.

Wow, I look so fucking tired.

The secretary chuckles to himself as he shakes his head. “Well, I really am fucking tired.”

“Really?”

Jaemin nearly jumps out of his skin when he hears his boss’ voice, along with his figure coming out of the stall a couple of meters behind him.

“S-Sir,” he instantly bows in respect. “I-I didn’t know you were there. I apologize for my carelessness with my words.”

Mister Lee just chuckles as he proceeds to wash his hands, then dry them with his handkerchief. Jaemin has no choice but to watch the whole time, waiting patiently for his boss.

“Are you tired, Jaemin?”

The secretary quickly shakes his head. “No, sir. I’m okay.”

Jeno smiles then. 

“Great. Save some more energy for later, I need you to check on some files at the office with me.”

The younger nods instantly, despite his body wanting to complain. “Of course, sir.”

Mister Lee hums as he walks toward his secretary. He wordlessly brings a hand down to the back of his thigh, moving up and tracing over the fabric of his pants until his palm is resting on Jaemin’s globe. He gives it a firm squeeze, smirking when the younger gasps.

He squeezes the opposite ass cheek too, before moving away and walking past him. “Come on now. Let’s finish this dinner.”

Chapter Text

Jaemin tries to stay on his toes as everyone else on the table laughs and talks and gets drunk. Though he’s just in the corner of the room, he’s afraid to slip up, to make a mistake still. He’s extremely tired though.

He doesn’t even understand a word they’re saying. Mister Lee is fluent in Japanese (among many other languages), and the clients absolutely love him for it. So, Jaemin’s just standing there, at the corner, hoping his knees won’t give in anytime soon. Discreetly, he turns his head to the side as he yawns. Fuck, he hopes no one saw that.

After a while, Jaemin goes out to get a bit of fresh air, not like Mister Lee needs him or asked him to stay. He really just wanted to stay there for a while, thinking he’d be of use or he’d learn something. But since he’s not, he’d much rather stay outside, in the cool air of the night. Just looking at the cars that pass by, at the other people that are free to enjoy their night. Unlike him, still working despite it being 11 in the evening. He takes a sugar cube from the little baggy he always has on him and pops it into his mouth.

Right as he starts chewing, his phone starts ringing. He immediately presses the green button on his phone as soon as he sees the caller's name.

“Y-Yes, sir?”

“Call the chauffeur. We’re leaving in 10 minutes.”

Jaemin nods absentmindedly. “Yes, sir.”

The call ends just like that, and he immediately gives the driver a call. The car arrives in 9 minutes, and Mister Lee comes out in 10 to Jaemin already opening the passenger’s door for him. Jaemin gets in the front seat right after, telling the chauffeur to go straight to the office.

No words are spoken the entire time, all the way until they make it back to the building, and Jeno’s entering his own office. Jaemin bows down halfway after opening the door for him.

The moment he’s sitting at his own desk, the younger sighs. He undoes one of the buttons on his shirt, reaching for another sugar cube. Renjun isn’t even here to keep him company. He just stays there, nearly falling asleep while watching Japanese ferry and train review videos on Youtube. He should definitely bring a blanket to work one of these days, just to keep him warm on nights like this.

He glances at his desktop time after a while.

1:52 am.

He yawns loudly, stretching his arms and spinning on his chair before nearly cursing when he sees his boss standing in front of him. He instantly stands up, bowing so quickly it gives him a head rush.

“Call the chauffeur, I’m done here,” Jeno orders. 

“R-Right, of course, Sir.” Jaemin takes out his phone, opens it, before realizing–

“Sir, t-the chauffeur is already gone. It’s past midnight.”

Mister Lee sighs. Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip.

“Well, you can drive, right?”

Jaemin looks down. “... No, sir.” He wants to just dissolve into nothing at this very moment. He hears Mister Lee’s disappointed sigh, and he kind of wants to cry. Is he going to get scolded?

“Come on then,” Jeno says. “I’ll drive.”

He looks up in surprise then. He’s about to say he can just take a cab home, but grows silent when he sees his boss taking slow steps towards him, maintaining steady eye contact like a hawk staring at its prey. He stops and places his index finger under the younger’s chin.

“But, you’re going to have to pay me.” Jaemin blinks. Jeno smiles. “Do you understand, sugar?”

The secretary nods.

“Yes, Sir.”

Mister Lee walks away, still grinning. “I’ll wait for you in the car.”

Jaemin quickly gathers all his things, turns off the lights, gets on the elevator, and goes to his boss’ private parking floor. Mister Lee is usually escorted by one of the company cars, never using his own car and never driving on his own. However, he does keep a few of his own cars in the private parking, just for emergencies like tonight, when he finishes too late and past their hired chauffeurs’ work hours.

Is Mister Lee taking him home? Well, this wouldn’t be the first time, but it’s the first time if they’re not going to fuck in his bedroom, since Jeno seems impatient tonight. Seems like they’re fucking nonetheless though, so Jaemin doesn’t really mind.

When he sees the car Jeno is in, he’s surprised to see that the older is in the driver’s seat, and not the backseat, which is where they usually do their business. He pauses for a while, unsure. But when Mister Lee sees him and signals him to enter with the tilt of his head, he doesn’t really have much more time to think. He then enters and sits next to his boss, waiting for something, anything. 

But Jeno is only putting on his seatbelt and locking the doors and starting his drive. Jaemin gulps as he puts on his own seatbelt and as they drive out of the building. He looks out the window, trying not to make the quietness awkward and his flying thoughts obvious.

Is he going to make me pay real money?

His question is answered almost immediately. A hand comes up to his thigh. A calm stroke. A gentle caress. A tight, very tight squeeze. 

He inhales sharply as he turns to Mister Lee, who’s driving calmly.

“Think you can pay me now, sugar?”

Jaemin nods.

“Yes, daddy.”

The moment the hand on his thigh leaves, he quickly unbuckles his seatbelt, reaching over to his boss’ belt and pants. He undoes them all with practiced speed and excitement stretching to his fingertips.

A gasp leaves his mouth the moment Jeno’s cock is out. It’s only still half-hard, and Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip as he wraps his hand around it. He hovers over it and gives the tip a soft kitten lick, before taking a little bit into his mouth and sucking, creating the lewdest noise when he pulls off.

He looks up when he feels a hand come over his head, stroking his hair gently. Mister Lee’s eyes don’t leave the road even as he speaks.

“If you do a good job, you’ll get a reward, sugar.”

Then, Jeno looks down at him, at his round eyes and desperation written all over his face.

“Will you be a good boy for me?”

Jaemin nods easily, quickly.

“Yes, yes, I will.”

CEO Lee smiles then. He lightly pushes Jaemin down, guiding him onto his cock.

Instantly, the secretary opens his mouth and takes him in, little by little, inch by inch, until his lips stretch at the very base and the hand in his hair has formed a tight grasp around his honey-brown locks. He closes his eyes and breathes through his nose as he relaxes his throat, trying not to think too much as he stays there for as long as he can.

Then, he pulls off to breathe for just a moment. He takes a fast glance at the road as he does so, at the way his boss is still driving normally. The streets are empty, the ride is smooth, and Jaemin is determined.

He takes Jeno into his mouth again, this time bobbing his head up and down the length, creating a tight suction with his lips. He hollows his cheeks, uncaring of the lewd noises that echo in the car as he keeps a fast pace. At one point, he presses the flat of his tongue directly onto the slit, moaning when he tastes the precum. Then, he takes him all the way in again, until his tip hits his throat.

At that moment, he feels the car go a little faster, and hears a hiss above him. The grip in his hair becomes harsher once again, and he lets Mister Lee control him, lets him pull him up, then push him down again until the very base, then up again, then all the way down again. He lets him have his way with him, lets him use him for his own pleasure. 

Because Jaemin likes this. He likes being used. He likes being the source of pleasure. He likes being a good boy.

“Fuck,” his boss growls as he continues vigorously fucking his throat, pushing him to his limits. Jaemin just closes his eyes, fights his reflex, and lets Mister Lee do as he pleases. His saliva coats Jeno’s entire length, mixing with his precum and dripping down the veins of his cock. 

Suddenly, Mister Lee is pulling him off and he only realizes why when he lifts his head and sees that they’re right outside his apartment building. He doesn’t get to take a longer look though, because his boss is clicking off his seatbelt, putting the car on park, and pulling Jaemin in by the neck to kiss him. His response is automatic as he kisses back, ignoring how breathless he is and how much his lips and jaw hurt.

Hands begin undoing his pants, sliding them off his legs so Jaemin can freely straddle the older in only his tight underwear. Jeno’s so incredibly rough and impatient today, and the secretary is starting to think that the dinner was frustrating or perhaps tiring.

Jaemin gets to breathe for some time when his boss pulls down his own slacks, and he takes the opportunity to unbutton Jeno’s shirt too, leaving soft kisses on his toned chest. He overestimated how much time he had though, as his underwear is getting pulled down and just as quickly, two fingers are entering him. He gasps and grips onto his boss’ shoulders, squeezing his eyes shut from the dry and sudden intrusion.

The fingers begin moving in and out of him at a steady pace. Jaemin can’t take it. He shakes his head and slumps onto Jeno’s neck.

“S-Sir, it’s too dry- I can’t, it hurts- please, I-”

“Shut up.” The fingers are pulled out of him, and then Jeno is piercing daggers into his eyes as he sucks his own digits into his mouth, coating them with his saliva. Jaemin just looks at him below his wet lashes, biting down on his bottom lip, slightly embarrassed.

Wet fingers plunge back into him again, immediately moving in and out rapidly.

“Better?”

Jaemin nods, pain beginning to morph into pleasure. Another finger is added as his boss noses into his neck, kissing and nipping the skin while his hands play with his ass. A slap is landed on one of his globes, while the other continues fingering his tight hole, coaxing him to relax.

Mister Lee hands him a gold packet from god knows where, and he opens it without thinking further. Then, he gingerly slides the rubber onto the cock below him, still standing tall on Jeno’s abdomen. As soon as it’s completely on, the fingers inside him slide out, immediately replaced by a thick, long girth that has Jaemin moaning loudly.

Jeno pushes him all the way down with both hands gripping his waist. He barely gives his secretary any time to adjust, thrusting up into him forcefully within just half a minute. Jaemin cries out at the sudden hit to his prostate.

But then Mister Lee stops at just a single thrust, leaves him at just a tease of pleasure. He leans back, then looks Jaemin in the eyes.

“Ride me, sugar,” he commands, and Jaemin wants to sob. He wants to complain so badly. His throat hurts from being fucked, his lips are in pain from being so stretched out and abused, his legs tremble from all the events they went to today, and his entire body is just so fucking tired.

And yet, he rises his hips until only the head of Mister Lee’s cock is inside him, before slamming back down, his ass slapping again Jeno’s thighs. 

Turns out his want for release is greater than his want for rest.

Maybe it’s the way his boss looks so furious, so hungry for him, for this. Maybe it’s how tightly he grips his waist or how many marks he’s left on his skin in the past half an hour. Maybe it’s how his cock throbs inside of him, how it hits his prostate head-on, how deep inside of him it is in this position. Or maybe it’s because they’re in public, and even in the darkness of midnight, someone who was walking by would see them, and know exactly what they’re doing.

And Jaemin likes it. It spurs him on. How someone could see them. How harsh Jeno is on him. How demanding and commanding and daring he is. How he makes him feel so damn good .

And so, he closes his eyes and bounces up and down Jeno’s lap, determined, delirious, desperate. He hears the low hum of his boss, yet again satisfied by his pliancy. Big hands roam leisurely around his body, feeling up his thighs, groping both of his globes, smoothing over his back, squeezing his waist – all while he’s still struggling to fuck himself onto Mister Lee’s cock.

Jaemin is only reminded that he still has his own button-up on when Jeno pushes it up, high enough so he can lick a wet, cold stripe up his toned stomach. His body jerks ever so slightly at the sensation, tensing up as he accidentally pulls a bit on his boss’ black hair.

Jeno chuckles. “Sensitive here, huh?” he says as he drags a few fingers over his skin, just under his belly button. The same fingers move up under his shirt, finding one of his nipples and teasing it with light touches. “What about here? Hm, sugar? Oh, you just love being touched, don’t you?” he hums lowly as Jaemin can barely keep up his pace, body shivering when his other bud gets twisted harshly.

He gasps when he suddenly receives a slap on his ass, forcing him to move faster and moan even louder. Meanwhile, Jeno is so calmly unbuttoning his secretary’s shirt, before abruptly pulling him close to suck on his nipple.

Jaemin throws his head back then and mewls, forgetting they could be heard outside.

“Faster,” Jeno says after creating a mark right next to his nipple.

The secretary’s thighs are burning at this point, but still, he obeys. He ignores the pain in his body, the temptation to just lay down and succumb to pleasure, his own desire and need to cum. All to satisfy his boss.

However, Mister Lee is far from satisfied. 

A growl is the only foresign Jaemin gets. Hands grip his waist and move him up and down manually, forcefully, harshly . Jeno also thrusts upwards, making the secretary topple over and lay his weight on his torso, unable to keep up at all anymore. His muscles harden and he lets out a scream when Jeno slams him down hard on his cock, till he can feel his balls pressing right at the seam of his opening, till Jeno’s tip is so, so deep into him, till he can feel him bulging in his supposedly flat stomach.

“Jesus, fuck,” the CEO groans when the younger clenches around him unintentionally. He pushes Jaemin away so his back hits the steering wheel, though thankfully not hard enough to hit the horn.

The secretary looks at him with watery eyes, from the pleasure and pain and pure agony of not being able to cum nor please Mister Lee.

“Do it again.” Jeno’s voice is commanding, tone nowhere near forgiving.

Jaemin’s head tilts in apparent confusion, and chills run up his spine when the older sighs disappointedly. He watches as Mister Lee licks his own fingers, using them to wet where they’re still connected.

He places his hands back onto the younger’s waist, and from their new position, he can now see just where his cock is inside Jaemin. He chuckles a bit as he looks at the bulge, humming nonchalantly as he pulls his secretary’s hips closer, driving his cock even deeper into Jaemin.

Immediately, Jaemin clenches again in reflex, rendering a hiss from Jeno. And this time, the secretary catches on to what his boss wants.

He clenches his hole again tightly, doing it for as long as he can, his muscles tensing up. He watches as Mister Lee’s eyes flutter shut, as he throws his head back, as his mouth falls open and releases a silent moan.

When he finally unclenches, the older exhales a laugh. He rubs his palms up and down Jaemin’s sides. “What a smart boy you are, sugar.”

The younger doesn’t even have time to react. Without another word, Mister Lee pushes him up ever so slightly, and then hammers his cock into him, hitting his prostate with almost every single thrust, and making Jaemin arch his back uncomfortably on the steering wheel. He anchors his hands on whatever he can grab, one is probably by the door handle and the other Jeno’s thigh (and hopefully not the gear lever).

“Fuck,” he whispers as Mister Lee keeps pounding into him relentlessly, thumbs digging into his skin, enough to probably leave faint red imprints. 

The thrusts become more erratic, the breaths and hisses become louder, and the veins in every part of his boss’ body make themselves visible. Sweat drips down his temples, his neck, his muscled abdomen, and he’s making one last thrust before releasing into his condom, still deep inside Jaemin.

The younger can only cry out at the sensation, trying hard not to cum himself, especially when Mister Lee still continues thrusting slowly to draw out his orgasm.

When all movement stops, Jaemin bites down on one of his fingers as a tear streams down to his flushed cheek. His own cock is leaking so much precum on his stomach, twitching helplessly. He feels Jeno’s hands come up to his waist, but to his disappointment, they go past his cock.

“Daddy, I want to cum, please ,” he begs softly.

“You can cum,” Mister Lee says calmly, bringing his hands up to the secretary’s chest. He looks into Jaemin’s eyes. “But only through this.” He takes both of the younger’s hard nipples between his fingers and pinches, hard. 

Jaemin cries in absolute pleasure as Jeno keeps playing with his buds, twisting and pinching and pulling on them. “You can do it, right, sugar?” Mister Lee asks as he continues his ministrations, even leaning in to lick over one of them. “Can you do that for me? Hm?”

“Y-Yes!” Jaemin nods quickly as Jeno flicks his tongue over the opposite nipple, while his fingers continue pinching the other. He swirls his tongue around the bud, before enclosing his lips on it and sucking hard. “So pretty,” he hums as he moves his lips up to Jaemin’s neck, leaving just a single soft kiss there, before going further up until they’re eye to eye, until their breaths mingle, until their lips brush against each other.

Between their bodies, he takes both nipples between his fingers again, continuously pulling them and twisting them.

“Come on,” Jeno growls against his lips, flicking his nipples so quickly that Jaemin’s eyes squeeze shut and he’s unable to control the lewd broken gasps that come out of him. “Come on, sugar. I know you can do it.”

One more pull on both his nipples and Jaemin is spilling white stripes on his abdomen, lips parted as a long moan escapes him.

Jeno smiles, pleased.

The secretary’s eyes are still closed and he’s still catching his breath when he feels a kiss on his cheek. He opens his eyes gently, and he’s met with his boss’ sculpted face.

“Good boy.”

Jaemin smiles, satisfied and proud.

After a couple of minutes and with a little bit of struggle, he sits back down on the passenger’s seat. They’re both putting their clothes back on properly, when Mister Lee suddenly turns to him with a smirk.

“One more round upstairs.”

Jaemin’s lips naturally turn downwards. “But-”

He’s cut off by a deep kiss, slow and way too good to push the older away. So, he makes out with Jeno for a minute, maybe two, before the CEO pulls away.

“I still have to give you your reward, remember?” he whispers against his lips.

Jaemin would say “you can give it on a different day,” if his boss didn’t just move away completely and get out of the car, walking straight up to his apartment building’s entrance.

He sighs to himself, finishing buttoning up his shirt before following after Mister Lee, despite the wobble of his legs.

Looks like tomorrow’s motto is another day, another sore asshole.

Not that Jaemin doesn’t like this.

⏤⏤

“I fucking hate this!”

Jaemin curses himself as he struggles to get out of the shower, thighs burning like crazy, back stiff as an elderly tree, and ass feeling like it’s been torn apart like a goddamn piece of paper. Jellypong meows at him as she enters the bathroom mindlessly. 

He looks at his cat with jealousy as she prances around, stretching her back and contorting her body to clean herself leisurely. Meanwhile, Jaemin’s hands are flat on the surface of his bathroom walls, soaking wet hair and body, with his towel just one step away from him. One step too far for his tired ass body.

Renjun is definitely going to tease him at work today.

Albeit with great struggle and immense pain, Jaemin makes it to the office in time with Mister Lee’s coffee and breakfast in tow. He places them neatly on his desk like always, and waits by the side for his boss to enter. 

Unfortunately for him though, the moment the CEO enters his private office, Jaemin forgets about his sore asshole and bows midway out of habit. He nearly curses when the sharp pain shoots up his entire body, hand immediately going to his back.

He manages not to fall over at least. “G-Good morning, Sir.” Fuck, his throat is sore too.

Mister Lee smiles at him as he sits down on his leather chair, taking a sip of his hot coffee.

“Morning, Jaemin.”

The secretary tries to return the grin as he straightens up and opens his clipboard. He announces Jeno’s agenda for today, just like he did yesterday afternoon. Then, he takes his leave with a bow and finally gets to rest his bum on the cushion of his work chair. 

As predicted, Renjun comes over to his desk with an annoying smile.

“Nice walk. You could be a model.”

Jaemin rolls his eyes, ignoring the comment. Luckily, his co-worker doesn’t say more, and instead hands him a paper bag.

“Here. I got you a cookie, you probably didn’t get breakfast, right?”

He looks up at Renjun like he’s godsent. “Are you kidding?”

The Chinese boy just plops the bag down onto his table, then walks away as he waves his hand. Jaemin’s smile is more real this time as he opens the bag and takes the cookie, immediately biting into it.

And of course, Renjun belatedly adds, “You owe me now. Treat me to lunch.”

Jaemin stops chewing. He puts down the cookie, stands up, and looks at his co-worker who’s now sitting at his own desk. “You absolute mother fu-”

“Sunbae!”

The two secretaries look over to the young man clad in a white shirt and slacks approaching them, a plastic bag in his hand. He approaches Renjun’s desk with a wide grin.

“Oh! Hi, Yangyang,” the secretary returns.

Yangyang digs his hand into the plastic bag, taking out an iced Americano. “I brought you coffee. As thanks for the last time you let me borrow your desktop! That really saved me, dude.”

Jaemin sighs and crosses his arms on his chest as he watches Renjun take the coffee with a small, but warm smile. “Oh shut up, Yangyang, it’s no problem at all! You shouldn’t have gone out of your way for this, really.”

Yangyang laughs a bit, “You know me. I really wanted to buy this for you anyway,” he says as he wiggles his eyebrows cockily.

Renjun rolls his eyes as he smacks the younger’s shoulder. “Yeah, alright, thanks. Go on now, you don’t get to slack off just ‘cause you bought me this!”

Yangyang laughs and waves goodbye, bowing to Jaemin when he passes by his desk.

When it’s just the two of them again, Jaemin gives his co-worker a look, eyebrow raised.

“What?” Renjun shrugs, inserting a straw into his iced coffee. “You jealous?”

The younger tsks. “So can I not buy you lunch anymore? Since you got free coffee from your dear hoobae?”

The Chinese boy rolls his eyes again, before sipping on his iced coffee. Jaemin takes it as a yes.

Either way, he wouldn’t be able to buy him lunch. Not when Mister Lee is returning from a meeting with brisk, heavy steps, furrowed brows, his blazer in one hand as he roughly pulls up his crisp white shirt’s sleeves. Just as Jaemin was about to go out to grab lunch.

He passes by his secretary’s desk like the wind, throwing him his work blazer on the way, which Jaemin thankfully catches. Mister Lee doesn’t even take a single look at him, nor take a breath in his direction. “My office. Now.”

Jaemin quickly follows with his boss’ blazer, and the moment he takes a single footstep into Mister Lee’s office, the door is slammed shut. A millisecond later he’s pinned against the wall and his lips are being roughly kissed. The CEO pulls away just to take the blazer in his hand and toss it behind them.

He turns back to Jaemin, takes both his wrists into one hand, and brings them over his head, binding him to the wall. He leans back in and kisses him harshly without letting go of his secretary’s wrists. Meanwhile, his free hand leisurely feels up Jaemin’s body, rubbing over his sides and groping whatever flesh he can get a hold of. 

Jeno moves his kisses down to his neck, their hips roughly grinding into each other, and the younger gasps when he notices that his boss is already hard. He wants to touch him, wants to please him, but the older’s hold on his wrists is so fucking firm, he honestly thinks he might cut off his blood circulation if his grip gets any tighter. 

Plus, he doesn’t want to anger Mister Lee further. Clearly, something happened during the meeting.

“Stupid assholes,” Jeno murmurs against his skin before suddenly sucking onto a patch so hard that it makes the younger gasp and almost cant his hips forward. “Can’t even follow simple fucking instructions.”

Jaemin wants to ask, but he’s scared to, and he really can’t when Jeno is freeing his hands and abruptly spinning him around before pulling down his pants. Fear for his asshole’s fucking well-being rises in him when his underwear gets stripped off of him too.

But then, Jeno’s tapping his legs open with his hands. And then, Jaemin feels wet, open-mouthed kisses being pressed into his inner thighs. His hot tongue is licking over his skin, creating a huge, sticky mess, and the younger realizes it then.

Jeno is going to fuck his thighs.

Makes sense, Jaemin thinks. It’s more convenient and just easier to get away with in the middle of a work day. And of course it’s good when you’re in a rush or just incredibly angry and impatient at the moment.

After leaving both of Jaemin’s inner thighs wet and cold with saliva, Jeno gives his ass cheek a light suck, before finally standing up and pulling out his cock.

“Legs together, baby.”

The younger obeys immediately, chest heaving in anticipation as he squeezes his thighs together. Somehow, he still feels kind of nervous, despite knowing he won’t get penetrated. Jeno hovers over him, breathing right by his ear while one of his hands plants itself next to Jaemin’s on the wall. 

Slowly, he guides his cock right between his secretary’s wet thighs, the thick and hard girth squeezing its way in through the soft flesh. Jaemin sees the way his hand tenses on the wall, imprints of his veins intensifying.

Jeno places his other hand above his hip to keep him steady, then immediately starts moving his hips at a fast pace. His breath is warm against Jaemin’s shoulder, hands greedy as they squeeze the curve of his waist. The secretary bites down on his bottom lip as he feels his own cock begin to harden as well, aroused by the feeling of the CEO’s thick cock sliding between his thighs.

He turns his head to the side a bit, trying to get a look at his boss.

Jeno’s eyes are concentrated on where his cock disappears quickly between his luscious thighs, brows knit together, sweat dripping down his temple. A low grunt leaves his lips, and Jaemin licks his own at the glorious sound.

“Fuck them,” Mister Lee curses. His movements fasten as he bangs his fist on the wall, making Jaemin flinch a bit. “Arrogant pieces of shit. They think they know what they’re fucking doing? They think they know better than I do?” Jeno chuckles, before placing both hands on his secretary’s waist as he makes his thrusts much, much stronger.

Jaemin gasps as his body moves with the sudden force. He throws his head back when he feels one of his nipples being tweaked, whispering a quiet, “ Please .”

Mister Lee takes advantage of his pretty neck being on display as he curls his fingers around it, forming a light hold which has Jaemin’s heart beating like crazy.

“So good, sugar,” Jeno grunts against his shoulder, hand slowly tightening around his neck and slightly pressing against Jaemin’s quivering Adam’s apple. “Fuck, how does every part of you feel so fucking good?”

The secretary can only shut his eyes, failing to keep a sob-like whimper in. Jeno doesn’t care though, he’s just thrusting and thrusting and thrusting between Jaemin’s thighs, unbothered by anything at all and chasing his euphoria like it’s his only goal in life. The band in his stomach is stretching faster than usual, Jaemin can tell by the less rhythmic slide of his cock between his legs, by the way he can literally feel just how much precum he’s smearing onto his skin, and by the gradual tightening of the chokehold on his neck, tight enough for him to open his mouth and gasp for air.

Jaemin can’t even look down when he feels a big hand stroke his cock with quick, graceless pumps.

“You’re already so hard too,” Jeno hums in his ear breathlessly, still thrusting continuously. “All from some thigh fucking?” he chuckles and thumbs at Jaemin’s slit. Then, he’s tightening his other hand around the secretary’s neck, smiling like a devil when he feels the cock in his hand jerk.

“You like this,” he exhales onto his ear, making Jaemin close his eyes as he feels his boss’ grip getting stronger while his strokes on his cock get quicker. “You like being choked, huh? You like being used?”

The secretary shivers when he feels Jeno’s lips right on his ear. “Answer.”

Jaemin closes his eyes. The skin between his thighs is starting to hurt, but it all feels too fucking good to stop. “Y-Yes. I like it, daddy. I like it when you use me.”

“Slut,” Mister Lee growls, before fastening the movement of his hips, so much so that Jaemin can feel the friction heating up his inner thighs like crazy. He’s able to ignore the burn when Jeno pumps his cock in time with his thrusts as well.

One more thrust, and the band in Jeno’s abdomen snaps. He pulls away and cums all over the back of his secretary’s thighs, breathing heavily as he strokes himself until he’s released every single drop. 

Jaemin’s legs shake when he feels Mister Lee swipe his fingers through his cum, before reaching for the younger’s cock and pumping him to completion, which really takes just a few seconds.

Afterward, there’s only silence and the sound of clothes ruffling as Jeno steps away and pulls his pants back on. The younger sheepishly steps out of his own, since they’d just pooled around his ankles, as they were in too much of a rush. Or well, Mister Lee was. He takes a step to go get some tissues on his boss’ desk, but stops when Jeno speaks. “Don’t move. I’ll get it.”

The secretary nods, looking up at the ceiling for a while as he catches his breath.

A minute later, he feels Jeno’s cum being wiped away on the back of his thighs. Like it’s reflex, he looks back and down at his boss who’s wiping his legs with tissue. Jeno looks up at him too, which makes Jaemin turn back around, not wanting to stare.

“It could’ve dripped to the floor if you were the one who got the tissues,” Mister Lee explains as he continues wiping him, making sure to get his inner thighs too. Jaemin just nods mindlessly, trying not to think of his boss’ warm breath fanning against his legs.

After a while, the CEO stands up and taps his butt. “All done.”

“Thanks,” Jaemin mumbles as he puts his clothes back on, timidly watching the older pick up the blazer he threw on the ground about ten minutes earlier. He winces once he takes some steps, his no doubt red inner thighs lightly rubbing against each other through layers of fabric.

He approaches his boss cautiously. “A-Are you alright, Sir?”

Mister Lee sighs as he brushes some dust off his blazer. “Yes, sorry about that. Some things just happened earlier at the meeting.”

Jaemin just nods, afraid to ask more and step out of line. Too risky for his glorious, precious, relatively new job.

The CEO sits down on his leather couch, looking out the window. “Is Donghyuck in?”

“I-I’m not sure, Sir, but I can check now with Renjun-”

“No, it’s fine. I’ll just give him a call.” Mister Lee turns to him with a small smile. “You may go. Thank you, Jaemin.”

Jaemin nods and is about to leave, when he remembers, “Sir, w-what about your lunch? Would you like me to give it now? I ordered from the Italian place down the road earlier, it should be here now.”

Jeno just shakes his head as he returns his gaze to the skyscrapers outside his office’s glass walls. “No, I’m not hungry. You can have it. Thanks, Jaemin.”

The secretary nods and leaves quietly after bowing.

Once he’s out of the CEO’s private office, he sees Renjun hanging out at his desk. He sighs, then crosses his arms on his chest as he walks towards him.

“Anything you need?”

The older raises a plastic bag in his hand with a little smile. “Is this my lunch?”

Jaemin looks at him unamusedly, before snatching the bag from his co-worker. “No, this is my boss’ lunch, idiot.” He puts down the plastic on his table, taking out the container of truffle pasta. “Well,” he murmurs, “it was his lunch.”

“Aww, did CEO Lee’s new secretary get scolded for the first time?” Renjun sing-songs as he leans his hands on his desk. 

The younger rolls his eyes. “No, he just said he’s not hungry, okay?”

“There, there. No need to hide it, my friend,” Renjun goes around his desk and pulls him by the arm, dragging him across the hall. “It happens to the best of us.”

Jaemin interjects, “But he really didn’t scold me-”

“I remember when Sir Donghyuck got mad at me for the first time?” Renjun ignores him as they enter the elevator, “ God , I fucking cried in the office bathroom. So don’t you worry and tell me all about it while we get lunch, okay?”

Jaemin is about to correct him again, when he realizes he can’t tell the older what really happened. So, he just sighs and chuckles, letting himself be pulled away by his friend.

Later on that day when he gets home, Jaemin sighs to himself as he strips himself off his clothes to take a shower. He jumps a bit when he feels a sting on his inner thigh the moment water hits it, and as he gazes down at it, he notices a small, shallow cut on his skin. He hisses as he examines it, but also feels his stomach twist when he remembers just exactly how he got the wound.

Memories of Mister Lee’s voice by his ear, hand on his neck, cock between his thighs send shivers down his body as he shakes his head and smiles to himself.

⏤⏤

The next day, Mister Lee has a meeting just six floors below them in their building, so the secretary accompanies him upon the older’s request. It’s scheduled at 8 in the morning, and god, Jaemin can barely keep his eyes open. His brain is telling him to chug the cup of coffee in front of him, but it feels so disrespectful as no one else at the table is drinking or eating.

So, he settles for sitting up and trying his best to actually listen to whoever the hell is presenting in front of them. He hopes he doesn’t accidentally yawn anytime soon.

His soul is awakened immediately however when he feels a hand over his thigh. He slowly looks down, only to realize that his legs are hidden all the way under the table. But it’s unmistakable that a hand is definitely on there when he feels a squeeze on the flesh. He’s able to mask his gasp by clearing his throat, quickly mumbling out an, “ excuse me ” afterward.

He turns his gaze back to the presentation, though he can’t help but look at his boss right next to him, and the little smirk on his lips. He bites down on his bottom lip upon feeling another squeeze.

God help me through this fucking meeting.

Thankfully, Jaemin makes it through the whole presentation without breaking his calm and composed facade, despite the very stressful happenings under the table. At one point, Jeno was even able to cup the bulge that has formed in his pants for a few seconds, before returning to just caressing and groping his thighs.

Mister Lee doesn’t say a word at all as they leave the meeting room, walk through the halls, and enter the elevator. They pass by lots of employees who greet and bow to them, and Jaemin is so fucking glad he has his clipboard to cover his front.

The elevator closes with just the two of them in it. Jaemin tries not to picture scenarios of Mister Lee pushing him against the silver walls and making out with him.

A ding sounds and the doors open after they move one floor up. They’re met with employees who bow and greet them. “G-Good morning, Mister Lee! We can- we’ll uhm, just take the next one-”

Jaemin is relieved, he really is glad that his boss has such great power, and that he uses it at times like this when he knows his dear secretary is so close to getting a hard-on due to all the thigh squeezing and teasing. Really, he’s so thankful for his kind , considerate CEO.

“No, please come in. Don’t mind me, it’s alright. It would be a waste of time if you wait for the next one.”

Nevermind, Jaemin is not thankful for Mister Lee, and he is most certainly not kind. Not right now, not fucking today. He tries not to glare at his own boss, especially when the CEO just smiles, not even glancing his way as employees fill the rest of the elevator. 

The door closes, and the elevator moves. Jaemin grips his clipboard tightly, never taking it off his front. His boner doesn’t seem like it’s going away anytime soon, and he just really wants to get rid of it already.

Right, just four more floors. You can do this.

But then a hand cups his ass and suddenly he’s not so sure he can make it to their floor without losing his damn mind. He turns to his boss, whose eyes are focused on his phone, (pretending to be) typing something. Jaemin is forced to look away when he feels a squeeze on his cheek.

If he makes a sound or moves weirdly, he’ll give them away and get caught. The CCTV would catch it too. Right now though, they don’t look questionable at all because no one questions the CEO even on CCTV footage, and no one in the elevator dares to look back at him either.

Another squeeze makes Jaemin inhale quietly.

The elevator dings, and someone gets off at the next floor, looking back to bow. Jeno is quick to retract his hand when they do so, but just as quick to return it once the doors close again.

A caress, a squeeze, a pinch, a grope. Jaemin feels like he’s going to die right now. Even more so when Jeno pulls his cheek to the side, spreading his ass apart a bit. The secretary bites down on his bottom lip as he feels his pants getting tighter by the second.

No one is to get off at the next two floors, which gives Mister Lee even more time to play with him without interruption. 

Jaemin has to hold in a gasp when he feels a finger run down the middle of his ass, before stopping right at where his hole is, under all the layers of fabric. He gives Mister Lee a look warningly, but his boss only smiles, before pressing small circles over his hole.

He can barely stand straight. He grips his clipboard tightly, sweat dripping down his back as Jeno keeps continuing his ministrations. He’s pushing and swirling the pads of his digits over his hole, making the younger crave to just be filled up already.

The elevator dings again, and Jeno removes his hand as all the rest of the employees leave. Now it’s just them for the next couple seconds as they reach their floor.

As soon as the doors close, Mister Lee returns his hand to his ass. He only has time to squeeze it roughly once, before retracting his hand just before the doors open again.

They walk out without a word, and Jaemin just follows his boss quietly, clipboard still pressed against his crotch to hide his semi-erection. 

“My office,” Mister Lee says as they near their area, to which the younger just nods, breathing in and out in an attempt to pull himself together at least a little.

Their lips meet in a rush once they’re inside the four walls of Jeno’s private office. Mister Lee chucks off his own blazer, simultaneously kissing his secretary and walking him backwards, until his back meets his desk. His hands are quick to undo Jaemin’s slacks and let them fall down on the floor after. The younger also kicks off his shoes, so he’s left in his white skin-tight boxers, a now very crinkled white cotton button-up, and a pair of calf-length black socks.

Jeno places his hands on his waist and lifts him up onto his table. He keeps his legs open as he stands between them, caressing and groping his thighs, just like he did during the meeting. Except this time, he goes harsher, rougher, and higher up his legs.

Jaemin’s leg jerks in pain when he feels a squeeze on a specific spot high up his inner thigh, so close to his crotch and over his underwear. Mister Lee doesn’t seem to notice though, as he continues kissing his secretary. He starts pulling down Jaemin’s underwear as well, tossing it aside once completely off. 

Once he’s bare, the CEO returns his hands to his thighs and gropes the flesh tightly. His hands gradually move up until they’re by his hips, and he squeezes harshly on the same area again. Out of reflex, Jaemin breaks their kiss and grips tightly on his boss’ wrist, face contorting in pain and eyes squeezing shut.

He only realizes what he had done when he opens his eyes and finds the CEO looking at him, then at his hand that has loosened its grasp on his thigh. Jaemin looks down too and watches sheepishly as the older moves his hand to the side, revealing a band-aid.

Mister Lee glances up at his secretary. “What happened here, sugar?”

The younger shakes his head. “I-It’s nothing, Sir-”

“You should’ve told me,” Jeno clicks his tongue as he rubs his thumb over the patch.

Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip. “It’s just a small cut,” he murmurs, looking away as he’s unable to meet his boss’ piercing gaze. “B-Besides,” he tries softly, “I like it when you’re rough with me.”

Out of the corner of his vision, he sees Mister Lee’s devilish smirk return then. “What did you say?”

Jaemin’s cheeks turn a shade of pink. He shakes his head.

The older places a hand on his jaw, directing his face towards him. “Look at me and say it.”

Jaemin swallows. He looks up at his boss with round eyes.

“I like it when you’re rough with me … daddy.”

Jeno’s smile grows.

“Good boy.”

⏤⏤

After work, they find themselves still not fully satiated, not yet. So, they ask the chauffeur to drop them off at their usual, which is Jaemin’s apartment. Of course the driver thinks they’re there to talk about work, but really all the talking that’s happening is,

“Yes! F-Faster, please!”

Jeno chuckles as he runs his hand through his sweaty black hair. He complies with his secretary’s plea and grips his waist tightly, fucking him at a new speed. Jaemin moans against his own bedsheets, back arching and arms nearly giving in. Mister Lee had commanded him to go on all fours today, ass up and hole hungry for his daddy’s cock.

“Fuck, you’re so tight,” Jeno huffs as he lands a slap on the younger’s ass. “I’m close.”

“M-Me too,” the secretary whimpers, “C-Can I cum, please? Please, daddy?”

Mister Lee groans when he clenches around him, like the menace he is. “Cum with me, sugar.”

One thrust to Jaemin’s prostate. One clench around Jeno’s cock. One more thrust bottoming all the way. One more slap to the younger’s ass.

With a loud broken moan, Jaemin releases onto his sheets, whilst Jeno grunts curses as he cums inside him. The CEO draws out his orgasm as he continues thrusting slowly, hands loosening on Jaemin’s waist. He exhales heavily as he brings his movements to a stop.

Once he’s completely pulled out, he ties the condom in a knot and stands up to discard it. The secretary is about to finally lie down, when he remembers he made a mess on his bed. 

Great. Jaemin, you dumbass. 

He stands up then, finding Jeno putting on his pants by his dresser.

“Hey, could you uhm- pass me the tissue?”

The older complies, taking the box of tissues next to him, then tossing it to Jaemin. After catching it, he mumbles a “thanks,” immediately crawling back to bed to clean up his cum before it can begin to stain the fabric.

When he’s almost finished wiping the mess, he notices Jeno walk towards him. He glances at him for a second.

“D-Do you need anything-”

“Don’t move.”

Jaemin is slightly taken by surprise, but he obeys nonetheless and stays in his position right now (which, ironically is on all fours again). He turns his neck to watch his boss walk over to his bathroom, then comes out with something in between his fingers, and a hand towel over his shoulder, still bare as he’s only put his pants back on. He makes his way to his secretary, sitting behind him on the bed.

The younger gulps when he feels Jeno’s breath on his legs, and then the next thing he knows, there’s a slight sting on his inner thigh. His leg subconsciously jerks a bit at the pain. “Ah-”

“Don’t move,” Jeno repeats, grasping his calf tightly. 

“Sorry,” the secretary murmurs. He obeys, and feels the sting again for a second, but controls his leg this time. Then, a slow pulling sensation, not painful at all, but definitely there.

The band-aid, he realizes. It must’ve gotten loose and partly detached from his skin during their- business tonight. 

The next thing he feels once the bandaid is completely off is a cool and wet sensation, something rubbing onto his cut. He looks back a bit to see Jeno wiping his wound with the hand towel he had brought, likely soaked in cold water.

“You know,” his boss says as he continues gently cleaning his wound and the skin around it. “You should be more careful. This could get infected.”

Jaemin smiles a bit. “Says the one who caused it.”

The older chuckles and shakes his head. “I’m sorry, okay? I was really frustrated yesterday. That meeting was difficult to get through.”

“I see,” the secretary replies softly. “The clients were annoying?”

“Yes. We kept arguing, it was a mess.”

Jaemin sighs, feeling this time the dry side of the towel wipe over his skin. Quietly, he murmurs, “I would’ve cried.”

Unfortunately for him, Mister Lee hears and chuckles. “Don’t worry,” he hums. He tears open a new band-aid he got from Jaemin’s bathroom drawer, laying it over the cut. “You’ll grow tough skin over time too,” he says as he presses lightly over the band-aid. “You’re still very young, Jaemin. You’ve many things to learn, and much time to do it.”

The secretary just listens quietly, nodding a bit.

“So don’t think about it too much, okay?” He feels Jeno rub his thumb over the wound gently once more, before he’s rising to his feet and the warm breath on his thigh is gone.

“There you go.”

Jaemin finally relaxes his body, belatedly realizing that all his muscles were tensed up that whole time. He turns and sits on the edge of the bed, examining the new band-aid on his thigh, whilst his boss puts the rest of his clothes on.

“I’ll get going then,” Mister Lee says after he finishes buttoning up his shirt.

The secretary quickly nods. “R-Right, sure, go ahead.”

His boss grabs his blazer and his phone, before giving him a small smile.

“Good night, Jaemin. I’ll see you tomorrow.”

Jaemin returns the smile, before bowing a bit.

“See you tomorrow, Sir.”

⏤⏤

“So do you just go to gay bars and find a one-night-stand every day,  or do you have a goddamn boyfriend you’re not telling me about?”

Jaemin rolls his eyes at his co-worker’s comment as he walks to his desk with admittedly, slow and careful strides.

“Good morning to you too, Renjun.” He puts down his messenger bag on his desk, before walking over to Mister Lee’s office with the CEO’s coffee and breakfast, like usual. But a loud gasp comes out of him and he nearly spills the hot drink all over himself when he sees his boss already sitting down on his couch, a folder opened on the low coffee table.

Fuck . Is he late? Instantly, Jaemin looks down at his watch.

“Don’t worry, you’re not late.” He whips his head up upon hearing this from his boss, eyes wide before his body relaxes a bit. Mister Lee smiles at him.

“Good morning, Jaemin.”

Jaemin smiles back, exhaling a breath of relief before he formally bows. “Good morning, Mister Lee. Sorry about that. I-I brought your coffee and breakfast.”

“Thank you, just put them down here,” the CEO says, motioning to the coffee table. Jaemin obeys, before taking out his clipboard and announcing Mister Lee’s agenda for today. He quickly writes down any changes and notes as well.

“Anything else, Sir?” Jaemin asks as he clicks his pen.

“Oh, right.” His boss puts down his coffee. “I need you to come with me later tonight. There are some files at home that need to be organized and taken to the office.”

At home?

Jaemin’s never been to Mister Lee’s home. Never for work and never for- not work. It was always the car or the office or Jaemin’s apartment.

Still, he of course nods and takes note of it as well.

“Got it, sir. Have a great day.”

With a bow and a nod, he’s on his way back to his own desk. He runs a hand through his hair and takes deep breaths. 

“So, you have a boyfriend.” He’s broken out of his peaceful focus by Renjun’s cocky voice.

Jaemin has half the mind to throw one of his highlighters at him. “No, I don’t.”

Renjun takes a sip of his coffee, and points a finger at him for a second. “So it’s the daily one-night-stand thing.”

“No, it’s not, oh my god,” the brunette groans. He places his fingers on his temples as he shuts his eyes. “It’s just …”

The Chinese boy puts down his coffee. “Just?”

Jaemin sighs and shrugs. “It’s just- this … thing.”

He watches with a half annoyed and half curious gaze as the older leans back on his leather seat and nods.

“Ah,” he hums. “A friends with benefits thing.”

When the younger can only respond with a roll of his eyes and nothing more, Renjun snaps his fingers as a huge grin shows on his face. “Hah! I’m right, aren’t I?”

Jaemin ignores him as he turns on his desktop, muting the other secretary’s “I know I’m right,” and other comments from across him.

It’s going to be a long day.

Thankfully though, it passes by a bit quicker than Jaemin thought. Well, it’s always like that when he’s finally on the last of Mister Lee’s agenda.

Today, it’s just a small internal meeting with the COO, Donghyuck Lee. He’s Jeno Lee’s cousin, and Renjun’s boss. So really, it’s more like a talk than an actual meeting. Both he and Renjun just wait outside on their desks, yawning and chatting themselves while waiting for their bosses.

The CEO is the first to come out of the room, approaching Jaemin’s desk.

“Let’s go. Before the chauffeur goes home.”

With a nod and a hasty grab of all his things, Jaemin follows after his boss, managing a small wave good bye to Renjun.

The ride to Mister Lee’s home is quite long, if Jaemin is being honest. They’re going through streets he’s never even seen in his life, and areas with lots of trees and greenery. Well, he doesn’t expect anything less than pure luxury from his boss. He can’t help but look out the window though; hopefully Mister Lee doesn’t think he’s being a complete weirdo from where he’s seated in the back.

Jaemin guesses it does make sense that he’s never been to his boss’ house before, probably for security reasons.

Definitely for security reasons, he confirms as they move past through a seemingly endless number of gates and guards and cameras, confirming it’s really the CEO entering.

Finally, they make it to a single smooth and straight road that opens to a wide roundabout at the very end. In the center of the roundabout is a fountain and some flowery bushes. The car finally stops, and Jaemin cannot believe his eyes.

A mansion stands before him. Modern, elegant, and huge. 

He gets out of the car on his own, while the chauffeur opens Mister Lee’s door for him. The CEO doesn’t waste any time as he walks up the stairs to his home, and Jaemin quickly follows behind him. He tries not to trip as he looks at the beautiful structures.

Turns out, the inside is just as extravagant as the outside. A lot of the walls are glass, and those that aren’t are lined with artworks that Jaemin is sure costs more than his college education. The living room has glass tables, long couches, and marble floors. He can’t even stare too long though, as Mister Lee is practically zooming through everything.

He only gets to breathe when they enter a room with a desk, a leather chair, and bookshelves. Jaemin assumes it’s his boss’ home office or study, maybe. It has a beautiful view of the mountains too, thanks to the floor-to-ceiling windows on one side. It’d be nice to get fucked against that.

Jaemin shakes his head and slaps himself mentally. Get it together, idiot.

Mister Lee is standing by a filing cabinet in the corner of the room. “Come here, I’ll show you what needs to be organized.”

Jaemin promptly follows. The CEO shows him all the folders he’s got in there, then tells him the ones he needs to fix and bring back to the office tomorrow. Most of them are old transactions that Jeno brought home with him to study and work on further, and now, he hasn’t found the right time to organize them and take them back to the company’s record storage.

And so, Jaemin sits there with a pile of folders and papers, checking all the details of each one and organizing them by date. It shouldn’t take too long, so Mister Lee leaves him to do the job whilst he gets a drink. Or well, drinks, Jaemin hopes.

Maybe they could fuck in this huge mansion afterwards, who knows?

The thought alone excites Jaemin. So, he quickly finishes all the work needed to be done. He puts all of the folders in a box Mister Lee gave him, so he could bring them home and to the office easily.

He stands up happily with the heavy box in his arms, walking out of the office to find his boss. He’s already thinking of ways to approach him. Maybe he could just go ahead and kiss him. Or maybe they should get a bit drunk first. Or maybe Jeno will immediately pounce on him the moment he catches sight of him.

But when Jaemin hears something at a distance as he walks the halls towards the living room, he nearly drops his box. He halts all his movements.

He hears it again.

He takes more cautious steps, slowly, one by one, breath heavy and unsteady. Until he finally catches sight of Mister Lee, and until he finally hears it again.

“Papa!”

Chapter Text

Jaemin takes slow steps forward as he watches Mister Lee crouch down and hug the little boy, maybe 4 or 5 years old, welcoming him into his arms. He’s never seen his boss so happy.

“Hey, big guy,” Jeno says as he ruffles the child’s hair, making him giggle as he reaches for the CEO’s hands. “I didn’t know you were coming today, Jisung-ah. Did you miss Papa?”

“Yes, I missed you so much, Papa! I wanted to come see you already!”

Mister Lee smiles as he pinches the boy’s cheek. “I missed you too, Jisung. Very, very much.”

Jaemin subconsciously smiles too at the sight, at the sweet conversations, at such a sweet tone from his boss.

He’s never heard him speak like that to anyone or about anything.

At that moment, the CEO finally sees him.

“Oh, Jaemin, you’re already done,” he says as he stands up, hand still on the back of the child’s head, and a smile still stretching on his lips. “This is Jisung, my son.” 

“Who’s that, papa?”

“O-Oh, uhm, I’m- ”

Jaemin takes a deep breath, then puts on a smile. As the child looks at him curiously, he puts down the box in his arms, then walks towards him, albeit a bit unsurely. “I’m uhm- I’m Jaemin,” the secretary informs with his small smile as he crouches down to his level. “I work for your father.”

He extends his hand out, which Jisung gingerly takes with a grin that quickly grows to a giggle. Jaemin laughs a bit too in return.

“It’s nice to meet you, Jisung.”

“N-Nice to meet you too!” the little boy beams, shaking the secretary’s hand.

Jaemin stands back up, spotting Mister Lee’s joyful gaze at his son, before looking back at his secretary.

“I won’t keep you any longer then, Jaemin. Come on, I’ll have one of the guards to drive you home.”

The secretary nods, and then Mister Lee is escorting him out the door, along with Jisung who won’t leave his dad’s side. Jaemin thinks it’s cute.

Once he’s at his apartment, Jaemin’s phone dings just as he lays on bed after taking a shower.

Sir Jeno

Hello, Jaemin.

Apologies for the late message. I assume you’ve arrived home by now.

Sorry about Jisung; you might have been slightly surprised.

I was surprised too, as he usually comes only on weekends. 

Jaemin (secretary)

Good evening, sir.

It’s no problem at all! Jisung is very sweet and cute!

Sir Jeno

Thank you, he really is.

I hope you don’t mind it with regards to our arrangement.

Jaemin (secretary)

Haha, no of course not 😁

Sir Jeno

Okay.

Get some rest this weekend.

I’ll see you in the office then.

Jaemin (secretary)

See you next week, Sir!

Jaemin sighs as he puts down his phone next to him, entire body unmoving and relaxed as he stares at the ceiling. He’s so tired he could almost fall asleep like this, and it really is tempting. But Jellypong reminds him that he might get sleep paralysis if he just closes his eyes like this as she jumps onto the bed next to him, snuggling by one of his pillows.

He smiles as he turns on his side to pet her, before finally joining her and pulling the covers over himself. He falls asleep in a minute.

Half of the next day, he spends in bed. He finally gets out though when he gets a text from Renjun, telling him he still owes him lunch.

After a long argument over the phone about why Renjun should give in to his request (or ‘negotiation,’ as Jaemin likes to call it), Jaemin’s co-worker agrees to come to his apartment and just get delivery for dinner. Together, they sit on his carpeted bedroom floor with bowls of ramen that Jaemin had so graciously paid for with his card.

“Did you even take a shower?” Renjun asks as he watches the other slurp his noodles loudly, eyeing his matching cotton pajamas and unruly hair, in contrast to his own stylish outfit.

“Yes, of course, I did,” Jaemin wipes his lips with the back of his hand. “I always take a shower before going to bed, you know? I am a clean person.”

The younger rolls his eyes when he hears the other secretary’s snort, followed by a very sarcastic hum.

“Clean, huh? I guess you don’t use condoms then?”

“I will take your dinner away if you say one more word,” Jaemin daunts with his stainless steel chopsticks and puffed up cheeks.

“I’m done anyway,” the older shrugs as he stands up to put away his bowl. Jaemin just lets him, Renjun already knows his way around his home anyway. He finishes his own bowl not long after, putting it beside his co-worker’s on the kitchen counter. Washing them will be a chore for later, he decides.

He slumps next to Renjun who’s sitting on his couch.

“So who’s the fuck buddy?”

Jaemin immediately sits up and scowls at his friend.

“What?” Renjun laughs, “You owe me not just lunch, but also a story, and you know it.”

Jaemin runs a hand through his hair. He leans back down on the leather cushion, taking a deep breath in and out.

“It’s complicated,” he says. “I can’t tell you who it is. We set rules, and one of them is not to tell anyone.”

“Well, I’m not just anyone ,” Renjun argues as he turns on his side.  

Jaemin looks at him with an eyebrow raised. Renjun returns it with an addition of a tilt of his head. Their eyes battle with each other without words.

Shut up. You’re just my co-worker.

I’ve been to your apartment more times than your parents have.

That doesn’t mean you get to know shit about me!

You’re hilarious. I saw that you have me saved as ‘best frienemy’ on your phone!

“Ugh, I hate you.” Jaemin frustratedly groans.

“Give it up,” Renjun says as he stands up to grab a drink from his refrigerator. “I’m your best friend, so tell me.”

Jaemin rolls his eyes but takes the shot glass that’s given to him. “You forgot about the enemy part.”

The Chinese boy just laughs as he shakes the Soju bottle in his hand, before twisting it open and pouring some onto his friend’s glass.

Jaemin remains silent the rest of the time his co-worker fills up his own shot glass. They clunk their glasses together, before downing the bitter liquid immediately.

After another minute of quiet, Renjun sighs. “Really not gonna talk?”

Jaemin shakes his head, “Nope! My sex life is none of your business.”

“So it is a friends with benefits thing. Confirm that at least.”

The younger sighs, allowing his friend to fill up both their shot glasses again.

“Fine, yes it is.”

They take the shot again, then put their glasses down on the table with a thud.

“Well, at least tell me how he is.”

“What, like what we do in bed?”

“Jesus, Jaemin, no ,” Renjun rolls his eyes. “I mean like … is he nice or something? Is it fun? I’ve never had that sort of thing before, so I’m just curious.”

Jaemin takes another shot.

“Yeah, he’s nice,” he shrugs nonchalantly. “It’s chill. We’re sexually compatible so the sex is always nice, and we kind of just understand easily what the other wants. It’s cool.”

Renjun takes a shot too. “That’s nice. Maybe I should try that sometime.”

“Yeah, and then I’ll be the one teasing you at work,” Jaemin laughs as he takes the entire Soju bottle away and returns it to the fridge, ignoring his co-workers, ‘ hey!’

He stands up in front of a slightly blushed Renjun, hands on his hips. “Come on, you still need to drive home.”

“No, I don’t,” the Chinese boy says as he stands up as well to retrieve the bottle. “Yangyang said he’d pick me up since he’s in the area tonight too.”

“What? Yangyang? Are you guys dating or something?” Jaemin retorts. 

Renjun laughs so loudly the younger almost thinks he’s insane. 

“No, what the fuck. We’re just friends, okay? We entered the company around the same time so we’re pretty close. Plus, I don’t even think he’s gay.”

“You’re close, and yet you’re not sure if he’s gay?”

“No, geez, you don’t just ask that to people,” Renjun says as he pours Soju into their shot glasses again. “He’s only told me about girls he’s dated. That’s it.”

Jaemin gives him a look, and he ignores it.

“Anyway, the point is, I don’t really care, okay? We’re just friends who are taking advantage of the fact that we’re both going out tonight. Gas prices are getting higher now, y’know!”

The younger rolls his eyes as he takes his glass. “Yeah, yeah, okay, fine.”

Renjun gives him a small smile for letting him stay longer, and they clink their glasses together.

“Cheers to the weekend and to us, my best frienemy.”

“Ugh, you’re such a weirdo.”

⏤⏤⏤

A couple of days later, they’re both back to work.

Jaemin has always hated Mondays, like any other human being. It went by so slowly that he nearly yawned out loud in front of the company’s biggest investors during a meeting. Tuesday went by quicker luckily, though not that fast either. This day was spent going out and about to attend meetings and shows and such, but Jaemin doesn’t mind, because sometimes he likes going out alone in the middle of a work day. It’s a bit of an escape from the confines of his desk.

Which is why he’s especially happy on Wednesday afternoon when Mister Lee suddenly craves a specific glazed donut that’s all the way across town. All the drivers were booked and busy, so Jaemin commutes.

And he fucking loves it. Sure, it’s tiring and a bit of a hassle, but he loves just walking around town and observing all the people around him.

When he arrives back at the office, his hair is damp with sweat from the summer sun and the soles of his feet hurt a bit, but there’s a smile on his face as he places a plate of the singular glazed donut on CEO Lee’s table.

“Here you go, Sir.”

Mister Lee looks at him, at his well, pretty wrecked state, then smiles. “Thank you, Jaemin.”

Jaemin nods, then bows and leaves. 

“Did you not get something for yourself?”

He pauses then, turning around and meeting his boss’ eyes. “No, sir,” he says honestly. 

“You should next time,” Mister Lee says. “It must have been a long way. The trip would be more worth it if you get something for yourself.”

“O-Oh, it’s okay,” Jaemin replies quickly. “I like uhm- I like walking around, Sir. I enjoyed the trip anyways, so I think it was already quite worth it.” He rubs his forearm sheepishly, avoiding the CEO’s eyes as he tilts his chin up in amusement.

“Ah,” his boss nods. “I see. Thank you, Jaemin.”

Jaemin nods back and gives a small smile, before bowing and finally leaving the office.

Later into the day, a package comes to the office for his boss, and of course, he inspects it first before giving it to Mister Lee. It seems to be a cake from one of their clients, but Jaemin knows that Jeno doesn’t really like cake or sweet things in general.

So, he places it in the company refrigerator for now, then just lets his boss know of the gift that arrived.

Hours and hours pass. Today, it’s Renjun who gets off work first at around 10 pm. He waves his friend goodbye, giving him a smile that says, hang in there. Jaemin returns it, before going back to the file he’s working on. 

He closes his eyes, then runs both hands through his hair.

“Jaemin?”

The secretary’s eyes immediately open widely and he makes his way to the entrance of his boss’ office in a single second.

“Y-Yes, Mister Lee?”

To his surprise, the CEO seems rather relaxed, blazer already off and suit tie loosened. “You said I received a package earlier, right? A cake?”

“Yes, sir. Would you like a slice? I think it’s red velvet.”

“Yes, just one slice,” Jeno nods.

Jaemin nods, then takes his leave to prepare everything. When he comes back, he notices that Mister Lee has cleared his entire desk. Jaemin tries not to think of any inappropriate scenarios.

He places the tea and cake on his boss’ desk, and before he can take a step away, the CEO looks into his eyes, his aura so commanding that Jaemin stops all movements. He just stands there silently, watching motionlessly as Jeno takes a fork and slices a bit of the cake. He places it into his mouth, chews it slowly, then swallows it quietly. All while staring into Jaemin’s eyes.

Then, he slices another small piece with his fork. He lifts it in the air ever so slightly, elbow planted on the glass of his table.

“Want a taste, sugar?”

Jaemin gulps. He nods.

“Take off your blazer.” Mister Lee turns his chair to the side slightly, then taps on his thigh. “Then have a seat, sugar.”

Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip. He takes off his blazer and places it on one of the couches at the other end of the room. Then, he makes his way around the table, and sits down on Jeno’s lap sideways as arms naturally circle around his middle. Fingers are undoing the top buttons of his shirt, just enough so the fabric falls down his shoulder.

He feels lips ghosting over his bare skin, causing him to turn his head to the side and meet Jeno’s eyes, right as he places an open-mouthed kiss on his shoulder.

The secretary can feel his heartbeat fastening, his lungs running out of air at a quicker rate.

Finally, Jeno takes the bit of cake he had already sliced again, and lifts up the fork to Jaemin’s lips. He opens them, maintaining eye contact with his boss as he encloses his lips around the fork, pulls away, and chews.

Once he swallows, Mister Lee smiles. “Good boy.”

Jaemin’s eyes glaze over at the words. He leans in to kiss him, but is stopped when Jeno places a hand on his chest and chuckles. Frustration and confusion sink into him.

“S-Should we go to mine?” he asks quickly.

His lips turn downwards ever so slightly when Mister Lee shakes his head. His gaze darts to the ground in chagrin.

But a hand cups his cheek, causing him to look back at Jeno.

“Let’s go to mine.”

Jaemin’s eyes widen. 

“That okay with you, sugar?”

Still a bit unsure and surprised, the secretary nods slowly.

The CEO chuckles, before leaning in to place a single kiss on his lips.

“Come on, then. I have a surprise for you.”

Excitement thrums through Jaemin’s body. Good thing he wore the panties Jeno gifted him today.

The moment they’re inside Mister Lee’s house and out of sight from any drivers or security, Jeno’s lips are pressed against Jaemin’s. His boss’ sureness lets him know they’re truly the only ones here tonight. Seems that he doesn’t have any maids that stay in then. He’s not too sure, he’ll just ask later.

Right now, all that matters is Mister Lee’s lips on his, his hand groping the flesh of his ass, his tongue exploring his mouth, his jet black hair between Jaemin’s fingers, his low groan when their bulges meet unexpectedly.

Jaemin untucks the older’s shirt as quickly as he can, then flattens his palms on the rock-like muscles of his abdomen. He hums in delight as they flex and tighten with his touch, maybe Mister Lee is sensitive here too. He traces his index finger over the bumps, while his other hand comes up to pull Jeno closer by the neck.

Meanwhile, the CEO’s hands grip Jaemin’s waist like his life depends on it, thumbs digging into his skin and smiling when the younger squirms.

He abruptly takes his secretary’s hands off of himself, breaking their kiss in the process.

“My room,” he breathes against Jaemin’s lips. “It’s down the hall, up the stairs, to the left. When I arrive, I want to see you there, waiting on my bed, all your clothes off, hands behind your back. No touching yourself until I get there. No looking around the room, or you’ll ruin your own surprise.”

Jaemin nearly moans right then and there. Jeno never once breaks eye contact.

“Have I made myself clear, sugar?”

Jaemin nods.

“Yes, daddy.”

As he makes his way up to his boss’ bedroom, he can barely walk straight. His eyes keep looking around the halls, his palms rubbing each other as he thinks about what surprise Jeno has for him.

When he clicks open the light to Jeno’s room, he can’t help but stand there for a moment in awe. It’s huge. Modern, sleek, simple. Just like what he saw in his home office, there are also floor-to-ceiling glass windows on one side. He walks in and finds his feet in heaven on soft black velvet. He finds a lamp on the far end of the room, so he clicks it on, then turns off the main room light.

He gets right to his task. He strips himself of all his clothes, leaving them neatly folded in a pile in a chair in the corner.  Then, he sits on the center edge of the king-size bed, legs closed politely, arms behind his back obediently, lips parted, and eyes glossy as he hears footsteps nearing.

The door swings open, and Jaemin holds his breath.

Jeno Lee stands right there at the entrance, expression blank as he rolls up his sleeves. He closes the door behind him, then begins walking up to the younger with slow, precise steps. His eyes run over his state, over his entire body.

When he stops in front of him, he lifts Jaemin’s face with his fingers under his chin. Without a word, he leans down, then kisses his lips.

“Good boy,” he says against his cheek, before kissing there too. Jaemin blinks in response, waiting for his next command.

“Move to the center of the bed.”

He obeys easily, turning back on all fours so he can crawl to the very center of the white linen sheets, just above the pillows. He tries swaying his hips as much as he can, trying to catch the older’s attention. But when he turns and sits down, he frowns upon seeing Jeno’s back turned to him on the other end of the room.

When the older walks back to sit close to him, he has a black box with him. He places it in front of Jaemin.

“Would you like to see, sugar?”

Jaemin’s heart beats loudly in his chest in anticipation. He watches as the older’s fingers curl around the lid of the box, slowly lifting it, before finally revealing its contents.

He inhales sharply at the sight.

On top of black silk, is first, a small bottle of lube.

Second, a roll of black cloth.

Lastly, a rubber dildo, realistically flesh-colored with veins protruding around it. 

Jaemin swallows as Mister Lee takes away the box, then settles behind him. He hears him fumble around with the items inside, but he doesn’t look back.

“Hands, baby.”

Jaemin brings his hands back obediently, letting his boss bind them together tightly with what he presumes is the roll of cloth from the box. Then, Mister Lee is guiding him to lie on his back, head nestled on the soft pillows.

“Comfortable?”

He nods.

Jeno then moves to sit in front of him – in front of his closed, bended knees. His hands pry them open with little to no resistance from the younger, allowing him to settle right between his bare legs. 

The bottle of lube is opened, and much to Jaemin’s surprise, Mister Lee doesn’t place it on his fingers. Instead, he squeezes a good amount directly onto his hole, smiling when Jaemin lets out a small gasp because of the coldness.

“Let’s see,” Jeno hums as he circles two fingers over his wet rim, “just how much you can take, sugar.”

Jaemin squeezes his eyes shut when he feels both the CEO’s fingers enter him, coated in lube. They sink into him ever so slowly, the squelching sounds rendering Jaemin so embarrassed as his brows furrow together. He keeps his eyes closed the entire time, as he feels the older’s knuckles press up against his entrance.

Suddenly, his lips are being kissed wetly and a hand is smoothing over the back of his thigh, caressing and squeezing the flesh gently. He gasps when Jeno pulls his fingers out and thrusts them back in one quick move, a whimper escaping his lips. Jeno swallows all the sounds that come out of him as he continues thrusting his fingers in and out of the younger, relishing in the way he arches his back and his cock twitches whenever he hits his prostate.

A third finger joins in and Jaemin jumps a bit when he feels the stretch, tightly bound hands trying to break free beneath him. “F-Fuck,” he releases a loud moan as Jeno curls all fingers up and massages the bundle of nerves inside him.

“Feel good?” Mister Lee asks as he moves his kisses lower, nipping at his neck and leaving light red marks here and there.

Jaemin nods quickly, eyes still closed and unable to witness the way his boss smirks. He moans again when he feels the older lick a stripe up his neck, clenching around his fingers when they don’t stop abusing his prostate.

“Daddy, I think I-I’m close. Please, let me-”

Jaemin opens his eyes immediately when the fingers inside him leave, tears threatening to spill out as Mister Lee moves further and further away from him.

“Daddy, please!”

Jeno doesn’t say a word. Jaemin wills himself to be quiet when he sees the older taking the dildo and lube in his hands. He watches as Mister Lee comes back to bed and settles between his legs again. His movements are calm and his eyes are undistracted as he pours the glossy liquid onto the dildo, spreading it all over the length with his hand.

The moment he puts aside the lube, Jaemin can hear his heartbeat banging in his ears. He’s excited and nervous at the same time.

He’s never used a dildo, never had one. It was always just his hand, his fingers. Plus, he hasn’t even masturbated for months now, due to Mister Lee’s (annoying) rule.

And that dildo, well. Jaemin doesn’t know how he’ll take it. It’s big, almost as big as Jeno’s cock when he’s fully hard. Maybe it is. It looks so smooth and wet and girthy and fuck, he just wants it in him the more he looks at it, the more he stares at how Jeno covers it in lube and strokes it slowly, as if it’s his own length.

His attention is so focused only on it, that he doesn’t even realize Jeno’s staring at him, at the way his hole clenches and unclenches in need, at his pretty pink hole that he wants so much to destroy, to ruin.

“Look at you,” he hears Jeno hum. “So desperate to be filled up, hm?” He lines up the dildo right at his entrance, tracing the tip over his quivering rim.

“S-Stop teasing,” Jaemin whimpers, legs shaking and almost closing. “ Please .”

Jeno smiles then. He places a hand on his knee to push his legs open a little wider, before leaning in to suck a hickey sloppily on his inner thigh.

“You want it, sugar?” he asks as he licks over the mark. “Can you tell me how much you want it?”

Jaemin bites on his lip when he feels the dildo begin to prod at his opening. “Yes, p-please, I want it. Please . I want it so, so bad. I-I need it, please , daddy, I- ”

He inhales sharply once he feels the dildo’s head enter him, immediately stretching his hole.

Meanwhile, Jeno watches with hooded eyes the way Jaemin’s hole hungrily swallows the toy, inch by inch, slowly but greedily. He licks his lips at the sight, and he curses silently when he brings his eyes up, to the bulge on Jaemin’s abdomen, to the rise and fall of his chest as he pants, to his swollen lips and pink cheeks and glassy eyes, looking so fucked out when they’ve only just begun.

He pushes the dildo all the way in, watching, relishing in the way his secretary can’t hold in a moan, the way he moves around helplessly and tries to break his hands free from their constraints, the way his back arches in such a beautiful curve when the dildo fills him all the way up to the hilt.

“Fuck,” Mister Lee growls as his free hand caresses Jaemin’s calf. The younger’s whole torso is glistening with a sheen of sweat under the low light of the lamp, cock leaking and nipples stiff.

“You look so fucking pretty like this, sugar,” Jeno breathes out as he gropes the back of his secretary’s thigh, fingertips digging into the cusp of his ass. “Look how pretty you are. All spread out for me. So obedient, so good for me, aren’t you?”

Jaemin tries to hide his flushed cheeks with his hands, but remembers that they’re bound behind his back. He thinks the way he flails around would make Mister Lee chuckle, but instead, Jeno looks him seriously in the eyes.

“Can I take pictures of you later, sugar?”

Jaemin blinks. “P-Pictures?”

“Just for me,” Jeno says as he mouths around his legs. “Only for me to see, sugar. Only for me to use and admire. Will you let me?”

Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip, thinking it over. He closes his eyes.

“Okay.”

Mister Lee smiles then, before he kisses his knee.

Then, Jeno moves a bit closer, spreads Jaemin’s legs a bit wider. “You ready, baby?” he asks as he pulls the dildo out slowly, until only the head catches at his rim.

Jaemin nods.

“ Fuck !” he screams when his boss thrusts the dildo all the way in harshly, hitting his prostate right from the start. Jeno keeps repeating the strong pull and push, making sure the toy goes all the way in every single time. Moan after moan comes out of Jaemin’s mouth, the lewd sounds going straight to Mister Lee’s cock, still constrained in his work pants.

His muscles begin to bulge under the fabric of his button-up as he picks up the pace, thrusting the dildo in and out of the younger faster, whilst skilfully twisting it on its way in. He only gets more worked up when he sees a tear stream down Jaemin’s cheek.

Like it’s instinct, he instantly hovers over his secretary’s body and leans in to place an open-mouthed kiss on his cheek, tasting the saltiness from his tear and feeling the warmth of Jaemin’s skin on his lips.

“You sound so pretty, sugar,” he hums as he plants more kisses on his cheek, getting another loud moan from Jaemin when he pushes the toy in particularly harshly.

“Feel good?” he asks by the younger’s ear.

Jaemin nods, whispering a shaky, “ Yes.” His eyes are still closed, head pressing down on the pillow behind him, hands struggling below him as he aches to touch Jeno, to feel his body under his hands, to stroke his cock and make him feel just as much pleasure.

It’s embarrassing how he’s naked, legs wide open and hands tied helplessly as he allows his boss to ruin him. Meanwhile, Mister Lee is still fully clothed, in full control of the entire situation. He’s the cause of Jaemin’s every feeling, every moan, every scream, every curl of his toes and every jerk of his cock.

He’s the cause of the mess that Jaemin is right now. And he isn’t even fucking him.

“You like this so much, don’t you?” Mister Lee says condescendingly as he sits back up and moves the dildo even faster, to the point that Jaemin can’t stop the way his legs close automatically as the pleasure gets the best of his body.

Jeno immediately uses this to his advantage, pushing both of Jaemin’s legs up to the younger’s chest whilst continuing to ram the toy in and out of him. “Being tied up and fucked with a big cock. Being filled up, like the slut you are . Doesn’t even matter what it is, you just want something stretching out your tight little hole. You like it all so much, isn’t that right, sugar?”

Jaemin can’t even talk anymore. He’s never been fucked so quickly, so roughly, and it’s only by a toy. He opens his eyes to the CEO’s veins popping out of his hand and forearm, to his handsome face focused on fucking the dildo into him. When they meet gazes, Jaemin quickly closes his eyes again.

“I’m close,” he whispers, face twisted as the head of the dildo presses onto his prostate every other second. “Please, c-can I-”

“Cum.”

A single command, and Jaemin is releasing white all over his torso. His body jerks when Jeno keeps fucking the dildo into him, driving him to overstimulation.

“E-Enough, please,” he says weakly between pants, hands again trying to be free from their constraints. “I c-can’t anymore.”

With that, Mister Lee finally pulls the toy out of him. Jaemin shivers as he feels a bit of the lube drip out of his hole, and the wet pop that resounds as the head finally gets past his rim makes him immediately put his legs down and sit up in embarrassment.

He hears Jeno’s chuckle, which makes him even shyer, turning to the side. He wonders when he’ll take his photos. Had he taken some when his eyes were closed, and he just missed the sound of the shutter?

A hand on his knee catches his attention.

“I’m not done yet, sugar.”

He meets Jeno’s eyes in surprise. The older just looks at him whilst palming his own crotch. Jaemin gulps. So the dildo was just foreplay.

Sheepishly, he begins laying back down. But he pauses confusedly when Mister Lee laughs.

“I’m not going to fuck you, it’s a weekday tomorrow,” he says as he moves closer, placing a hand on his cheek. “I only need that pretty mouth of yours, sugar.”

Jeno places just a single, wet kiss on his lips, before moving away to take off his pants. Once they’re completely off, he kneels in front of Jaemin, who’s already sat up, waiting and ready to take his daddy’s cock.

Jaemin yearningly looks at his length with big, round eyes. Jeno is already fully hard, precum forming on the tip, so he knows it thankfully won’t take too much. He looks up at Mister Lee when he places a hand on the back of his head, then automatically opens his mouth when he taps his cock on his lips.

“Mmm fuck, that’s it,” Jeno throws his head back as his cock gets sucked into Jaemin’s warm and wet mouth. “That’s it, sugar. Hold still for me, okay?”

Jaemin closes his eyes as his form of yes, relaxing himself as he feels both of Jeno’s hands hold onto the back of his head. His hands are still tied behind his back, and as he feels Mister Lee drag his cock out slowly, he can only hope he won’t get hard again.

Jeno growls a loud curse the moment he makes his first thrust into the younger’s mouth. He sets a quick pace from the beginning, his sole goal being to cum as soon as possible. Jaemin can’t see nor touch him but he knows his boss’ muscles are clenching, and sweat is probably dripping down his body. He can feel his hands on his head beginning to form a grip on his locks, and hear his shallow grunts as his thrusts get rougher.

Jaemin relaxes his throat and lets Jeno use him, breathing through his nose and staying still as much as he can.

All of a sudden, the cock in his mouth is gone and the hands in his hair too. His eyes flutter open, and he sees Mister Lee reach for his phone. Then, Jeno is using one hand to hold his phone above his face, then the other to hold his cock to Jaemin’s lips.

Getting the idea, Jaemin immediately looks into the camera and opens his mouth. He hears the shutter sound, sending odd waves of arousal through him. And when he sticks his tongue out to meet the head of Jeno’s cock, he hears another shutter and a sharp inhale leave Mister Lee’s lips.

“Fuck, you’re so hot,” Jeno whispers. Jaemin feels his cheeks warm, then hears the shutter sound just one more time, before his boss is throwing his phone to the side and finally putting his cock fully back into the younger’s mouth.

“Just a bit more, sugar.”

Jaemin nods at the same time he takes his length in. Mister Lee groans and quickly returns to snapping his hips forward quickly. His hand lightly dances over Jaemin’s neck, feeling the shape of his cock go in and out of his throat.

His thrusts begin to lose finesse and rhythm as he nears his peak, and a grunt is the only warning Jaemin gets before he’s pulling out of his mouth. He keeps his eyes closed and mouth open, knowing Jeno will probably cum on his face.

So he can’t help the yelp that comes out of him when the CEO pushes him down to the bed and flips him over, so he’s lying on his stomach, hands still tied behind his back. He quickly looks back as best he can in his position.

The first thing he sees is Jeno kneeling right behind his ass, stroking his own cock furiously. Then the next thing he knows, thick white cum is dripping onto his globes, followed by the older’s breathy moans and a squeeze on one of his cheeks.

His eyes close at the feeling, and he almost moans himself too as his ass continuously gets painted with stripes of Jeno’s release. Once the CEO finishes completely, Jaemin lays his cheek back down on the bed and begins to relax his body, catching his breath quietly.

A moment later, he hears a shutter. Then, a hand is spreading his ass cheeks, exposing his stretched hole. Intentionally, he clenches and unclenches, smirking to himself when he hears another shutter, and a whispered “ fuck.”

But his confidence quickly flees when he feels a wet stripe on his ass cheek, and then a suck on the flesh. He snaps his head round, only to see Jeno looking straight at him as he licks off the cum on his ass, both globes in his large veiny hands.

Jaemin instantly turns back around, face heating up gradually as the older continues kissing and licking his globes. Jeno smiles against his skin, amused.

After all the cum has been licked off, he gives Jaemin’s ass cheek just one more kiss, before finally moving away. He unties the younger’s hands, then gets out of bed to get dressed.

Jaemin sits up then and lets his feet dangle on the edge of the bed, at long last getting feeling back in his hands. He runs his thumbs over his wrists, which are slightly red from all the struggle earlier. In the corner of the room, he sees Mister Lee (pants already back on, thank god) handing him his pile of clothes.

“Thanks,” he gives a small smile as he takes the clothes. As he places them next to him, he eyes the used dildo on the end of the bed. “Is that mine now?” Jaemin snorts a bit, nudging his head towards the toy. 

Jeno chuckles, stopping in his tracks as he was about to go back to the couch, and turning back to the other. “You think I want it?”

The secretary shrugs, hugging his knees. “Well, I-I don’t know, I don’t know what kind of person you are, and I mean, I don’t assume or judge.”

“You know,” the CEO exhales, approaching the younger with large strides. Jaemin suddenly feels small. “I like being the bottom too if that’s what you’re wondering,” the older says in a much more serious tone, “I’ve done it a lot before, and I did enjoy it.”

He stops at the edge of the bed, then tilts Jaemin’s face up with his fingers.

“But not with you, sugar,” he says lowly. “You feel way too good inside.”

Jaemin’s cheeks burn, even more so when his boss chuckles and walks away a few seconds later.

“Yes, it’s yours, Jaemin.”

The secretary gulps. He immediately stands up to begin putting his clothes back on and play down all the embarrassment he’s felt tonight, but pauses and cringes when he realizes there’s still slightly dried up cum on his stomach, and his ass is damp from lube and saliva.

He turns to Mister Lee, who’s already looking at him from where he’s seated again on the couch.

Still buck-naked, hands clasped in front of him, he shyly turns to the CEO. “C-Could I uhm … Could I use your shower?”

Jeno smiles. “Sure. It’s that room right there,” he says, looking towards the door at the other end of the bedroom. Then, he stands up and walks towards the main bedroom door. “Go ahead. I’ll go get you a new towel.” 

“Thank you,” Jaemin replies softly, watching as his boss leaves the room.

Once he’s inside Jeno’s bathroom, he can’t help but look around. The floors and walls are all made of shiny marble, the shower walls are full glass, the sink is glorious and made of marble too, and the toilet has a bunch of buttons Jaemin is both intrigued and afraid to press. There are a lot of warm lights and mirrors too, and of course, there’s a spacious, glorious bathtub. Next to the bathtub, there’s a full glass window, and from here, he can see a swimming pool outside.

Damn.

The whole bathroom itself is huge, Jaemin thinks he could live in here if he really needed to. But, he can tell it’s only Jeno who uses it. There’s only one kind of each product laid out in the shower and the vanity area, all from similar brands. He infers that Jisung really must only come here on weekends like Jeno said, and probably only a few times a month.

While taking a shower, he observes Jeno’s products well. This must be good stuff, he thinks as he lathers the shampoo in his hands.

When he finishes, he's surprised to find that there’s already a fresh towel waiting for him in the vanity area, as well as his pile of clothes from earlier. He didn’t even notice Jeno come in, he must have been so immersed in his shower.

He also realizes then that he’ll have to wear the same clothes he wore earlier –– his dirty clothes, on his newly-bathed body. He sighs to himself, maybe he could at least wash his underwear then use a hair dryer to dry it.

Looks like he has no choice.

After drying himself with the towel, he takes the pile of clothes in search of his underwear so he can wash it. But he panics when he shakes the clothes around and looks everywhere around the bathroom, his panties nowhere to be found.

Maybe Jeno didn’t notice he left it outside?

He’s about to go out of the bathroom to check, when suddenly the door slides open and his first instinct is to take the towel and cover his entire front with it, clutching onto it tightly as he holds the fabric to his chest.

His surprised expression and reaction make Mister Lee smirk as he enters.

“Shy, are we?”

Jaemin relaxes then, heaving heavy breaths. “S-Sorry. You scared the shit out of me,” he whispers.

Jeno chuckles, making his way to the younger. He’s still dressed in his clothes from work, and internally Jaemin wonders what kind of pajamas he wears.

His boss hands him a sleek black paper bag.

The same as last time.

Jaemin takes it sheepishly. He opens it, then takes out its contents, a soft gasp escaping him when he sees another pair of panties in his hands. He swallows as he runs his eyes over it.

It’s plain black and made of lace too like the other panties, but the difference is the shape. There are only thin black strings for the sides, and a triangle of lace in the middle. And when he turns it around, a blush creeps up to his neck.

It’s a thong.

He looks up at the older. “S-Sir, this is too-”

“I told you to call me by my name outside of work, didn’t I?”

Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip. His eyes turn to the marble floors.

“I-I’m sorry … Jeno.”

Carefully and cautiously, he looks back up at the CEO, only to see him smiling.

“So, I’ll keep these for a while then,” Jeno says as he waves a pink lacy fabric in his hand. Jaemin’s eyes widen, recognizing the underwear he wore today.

Immediately, he protests, “Hey! T-That’s my-”

But Jeno’s already walking away, stuffing the panties (that are definitely stained with pre cum) into his pocket with a huge grin on his face.

“Come out when you’re ready. I’ll have someone drive you home.”

Jaemin laughs softly once he’s alone again in the bathroom. “What a kinky motherfucker.”

As soon as he arrives in his apartment, he strips down all of his dirty clothes. He then goes to his closet to get into some clean pajamas.

And then he spots himself in the mirror.

Right, the new panties. The thong, rather. He turns a bit and stares at the single string down the middle of his ass cheeks, blushing a bit, before smiling and shaking his head.

Then, his gaze moves to the box on his bed, storing Jaemin’s newest (arguably most questionable) gift. And of course, he can’t miss the note Mister Lee had placed on top of its lid whilst Jaemin was taking a shower. He could just picture his boss scribbling down the words with that teasing grin of his, in such Mister Lee fashion, Lee Corporation notepad and all.

He sighs as he walks towards it and runs his eyes over it, hoping the chauffeur that brought him home didn’t get to read it or catch on.

Use it well.

Easier said than done when you need permission before you touch yourself.

Stupid rules.

⏤⏤⏤

The next day, Jaemin comes to work with a slightly less sore ass compared to usual, but what hurt a lot more, however, are his wrists. 

He keeps twisting and turning them, hearing the crack it lets out with every rotation, but not finding any relief in the pain. He even tries massaging them too, but still, they’re painful. Not only is his skin a bit bruised, but his joints also feel worn out. They hurt even more as Jaemin does his work throughout the day, typing on his desktop, taking down notes, answering calls, and bringing whatever the hell Mister Lee wants.

He gets to rest a bit at around 10 in the evening, when his boss is eating (clearly very late) dinner in his office. Luckily, Renjun’s is too, so they spare a little chat down the hall.

“So what’s with that?” the smaller asks before taking a sip of his coffee.

Jaemin pops a sugar cube into his mouth from the bunch he currently has in his palm. “What’s with what?”

Renjun points a finger at his red wrist.

“That.”

“What, my sugar cubes?”

Renjun rolls his eyes all the way around his sockets.

“I think you know what I’m talking about, idiot.”

Jaemin laughs then, bringing his hand down and leaning his back against the wall with a sigh. They’re the only ones left in the office again.

“It’s nothing. Just had a little fun, okay?”

“With your fuck buddy?”

It’s Jaemin’s turn to roll his eyes. “Yes, with my fuck buddy, geez.” He eats another sugar cube, unminding the way his friend reaches for his wrist, examining it closely.

“Dude, don’t you think he’s being too rough with you? I mean look how fucking red this is! You could like- get a blister or something soon.”

He wriggles his hand out of the Chinese boy’s grasp. “No, it’s fine , seriously,” he assures. “It’s not even painful.”

Renjun raises an eyebrow. “You think I don’t see those weird-ass twisty-turnees you’ve been doing with your hands all day?”

Jaemin sighs. One more sugar cube.

“Okay, fine, they do hurt, but not that much! It’s fine, really. It’ll completely heal tomorrow.”

“Oh, I’m sure it will,” Renjun says in an awfully cheery tone, making Jaemin scoff.

He opens his mouth to say a rebuttal, but immediately closes it when he hears his boss’ voice.

“Jaemin.”

He and Renjun instantly both fall to a low bow.

“Y-Yes, sir?”

Jeno’s eyes shift from his cousin’s secretary, to his own. 

“Nothing. I’m done for today, please clear my table.”

“Right, yes, of course, sir.”

Jaemin hurriedly eats the rest of his cubes and follows his boss to his office, turning back to see Renjun give him a teasing, very lively, wrist-bending wave. He rolls his eyes in response, sending him a quick middle finger.

When he enters the room, he’s surprised to see that most of the office looks clean. There are only a few papers on the coffee table, which Mister Lee is already clearing up. He approaches him to help, but pauses in the middle when he notices something.

Jeno is hard.

He seems to be trying to hide it, if the way he hands the papers to Jaemin and quickly walks past him is anything to go by. The secretary smiles a bit. He wonders why the CEO won’t just make a move on him directly tonight.

As Jaemin organizes the papers in his filing cabinet, Mister Lee sits on his leather couch, legs crossed and fingers tapping rhythmically on the armrest. He’s looking out the window, as if in deep thought, but Jaemin knows what’s really up.

Maybe Jeno wants him to make the first move.

“Do you want to open a bottle of liquor?” he asks, wanting to set the mood. “You have a few recently gifted from Europe.”

Mister Lee gives him a look, then runs a hand through his hair. “Yeah, sure.”

A moment later, Jaemin comes back into the room with a bottle of a fancy hard drink he can’t pronounce and two glasses, placing them down on the coffee table in front of Mister Lee. He tries not to smile when he sees that Jeno is still looking out the window, foot tapping on the floor, arm over his lap.

He pours the golden liquid into both glasses, then takes it upon himself to sit down next to Jeno. He hands one glass to Mister Lee, who immediately takes a large gulp. Jaemin silently takes a sip too.

“Are you okay?” he asks softly to his boss who still hasn’t spared him a glance since he entered the office.

“Yes, I’m alright.”

Jaemin puts down his glass. “Really? You seem … stressed, Sir,” he hums, inching closer to the older. He traces his index finger over his clothed arm, but frowns when the CEO still doesn’t turn to him. Isn’t this what Jeno wants? For him to initiate it?

Maybe he actually doesn’t want to fuck? Maybe his son is home again unexpectedly?

No, he would’ve left the office already if Jisung was home.

Jaemin presumes he really is stressed. His hard-on probably isn’t helping too. How did he even get hard?

His eyes dart to the light Jeno’s phone screen emits when he gets a notification. He watches as Mister Lee unlocks it, quickly pressing the home button and exiting the first application that was last open. 

But still, Jaemin saw what it was.

My photos from that night.

He smiles a bit to himself. So he got hard while looking at his photos at work. Cute.

Hot, actually.

Jaemin moves even closer, until their thighs are touching each other. He wonders if Jeno is embarrassed which is why he won’t just fuck him like usual. 

“I can help you, if you’re stressed, Sir,” he says softly, slowly taking away the phone and glass from Mister Lee’s hands. His own palms begin to roam around Jeno’s arms and shoulders, trying to get him to face him.

“I … want you to use me, Sir. I can help you. S-Sugar can help you.”

Well, that took a lot of confidence in Jaemin to say, but of course, what he gets from Mister Lee is a fucking chuckle . The corners of his lips curve down and his entire body sinks, hands slowly moving away from the CEO. Seems like Jeno has tricked him into this.

He looks away, only for his face to be guided back to Mister Lee with a few fingers on his chin.

“Aren’t you adorable,” Jeno says, making his face warm up. It gets worse when he receives a pinch on his cheek. He gets out of Mister Lee’s hold, moving away, and quickly downing a bit (a lot) more of his drink.

When he hears Jeno’s laugh again, he’s about to stand up and leave, because this grown man won’t stop playing with me, when suddenly a hand is cupping his cheek and there’s a pair of lips on his own.

He instantly melts into the kiss, reciprocating and leaning into Jeno’s touch. He moves to sit on his lap, regaining confidence when he hears the older groan into his mouth as his semi-erection gets the tiniest bit of contact.

He smiles against Mister Lee’s lips when he hears the zipper of his pants being undone, and then the entirety of them are getting pulled down impatiently. Jaemin stands up to get the whole thing off, enjoying the way Jeno looks at him hungrily when he notices him wearing one of the panties he gave him. He stands between the CEO’s open legs, letting him run his hands up and down the length of his milky thighs.

“You look so fucking sexy, sugar,” he exhales, looking up at Jaemin. He places soft kisses on his thighs, moving up to press a teasing kiss on his clothed cock. The younger places his hands on Jeno’s shoulders in fear of his knees giving out, looking down and watching as the older continues leaving wet kisses and light hickeys on his thighs and lower abdomen.

Out of nowhere, Jeno takes one of Jaemin’s hands on his shoulders, then brings it up to his lips. He looks into his secretary’s eyes as he kisses his wrist gently, making Jaemin inhale sharply. Then, Jeno does the same to his opposite hand, kissing around his wrist so, so softly.

Jaemin swallows. Is that why he didn’t want to fuck at first? Did he overhear me and Renjun?

Still, he keeps his questions to himself, allowing Mister Lee to guide him back onto his lap. They make out languidly, in contrast to the way they take their clothes off in a rush. Even the prepping is so hurried, but somehow it feels more relaxed for Jaemin than usual.

He hisses as Jeno taps his cock on his ass. “You’ve gotta keep quiet today, sugar. Donghyuck might still be here. Be a good boy, hm?”

Jaemin blinks his glassy eyes and nods, accepting the kiss that’s placed onto his lips. As he feels Mister Lee enter him, he bites down on his lip and immediately hides his face in the older’s neck to keep his noises at a minimum.

“So tight, sugar,” Jeno huffs as he thrusts his hips upward slowly, but roughly. “Always hungry for my cock, huh?”

Jaemin can only let out little gasps, hands clawing at the older’s back muscles as he squeezes his eyes shut.

Tomorrow will be yet another day of yet another sore asshole.

When they finish, it’s already past 12 midnight, and it seems that they’re the only ones left in the building (again). It’s quiet as they put their clothes back on, and again, Jeno’s eyes find their way to the younger’s wrists.

Or well, Jaemin thinks so. He can feel his gaze on him, but the older isn’t saying a word, so he doesn’t speak either.

Once he’s fully dressed, he cleans up their dishes (and any stains) in the area, then also organizes his own workspace. By the time he’s done turning off all the outlets and such, Mister Lee is already standing by his desk.

“Let’s go. I’ll drive you home.”

“I-I can commute.”

The CEO lets out a low laugh. “Not with that ass.”

Jaemin rolls his eyes before laughing too, caving in and joining his boss as they go to the parking.

It’s silent as they walk side by side, as they enter the car, and even as Mister Lee begins driving. Somewhere in the middle, the secretary clears his throat.

“So, uhm- how’s Jisung?”

“He’s alright,” Jeno replies as they drive through the empty streets. “But like I said, he only comes over on weekends, so I’m not entirely sure about specifics. He does send me texts occasionally, with his mom’s phone. He stays with her during the rest of the week.”

“I see,” Jaemin replies quietly. He tries to bring up the mood as he turns a little to his boss. “He must get lonely without his father though! He probably misses you a lot right now.”

“Maybe,” Jeno shrugs with a small smile. “He has a complete family there though, so maybe not too.”

The younger sinks down in his seat. “Oh.” He looks out the window as he bites on one of his fingernails, I should really shut up.

“What about you?”

“M-Me?” Jaemin sits up again. “Like– do I have kids?”

Mister Lee laughs then, shaking his head. “No, I know that you don’t have any. It was indicated on your resume. I just mean, how’s your family. How are you ?”

“Oh, my uhm- my family,” the secretary nods in realization. “They’re okay, I guess. They’re in the province though, so I don’t get to see them often. We do text each other though, from time to time.”

“That’s nice. How many are you in the family, if I may ask?”

“How many …” Jaemin laughs to himself, rendering Jeno confused unbeknownst to him. “We’re uhm … we’re … i-it’s complicated,” he ends up whispering, though he gives his boss a smile. “It’s okay, I swear; I just don’t know how to explain it.”

He looks at Mister Lee, a bit afraid of what he’ll say.

But then, Jeno just looks at him calmly. “Okay. That’s alright.”

“Thanks,” he whispers.

“What about friends?” the CEO asks after a while. “You seem pretty close to Donghyuck’s assistant.”

“Oh, Renjun?” Jaemin lets out a half-scoff, half-laugh. “Yeah, we’re friends. I guess we’re close. He’s hung out at my apartment already a few times.” Then, his eyes widen when he realizes that Jeno might be thinking, “O-Oh, but he doesn’t know about us, don’t worry! He just uhm- he knows I’m in a friends-with-benefits sort of thing with someone, that’s it.”

Jeno chuckles warmly. “Okay.”

The secretary relaxes in his seat, he should really shut up now. He looks out the window boredly as he yawns loudly, forgetting about the fact that his boss is right next to him.

They arrive at Jaemin’s apartment a little while later.

“So, Jaemin, for tomorrow-”

Mister Lee pauses when he notices that the younger’s eyes are closed. His mouth is slightly open, and still, heavy breaths are coming out of him. 

Jeno smiles. “Jaemin,” he calls softly. “We’re here, Jaemin.”

The younger doesn’t budge. A gentle snore.

Jeno’s smile grows even more. He reaches forward to tap on his shoulder.

“Jaemin, wake up.”

This time, the secretary’s eyes do open. “O-Oh, I uhm- sorry, shit , I’m so sorry. I should uhm, I should go, yeah. S-Sorry about that.”

Mister Lee nods, watching as the younger stumbles out of the car, looking half-awake. Jaemin runs a hand through his hair before he shuts the door and bows lowly to his boss.

“Good night, Sir. I uhm- thanks for the ride.”

“No problem, Jaemin. Get some rest, alright?”

The younger has a droopy smile on as he nods.

“I will, I will. Y-You too, you uhm- get some rest too … Jeno.”

Jeno gives him a smile, before beginning to drive his car again.

And just like that, Jaemin is alone once more, finally at home. He yawns as he unlocks his doors, then pauses when he realizes-

I said all that? What the fuck! Why did I- why did I even offer to drink with him in the first place? Why did I fall asleep in his car? You crazy bitch, Jaemin!

He’s brought out of his thoughts when his phone buzzes in his pocket. 

Sir Jeno

Thank you for tonight. I enjoyed quite a bit.

You’re fun to drink with, sugar. Let’s do it again sometime, more committedly.

You must already be asleep; you seemed really tired.

Then, good night. See you tomorrow.

Jaemin smiles to himself as he types out his reply.

Jaemin (secretary)

I had fun too! Sorry if I said some stupid stuff 😭

I’ve got a low tolerance if it wasn’t already obvious 😅

Good night, sir. See you tomorrow.

Jaemin sighs as he grabs a glass of cold water from his fridge, feeling it drip down his throat and refresh his body. He leans against his counter as he spots his cat jump up the marble.

“Am I fun to drink with, Jellypong?”

The cat purrs as she rubs herself on her owner.

Jaemin just smiles, finishing the rest of his water. Maybe he is. 

⏤⏤⏤

A low grunt leaves Jeno’s lips. His eyes fall shut. Sweat drips down his temple. His veins begin popping up on his arm, his muscles flexing throughout his entire body.

When he opens his eyes again, he lets out a loud moan.

“Fuck.”

His eyes stare intently at the glowing screen of his phone, at the image displayed on the screen. His hand moves faster, up and down, up and down, up and down. He flicks his wrist and runs a finger over his own slit, eliciting a breathy moan from himself.

His eyes close again as he strokes himself. The image of Jaemin below him, looking up at him, mouth full of his cock appears in his mind. Everything is so vivid, the slurping sounds, the tight suction around his length, the tongue swiping precum over his head.

His hips thrust up helplessly as a long moan escapes him. He focuses his strokes on his tip, nearing his release. His eyes open again and he catches sight of his phone screen again, of Jaemin’s ass covered in thick white semen.

His eyes close again as he brings himself to remember what Jaemin would look like when they’re fucking. He bites down on his bottom lip as his pumps get quicker. He’s close, so close, so-

Ding!

Jeno opens his eyes and pauses all movements. He looks up at his phone screen, at the small notification at the very top.

Jaemin (secretary)

Are you busy?

Chapter Text

Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip as he stares at the black box in the corner of his bedroom, on his table. It’s the middle of a warm summer night, and he finds that he’s craving to touch himself, craving to be touched.

He woke up at midnight already half-hard, having dreamt of big, veiny hands running through his body, sinful lips marking up his pale skin, and the face of none other than CEO Lee, that silly, charming smirk on his face as he’s fucking the living hell out of him.

He shuts his eyes in frustration, then opens them to gaze at the box again longingly. He wants so much to just take the toy in that box and use it on himself, to give himself pleasure and satisfy his want.

He only needs Jeno’s consent, right?

He quickly whips out his phone, typing out a message as he heaves warm breaths into the even warmer air. He can feel his clothes beginning to stick to his skin uncomfortably, desire crawling underneath as his sweatpants get tighter at the front. He shuts his eyes, then presses send.

Jaemin (secretary)

Are you busy?

It takes a minute before Jeno replies, but god, it feels like a whole hour to him.

Sir Jeno

No, not really. Why?

Are you alright?

Jaemin huffs and runs a hand through his hair. Is he really going to do this?

Jaemin (secretary)

Can I call please?

His fingers grip so tightly on the curved edges of his phone, itching to tread over his own skin.

Finally, Mister Lee replies.

Sir Jeno

Sure.

Jaemin immediately presses call, and Mister Lee picks up in less than two seconds.

“Hello? Are you okay, Jaemin? Did something happen?” He sounds a bit breathless. It strikes Jaemin that he texted out of nowhere in the middle of the night, and so his boss probably thinks it’s urgent.

The bulge in his pants does seem pretty urgent though.

Out of instinct, the younger nods. “I-I’m okay, nothing happened.”

Then, after a few moments of silence, Jaemin musters up all the courage in him to ask, “Are you alone?” His voice comes out softer than he had thought, and he hopes his boss didn’t hear the way his breath trembled.

“I am. I just got home from an event. Why do you ask?”

Jaemin breathes heavily. He clutches onto his phone firmly. His eyes close.

“Can I please touch myself?” It comes out as a whisper.

Mister Lee’s sharp intake of breath is unmistakable even through the phone. 

“Okay, but don’t end the call. Listen to me, sugar. And I’ll listen to you.”

Jaemin swallows, before nodding.

“Yes, daddy,” he whispers, lips dry and delicate and desperate. 

“You haven’t touched yourself yet, right?”

“N-No, I haven’t.”

“Good. Are you wearing pants? Shorts? Underwear?”

Jaemin opens his mouth to reply, but the words get stuck in his throat when Mister Lee speaks before he can.

“Take them off. Everything.”

Sheepishly, the younger gets out of bed to kick off his clothing. 

“Put me on speaker, sugar.”

“Okay.”

After pressing the right buttons on his screen, Jaemin sits back down on his bed. His entire bottom half is now bare, his hard cock exposed to the air. He breathes heavily as he waits for his next command.

“Could you get my gift for you, sugar? The one I used on you the other day?”

Jaemin nods. “Yes, it’s on my table. I-I’m getting it now.”

“What about lube?”

“I-In my drawer. I’ll get it too.”

“Okay. Good boy.”

“They’re with me now,” Jaemin huffs as he sits back down on his bed, both the dildo and bottle of lube next to him. His heart beats quickly in his chest as he hears Jeno’s next words.

“Can you suck the dildo off, baby? Like it’s my cock?”

Jaemin has to hold back a moan.

“Yes, I can, daddy.”

“Good. I want you to place the dildo on the bed, upright. Then, get on all fours and suck on it like I was laying right in front of you. Understand, sugar?”

“Yes, yes, I understand.”

Carefully, Jaemin places the dildo on the center of the bed while getting on his hands and knees. He holds the toy at the base, making it stand up and leveling with it so it’s just a few inches below his mouth.

“C-Can I take it in now?”

“Go ahead, sugar. And take your time with it.”

Moving slowly, Jaemin lowers himself until his lips touch the tip of the rubber dildo. He closes his eyes as he swirls his tongue around the head, before wrapping his lips around it and sucking it slightly. 

Just as he’s about to go back in and take more, he hears Jeno’s muffled voice.

“Put the phone closer.”

Jaemin gulps. With shaky hands, he reaches for his device, then drags it across the sheets so it’s next to where the dildo is.

“Now take it back in,” he hears Mister Lee say.

He closes his eyes and obeys. He lets his lips create a tight, wet suction around the rubber cock as he sinks down on it until somewhere around the middle, before pulling back up, letting some of his saliva drip down the sides. Then, he quickly goes back again, gradually building his pace as he bobs his head up and down the dildo, emitting loud squelching sounds that without his knowing, go straight to his boss’ cock.

“Deeper, sugar.”

Jaemin obeys and instantly takes the dildo all the way in, until his lips stretch at the very base and the tip hits the back of his throat. 

“Now use your tongue on the sides while you stroke it with that pretty hand of yours.”

Jaemin follows and imagines it’s Jeno’s cock in his hand as he twists his wrist, stroking the dildo at a slow and sensual pace while licking up the sides and making it all slippery and wet. Involuntarily, he lets out a moan of satisfaction.

“Fuck,” he hears Jeno grunt on the phone. “You sound so pretty, sugar.”

Another moan leaves Jaemin’s lips as he presses his tongue over the dildo’s head, imagining Jeno’s hand pulling on his hair and relishing in the groan he hears through the phone.

“Enough. Lie down on the bed now. Can you prep yourself for me, sugar?”

“N-No,” Jaemin replies before he can even think about it. “I-I want to take it raw. I can do it, I can take it. I want to- to feel it stretch me.”

“Fuck, you’re so desperate, aren’t you? You just wanna feel a cock inside you already?”

Jaemin sobs as he closes his legs abruptly, the words making his leaking cock throb.

“Daddy, please,” he whines.

“I need you to prep yourself first, sugar,” Jeno insists. “Even just up to two fingers. I can’t let you have too much fun now, can I?”

Jaemin nods despite his slight disappointment. “Okay.”

“Lay on your pillows, knees bent, legs spread open. You have your lube ready?”

“Y-Yes, it’s here. I’m ready,” Jaemin huffs after positioning himself, also putting the phone close to him so he can hear Mister Lee well.

“Okay,” he hears Jeno exhale. “Start whenever you want. One finger at a time, hm?”

Jaemin nods, then begins coating his own fingers in lube. His hand trembles as he hooks it under one of his bent knees, positioning it right in front of his puckering hole. He circles the tips of his fingers around it, before finally sinking a single digit in.

He inhales sharply as he pushes it all the way in, eyes rolling to the back of his head. He begins moving that one finger in and out slowly, eyes still closed as he imagines it was Jeno’s finger inside his tight heat.

“Feel good, sugar?”

“Yes, feels so good, daddy,” he whispers. “C-Can I add another one, please?”

“Fuck, go ahead, baby,” Jeno grunts.

Jaemin immediately sinks a second finger in, a broken whine falling past his lips. “H-Hng, fuck,” he moans as he moves both fingers in and out, already starting to speed up his thrusts.

“That’s it, sugar,” Jeno says breathily through the phone. “Moan for me. Tell me how good it feels.”

“Hmm fuck, it feels so good, daddy- ah ,” Jaemin’s mouth instantly falls open as his fingers hit his prostate, back arching as his moans get louder at such simple words from Jeno. “Feels so fucking good, but I wish i-it was you here. You always- ah mmph, you always make me cum so much, d-daddy. You always fuck sugar s-so good.”

“Fuck, you and your dirty little mouth,” Jeno growls. “You’re making me so fucking hard right now, sugar.”

Another lewd moan comes out of Jaemin as he manages to hit his prostate again. His hand is starting to hurt from doing all the work himself, his eyebrows knit together in both pleasure and pain.

“Make me cum, daddy, please,” he whimpers desperately. “Please.”

Suddenly, Jeno ends the call. Jaemin’s brows unfurrow, then furrow back together as he stares at his phone screen that indicates the call has ended. He takes his fingers out of himself, confusion filling him.

And then, he receives a notification.

Sir Jeno sent an image.

With his clean hand, he opens the message, breaths heavy and throat beginning to dry.

Instantly, a gasp falls from his lips.

It’s a picture of Jeno’s cock, standing tall on his muscled abdomen, the tip angry red and leaking. He has his veiny hand around it, a thumb on the head.

Then, a message.

Sir Jeno

Don’t move. Don’t cum. Don’t touch yourself again.

Wait for my next instruction, or you’ll be punished.

Jaemin (secretary)

What?? Why not?

Daddy please please

I want to cum already please pleease

Sir Jeno

I said wait.

Be good, sugar.

I’ll reward you if you be good.

⏤⏤⏤⏤

Jeno curses as he drives like a racer on the highway. He has a raging boner in the dress pants he wore to the event just hours ago, and his cheeks are flushed from almost cumming whilst on the phone.

“That fucking menace,” he chuckles as he runs a hand through his hair.

Then, he glances down at the small lump in his pocket. He looks back up at the road after a second, but his hand sinks down into his pocket and gets a hold of the lacy panties inside it. Jaemin’s lacy panties. He pulls them out, then looks down at them for a moment in his hand.

His first instinct is to bring them up to his face, then breathe in the fabric for a moment.

“Fuck,” he growls. His cock twitches in his pants. 

Dangerously, he brings the panties down to his bulge, then palms himself with the panties, adding an extra layer of friction and definitely more than one extra layer of pleasure. Images of Jaemin sprawled out in bed, legs wide open, and moaning his name as he cums, enter his mind.

He moans frustratedly before shoving the panties back into his pocket. Both his hands return to the steering wheel, then he steps on the gas and drives as fast as he can in the dark of the night.

The moment he arrives at Jaemin’s apartment door, he presses the doorbell quickly. And when his secretary opens the door with nothing but his pastel yellow button-up pajama shirt on, he can’t hold back anymore.

He instantly surges forward and kisses Jaemin harshly, kicking his shoes off at the door and hands already making their way under his shirt. They recklessly walk backward to Jaemin’s bedroom, shutting the door once they’re inside.

Jeno’s pleased when he notices that the younger still hasn’t put his underwear back on, and he immediately digs his fingers into the plush of his globes, squeezing the flesh. 

“How did you get here so f-fast,” Jaemin whispers breathlessly as the CEO pushes him against the wall, pressing kisses onto his neck.

Jeno sucks a hickey just below his collarbone. He brings one of Jaemin’s legs up with a hand under his thigh, placing it up to his own waist so he can grind their hard-ons together.

“You’re always impatient, sugar,” he hums against his skin as he listens closely to the gasps the younger lets out with every grind, motivating him to thrust his hips harder. “Am I not allowed to be too?”

His words reflect his actions instantly as he prods a few fingers at Jaemin’s entrance, causing the younger to clutch onto his shirt tightly.

“Hngh, fuck me already, please,” he whines, eyes squeezed shut and eyelashes prettily fanned out on his pink cheeks.

Jeno chuckles, before finally sinking two digits into him. He fucks them into his hole with ease, too much ease he notices all too quickly , making him instantly stop all his movements. He removes all hands from the younger, then takes one step back.

He watches as Jaemin’s eyes open one by one, confusion obvious in his orbs.

“W-Why’d you stop-”

“Get on the bed.”

The secretary frowns.

Jeno scoffs. He turns around, immediately spotting the dildo on Jaemin’s bed. He walks forward slowly, each step making more and more shame sink into the younger behind him. He eyes the toy.

It’s glossy, and wet, and used. Clearly coated with lube.

He clicks his tongue, then rolls up his sleeves.

“Get on the bed, sugar,” he repeats. “On all fours.”

He notices Jaemin quietly make his way to his bed, head down. He obeys and moves to the center of the bed, getting on his hands and knees so his hole is presented to his boss.

His hole that is clearly too stretched, as if it took more than just the two fingers they talked about over the phone. As if he had used three, maybe four fingers after they ended the call. As if he had used his dildo, fucked it into himself, and only stopped when he heard his doorbell ring.

Why did he do it? Quite simple, really.

Because he couldn’t help himself. Because he couldn’t wait for Jeno. Because he wants to be punished.

Jaemin visibly shivers when he hears Mister Lee’s footsteps, and then the cushion dipping just behind his legs.

A hand comes up to smooth over his thigh, fingernails lightly dragging on the skin.

“So you know what you’ve done,” Jeno asks lowly. “Right, sugar?"

Slowly, the younger nods. “Y-Yes.”

Jeno squeezes his ass cheek. “And what should I do with you?”

He awaits the younger’s answer, then chuckles when he sees his hole clench and unclench.

“Daddy should … should punish me.”

Jeno hums as he caresses his inner thighs, before moving his hand to his shirt to pull it upwards, exposing more of his lower back and bottom.

“Good that you know.”

Just as he starts to move away, Jaemin looks back at him.

“W-Wait,” he calls softly. Jeno immediately stops and waits for his words.

“Could you … go a little easy on me?”

The CEO breathes in, and out.

“Okay, sugar,” he nods. “Can you do fifteen?”

He smiles when the younger eagerly nods.

He moves back a bit, then raises his hand. With a loud smack, he lands his palm directly onto Jaemin’s right globe, cock throbbing in his pants as he watches it jiggle from the impact.

One.

He raises his hand again, then lands another slap onto the same cheek, gaining him a soft whimper from the younger.

Two.

“Do you know just how much I couldn’t stop thinking about you? Hm, sugar?” He slaps the same cheek again, and again, and again, until Jaemin’s globe is red and his arms are trembling slightly.

Three, four, five.

“Do you know just how much I had to hold back during that call?” Another hard slap on the opposite cheek. 

Six.

Jaemin shakes his head.

Jeno’s eyes grow dark. A slap to the opposite cheek. “Do you know how fucking hard you make me?”

Seven.

An obsessive grope, a harsh squeeze. Another slap.

“Do you know what you do to me, sugar?”

Eight.

“When I hear your moans through the phone?”

Nine.

“When I see your photos in the middle of the fucking day?”

Ten.

“When you ask me to touch you, when you beg me to fuck you silly?”

Eleven, twelve, thirteen.

Jaemin whimpers, eyes squeezed shut as he feels two hands pull his ass cheeks apart, and then one more hard slap on one of his globes.

Fourteen.

“Tell me, do you fucking know , sugar?”

Jaemin shakes his head. “No, daddy,” he whispers so softly, breath shaky and toes curled up.

“So why did you disobey me?”

Jaemin closes his eyes when he feels Jeno’s hands leave him, anticipating the last of his punishment.

But he only feels a kiss on one of his cheeks, and then a kiss on his lower back.

“That’s enough,” Jeno huffs out of nowhere. He stares at the younger’s red ass cheeks, caressing them gently in his hand.

“Look how pretty your ass is now,” he hums. “All red and perky.”

“More, please!” Jaemin suddenly begs, pushing his ass out to his boss’ hand.

Mister Lee chuckles darkly. “More?”

The secretary shamelessly nods, arching his back to accentuate his curves. “M-More.”

He grants the younger’s wish, lifting his hand, and landing a harsh slap on one of his globes.

“You like being a bad boy, huh,” Jeno says as he lands yet another slap on the opposite cheek. “You like being punished. Is that why you disobeyed me? Did you want to be punished, hm?”

And as expected, Jaemin moans when he receives another slap. And another. And another.

Jeno’s entire torso is rising and falling with his breaths after he lands the last smack. He smooths his hand over Jaemin’s red skin, soothing a bit of the pain.

“You okay, baby?”

“Yes,” Jaemin replies breathlessly, nodding. 

With that, Jeno directs his gaze to the younger’s hole. He brings his hand down ever so slightly, smiling when Jaemin shivers in return for the index finger that swipes over his clearly lubed-up and prepped entrance.

Without thinking further, he lets his singular digit sink in, feeling the warmth and wetness surround it. He curls it down and teases a light touch over Jaemin’s prostate, making the younger whimper.

“Fuck me, please,” he hears his secretary whisper.

He pulls his finger out then squeezes the younger’s ass cheeks in both his hands, before leaning in to lick a quick stripe over his hole. Afterwards, he gives the back of his thigh a tap, then moves away and stands up at the edge of the bed.

“Undress me.”

Jaemin’s fingers reach his pants quicker than the wind, making Mister Lee chuckle at his eagerness. He looks down at the younger and places a gentle hand on the back of his head, watching with heavy breaths as he unzips his pants.

“Always so impatient for me, hm?”

The secretary nods, successfully pulling down Jeno’s slacks. There’s that rare determined, delirious, desperate look in his eyes as he looks up at the older. “I always want daddy’s cock.”

Jeno feels his length stir in his underwear. Without a word, he cups Jaemin’s face with both hands and kisses him harshly, forgetting about what he had asked him to do in the first place and only remembering how sugary his secretary’s tongue tastes as he sucks it lewdly, how small yet firm his waist is as one of his hands trails down to hold it, how naughty his pretty fingers are as he feels them hooking into his boxers.

As soon as his underwear is gone, a warm hand strokes his cock enthusiastically. He groans into Jaemin’s mouth when he feels his finger run over the head.

Before Jaemin can do more, the older breaks their kiss and pulls away. His secretary looks like he’s about to complain, when suddenly Jeno is tearing his own white formal shirt open, buttons flying across the room and falling soundlessly to the carpeted floor. The shirt is thrown away too, and the CEO is finally left completely bare.

The younger can’t even react, not when Mister Lee is suddenly leaning down and carrying him, making him automatically wrap his legs around his waist. Their lips find each other easily, and god, Jaemin is going crazy because Jeno’s carrying him around and adjusting his position like he weighs absolutely nothing .

The older’s hands remain under his thighs to support him, squeezing the soft flesh. Meanwhile, his own hands are running all over Mister Lee – tangling in his hair, feeling up his biceps, cupping his sharp jawline. Neither of them can barely keep their noises down.

Jeno walks them to the wall next to the nightstand, pinning Jaemin against it. One of his hands discreetly reaches for the condom packet on the nightstand.

He brings his lips down to Jaemin’s neck, sucking a light hickey on his skin. “Fuck, I can’t wait to be in you, sugar,” he whispers, earning him a desperate mewl from the younger. “Put this on for me, will you?” He places the condom packet between his teeth to rip it open, but stops when he hears a soft reply from the younger.

“No …”

He takes the packet back into his fingers. Jaemin meets his gaze.

“Y-You don’t have to … “I’m clean, and I’m not … I’m not fucking anyone else,” he admits quietly. “I wanna feel you.”

Jeno lets the packet fall to the ground. His lips attach to Jaemin’s at an instant, and one of his hands reaches under them to line his own cock up to the younger’s hole.

“You’re sure? Completely and honestly?” he asks, looking into his eyes as their lips brush against each other, their foreheads pressing together.

Jaemin gazes back at him. He nods. “Yes. Completely and honestly.”

Both their eyes fall shut as Jeno’s cock finally slips into the younger’s entrance. Jeno leans his face into Jaemin’s neck, unable to control the low and breathy ‘ fuck’ that comes out of him.

Jaemin has always been tight, always been warm, always felt so good. But god, does it make a difference to finally feel him raw , to feel his cock slide through his velvety walls, to feel him clench around his bare cock. He can’t hold back the heavy sigh that leaves his lips when he’s finally balls deep into Jaemin, can’t shut himself up when his secretary adjusts ever so slightly in his hold. It gives his cock the tiniest friction, yet he releases a loud guttural moan.

“Fuck, baby,” he curses, fingers pressing into the younger’s skin. “You feel so fucking good.”

He wastes not another second and begins thrusting his hips upward, all while he’s still got Jaemin pinned against the wall, legs around his waist. His hands remain behind his thighs, carrying his whole weight as he hammers his cock into him.

“ Hmng , d-daddy, fuck , that feels so good,” Jaemin moans as he throws his head back, uncaring of the thud on the wall the impact makes. “You’re s-so big, feel so full.”

Jeno chuckles, seems like his secretary is more vocal when he’s not wearing a condom, or maybe it’s because it’s already so late at night. He’s getting drunk off of the pleasure, the high, the desperation, the long wait, the new feeling, the endless night.

Good thing it’s a Saturday.

“Yeah? You just love being stretched out, don’t you? Love getting fucked hard,” he teases, landing a smack on Jaemin’s thigh.

Jaemin can only whimper in reply, holding onto his boss’ shoulders tightly.

Mister Lee watches with hooded eyes the way the younger bites down on his bottom lip, the way his face contorts in pure ecstasy, the way his eyes roll to the back of his head with every thrust straight to his prostate. He’s letting out moan after moan after moan, most definitely waking up a neighbor or two.

It’s not his fault Jeno’s fucking him so good, practically bouncing him on his cock in the air.

And Jeno isn’t doing any better either. His groans are much louder than usual, and every hit to the younger’s prostate means a tight clench around his cock. The feeling of Jaemin’s lubed-up walls squeezing him as he slides the entirety of his length in and out of his warmth, his balls slapping against his ass, the breathy moans resonating throughout the whole room and the sloppy sounds of his cock getting swallowed by Jaemin’s hole, even the fact that Jaemin’s still in his soft pastel pajamas while getting fucked roughly – they all get him worked up faster.

He runs a hand through his damp black hair. Sweat drips down his back. His veins pop out of his neck, arms, and hands. His muscles flex so much from using all his strength to carry Jaemin and thrust into him sharply. Everything is starting to feel hazy, and he can feel his end coming.

His eyes move from the younger’s pretty face, down to his neglected cock. He wraps a hand around it and jerks him off quickly, never stopping his own thrusts. 

“Cum for me, sugar.”

Jaemin sobs when he feels Jeno’s fast and short strokes on his length, and he cums with a loud cry when he feels another jab to his prostate, back arching off the wall. He makes a mess on his own abdomen and sleep shirt, even painting a few drops onto Jeno’s torso too.

It’s embarrassing, but he can’t think of it for one moment more when suddenly the older drops him onto his feet, then spins him around. He immediately inserts his cock back into Jaemin, continuing to fuck him quickly and roughly with sharp snaps of his hips, chasing his own high.

The secretary’s toes rise up and his body shakes in overstimulation. “It h-hurts,” he whispers weakly. “Daddy, it-”

“Shh, I-I know, sugar, just a bit more, okay?” the older grunts against his shoulder as he continues fucking into him, hands gripping his waist. Jaemin nods, clenching and unclenching his hole with all his remaining energy to help Jeno reach his climax.

It doesn’t take long before the CEO is pulling out, then stroking his cock quickly. His free hand pushes the younger’s sleep shirt up his back, making him arch prettily and stick out his ass. He cums thick white stripes all over his globes and thighs, creating a raunchy, pretty artwork on his perfect, smooth canvas. 

As soon as he’s done, Jaemin turns his head around, staring at the way Jeno stares back at him. Their lips meet in the middle, messy and wet and soft. 

“You’re amazing, sugar,” Jeno chuckles against his shoulder before he leaves a kiss there.

The younger just hums, blaming his blush on the sex.

A couple of moments later, Jeno helps pull his dirtied pajama shirt up and off of him completely. His nakedness sinks in when he finally turns around and takes a step forward, only for his knees to fail him. Mister Lee catches him quickly, forearms like steel and chest like rock as Jaemin’s body lays on it for a moment.

“Sorry,” he murmurs as soon as he moves away and gets back on his own feet. “My legs are kind of … jello-y.”

“It’s okay,” Mister Lee smiles softly. “Wait here, hm?”

Jaemin nods, watching as his boss walks away to go to his bathroom. When he comes out, he has a roll of tissue in his hand.

He approaches the younger, one hand on his waist as he wipes the cum on his stomach. Then, he turns him around gently, before cleaning up his own cum on his ass and thighs. He gives his butt a small squeeze (it feels mandatory every after sex at this point), before stepping away.

“Can you walk?”

Jaemin smiles and nods. “Y-Yeah, I can. Thanks.”

The older returns it, before he’s walking away and putting his own clothes back on. Jaemin reaches for clean underwear and a random t-shirt too, discreetly watching his boss as he slips on his shirt. He smiles a bit to himself when he notices Mister Lee trying to button it up, only to remember that he ripped his shirt open earlier and that the buttons are certainly not on there anymore.

Jaemin hears a noise from behind his bedroom door, and his eyes widen when he realizes they must have locked Jellypong outside. He immediately walks (limps) forward to open it and sure enough, the cat meows loudly in complaint as she looks up at her owner.

“Oh, my baby, I’m sorry,” he coos as he bends down to pet her fur. “Were you waiting here the whole time?”

“Hopefully she wasn’t listening the whole time.”

Jaemin looks back to see his boss standing behind him, and he breaks into soft chuckles when he sees the silly smirk on his face.

“You never know,” he kids, standing up and facing the older. “Hopefully the neighbor wasn’t listening too.”

Jeno shrugs, returning the same cheeky tone as he says, “You never know.”

Jaemin laughs then, shaking his head. He glances at the clock on his wall. It’s already past 1 in the morning, so he doesn’t know why he tilts his head and asks, “Do you wanna have a drink?”

He bites down on his bottom lip when Jeno nods. “Sure.”

They head to his living room couch, Jeno in his slacks and unbuttoned white shirt, Jaemin in an oversized cotton tee from his university days, and a pair of (thankfully clean) boxers.

A bottle of soju is opened, along with some chips. Two shot glasses filled up to the brim, a gentle clink of the glasses, and a mutual exchange of ‘cheers .’

Jaemin leans on his side and bends one of his knees up, getting comfy in his own home. Maybe a little too comfy? Maybe not too.

Something about how impatient Jeno was and how he moaned so much tonight makes him feel a little cocky. Maybe it’s because it’s too late at night too. Maybe it’s because of the equally cocky smile the older gives him as he leans on his side too.

“So … How’s your weekend so far, Sir?”

“Jeno,” his boss corrects, already pouring more alcohol into both of their glasses.

“How’s your weekend so far, Jeno ?” Jaemin exhales.

“Quite exciting, actually, considering I left the house at 12 midnight and now I’m here, my dress shirt completely ruined by my own actions. I wonder how that happened, hm?” Jeno teases as he hands the younger a filled shot.

Jaemin smiles against the rim of his glass, before downing it in one go. “I wonder how indeed. An interesting story to tell one day at a party.”

Jeno clears his glass too. “I did come from a party today, actually. Just before you texted me. It was a birthday party of a good friend, though I honestly didn’t enjoy it much. Too many people.”

“I get you,” Jaemin sighs. “Introvert?”

His boss smiles a bit. “Yes. Is it obvious?”

“Well, from how you act at events for work, I guess it is, a little.”

“You must pay a lot of attention to me.”

“Of course, I do, it’s my job.” The words come out too quickly, too casually, even joined by a chuckle, and Jaemin’s eyes widen when silence ensues after and realization falls upon him. “I-I didn’t mean it like that! Don’t get me wrong, I love my job! I didn’t-”

Jeno chuckles, nudging another filled-up shot glass into his hands. “It’s fine, Jaemin. I was just joking around too.” The younger takes it with a small frown, a little shy.

“You have a tendency to do that, don’t you?”

Jaemin looks up in surprise. “D-Do what?”

Jeno downs his shot, releasing an exhale afterwards. “You assume you’ve said something wrong, so you automatically try to take it back and give reason to it, even if you aren’t sure if you’ve made any mistake at all.”

Jaemin drinks only a bit from his glass. He does do that. Not just around CEO Lee, but also around people he generally wants to impress.

“I’m sorry,” he murmurs, taking another sip. "I-I didn't realize until now."

“It’s okay,” Jeno replies, making the younger meet his eyes. “Just know that you don’t have to do that around me, alright? You can just be honest with me, I don’t mind it.”

Jaemin smiles a bit. Jeno smiles too.

“I won’t fire you over any small matter, so don’t worry,” he chuckles. “Okay, sugar?”

He nods. “Okay. Thank you.”

“Now finish your shot so I can pour you another one.”

Jaemin giggles and obeys quickly, before letting Jeno fill both of their shot glasses up again. They down them at the same time, feeling the night stretch longer than ever, even if they’ve definitely fucked at later times and for more hours in the past.

Some more minutes (and many more shots) later, there’s a big grin stretching across the younger’s face.

“Can I ask a question?” Jaemin says as he puts down his glass, cheeks flushed heavily.

The CEO puts his down too as he replies amusedly, “Be my guest.” He expects his secretary to ask something about his personality, maybe his hobbies, maybe his past experiences. But instead, Jaemin doesn’t even ask about him. 

“So how’s Jisung?”

Jeno chuckles at that, and damn, is his laugh contagious. Is it just the alcohol? Maybe.

“You really want to hear about my son?”

“Of course, I do!” Jaemin says loudly like it’s common sense. “Come on, I’m sure you love talking about him. I’m just curious.”

“Curious?”

“Yeah!” Jaemin sighs, waving an index finger in the air, pointing it lousily at his boss. “Because I know how you are as a CEO, and I know how you are in bed,” to which Jeno chuckles but he ignores in favor of continuing, “So now I’m curious about how you are as a parent. I’m sure you’re a great one to Jisung!”

“Alright, alright,” Jeno smiles and shakes his head. “Jisung is doing really great, as far as I know. He was supposed to visit today actually, but his mom took him on a surprise trip since he got good marks on his exams.”

After another full shot, Jaemin puts down his glass and gasps dramatically. “How rude of her!”

It makes Mister Lee laugh, showing him his palms to portray that he’s got the wrong idea. “No, no, it’s actually sweet, really! She asked my permission beforehand, and Ji deserves something like that. Plus, she’s not a bad person, you know? We just weren’t right for each other,” he shrugs, sighing at the way the younger looks at him dazedly.

And then, Jaemin’s eyes widen animatedly. He leans a bit closer. 

“Did you get into an arranged marriage like in all those dramas with business heirs?”

Jeno chuckles, nodding. “It wasn’t a big deal, don’t worry. We broke it off the moment opportunity rose wherein we didn’t need to join each other in this way. Neither of us were in love at all, but she’s kind and we understood each other easily.”

Jaemin is listening closely, and the first thing that comes to his mind is, “But what about Jisung? How did you …”

The older smiles after taking another shot. “Somehow, I knew you’d ask that,” he says, making Jaemin giggle, adjusting the way he’s sitting so he’s a bit closer to Jeno.

“Well, we had to have an heir, right? Things just had to be done for our companies, but we both didn’t like what we were doing. In fact, she already even had someone else then, the man who’s her husband right now,” Jeno explains. “In the end, she was already pregnant with Jisung when the opportunity arrived to separate. So, we still decided to be good parents to him of course. We both do love him very much.”

Jaemin sighs, a small frown tugging his lips down. “It must have been hard for you. It must still be hard for you up to now … especially to be far from your son.”

Jeno meets his eyes with a little smile. “It’s okay. I’m just glad that I’m still able to see him from time to time. I knew he’d have a more normal and complete family with them, which is why I let him stay there the majority of his days.”

He sighs when he sees that the younger is still frowning, gaze turned to the ground. He leans close and lifts his face up with a couple fingers under his chin, but it’s different from how he usually does it in bed when he’s asserting dominance. It’s more delicate, more gentle, and with more thought.

His expression softens when he looks into his secretary’s round eyes, cheeks so red and lips jutted out. “Don’t worry about it, hm?” he says, letting his hand rest on his jaw. “It’s seriously alright and not that bad. Okay?”

Jaemin nods, despite the frown that’s still on his lips. Only because he feels compelled to, Jeno leans in to kiss him slowly, tenderly , before smiling and moving away completely.

“I think you should rest now, Jaemin,” he hums, eyeing the two soju bottles they’ve completely emptied.

Jaemin sighs, “Yeah. You should too, Jeno.”

The older nods, then stands up to help clear their dishes. He brings their glasses and bottles to the kitchen, and takes it upon himself to wash their shot glasses, since it really isn’t much. By the time he finishes though, he hears a snore.

He walks up to Jaemin’s curled-up body on his own couch, lips parted as he lets out another snore. He sits next to him, resisting the urge to laugh.

“Jaemin, you should get to your bed,” Jeno tries as he taps the younger’s shoulder, but to no avail as his secretary only stretches his arms to hug his waist. His eyes are still closed, and he’s definitely still fast asleep.

“Oh, sugar,” he murmurs, treading a few fingers through the younger’s honey brown hair.

⏤⏤⏤⏤

The moment Jaemin wakes up, his face scrunches in annoyance as a headache hits him like a truck. The sun is already high up in the sky. God, he definitely drank too much last night. At least it’s Sunday today.

He reaches for his phone on his nightstand to check the time. When he sees multiple texts from his boss, he immediately snaps awake and opens them, always alert when it comes to work.

Except it’s not about work.

Sir Jeno

Hi, Jaemin.

You fell asleep last night on your couch, so I carried you to your bed. I hope you slept well.

 Drink some Advil and have some soup, you probably have a hangover right now.

The secretary stops himself from screaming and slapping himself in the face as images of a very drunk Jaemin occur to him. You fucking dumbass, what if he hates you now? What stupid stuff did you say? You could lose your job, idiot!

He manages to calm himself down enough to read the last of the CEO’s messages.

Sir Jeno

I had a great time with you. It’s been a while since I enjoyed drinking that much.

Thank you for that.

Then, I’ll see you on Monday :)

Jaemin puts his phone down with a sigh. He stares up at the ceiling, and a smile naturally makes its way to his face. Even more naturally is the way his smile turns into a laugh when he remembers some of the things they talked about last night.

Jaemin (secretary)

Hi!

Haha, I had fun too! Im kind of embarrassed right now, but thanks for keeping me company, Jeno :>

See you on Monday ♡

⏤⏤⏤⏤

It’s sunset when Renjun and Yangyang pick him up to have dinner together. The two are practically joined by the hip, Jaemin comes to know. He’s not complaining though, Yangyang’s got a nice car and is fun to be around, and Renjun is nice enough to treat him to meals like this every so often.

“Can we go for hotpot?”

“Huh,” Renjun scoffs as he gives a glance at Jaemin in the backseat. “That’s a first, and on a summer night too.”

Jaemin groans and rolls his eyes. “I’ve got a headache.”

“Hangover?”

“Yeah, kind of.” Jaemin doesn’t like the way he just knows the other secretary’s brow is raised.

“Hotpot sounds good to me,” Yangyang says with his signature friendly grin, and with that, Renjun nods and agrees too. “Yeah, sure,” he says, though Jaemin can hear the questioning-teasing-unconvinced tone seeping through those two words from his friend.

He only escapes what lies behind those words and that look in Renjun’s eyes until their food arrives and he’s heard enough to know Yangyang’s very clear motive on his dumbass of a friend.

Yangyang places a dumpling onto Renjun’s plate (which Jaemin resists rolling his eyes at), and then Renjun’s shoving it into his mouth and turning to him.

“So who’d you drink with last night?”

Jaemin pauses from his supposedly peaceful chewing, gives Renjun a glare, before swallowing his food and drinking some water.

“Just … a friend.”

“A friend,” Renjun repeats, unconvinced. “A close friend then? I mean, for you to have gotten that drunk?”

Jaemin downs another gulp of his water.

“It’s not a big deal, really,” he says, though he begins to question his own words as he lets them out.

“You know the more you say that the more I doubt it, right? If it’s not a big deal, why won’t you just say who it is?”

“It was Mister Lee,” he blurts out, making both Yangyang and Renjun stay quiet and unmoving for a whole minute. Jaemin sighs as he sees the look on their faces.

“See? I-I didn’t wanna say it at first because it felt confidential. He just texted and asked me to drink with him, you know how being an assistant is,” he shrugs casually, though even he knows he’s playing it down.

“What? So like, he had a rough day, and then landed all that shit on you? On a fucking weekend too?” Renjun questions, clearly in disbelief and maybe a little more than a little annoyed.

“That honestly sounds pretty unfair to me too, Jaemin,” Yangyang says with a worried look on his face. 

Renjun nods in intense agreement, “He’s being too hard on you, that’s not part of your job anymore! Geez, what an asshole-”

“H-He’s not an asshole,” Jaemin finally replies, one of his hands uneasily curling around the fabric of his sweatpants. “Jeno’s kind, really. He was really nice and friendly even last night. And I wanted to drink too! He didn’t force me into it or anything, it was like– a chill thing,” he defends, trying to sound casual and calm as he takes a crabstick into his mouth.

He only realizes it when silence falls upon them again. His eyes widen.

I called him-

“Jeno?”

He looks up in panic at Renjun. “You guys are that close?”

“Y-Yeah!” Jaemin smiles, nodding. What does he say? “D-Don’t you call your boss by his first name? You’ve been in the company longer than me, you must be really close too, right?”

Renjun lets out a sarcastic scoff, shaking his head. “Not to the point that I’d call him ‘Donghyuck.’ He’d probably fire me if I ever did.”

Jaemin takes a larger gulp of his water. “W-What? That’s crazy! Now that’s an asshole, am I right?” he tries, breaking into forced laughter as his co-workers just look at him with concerned expressions.

Eventually, he sighs, accepting defeat.

“It’s fine, alright?” he reiterates. “It really was nothing, and we had good conversations. Trust me, it’s okay. I’d tell you if it wasn’t, I promise.”

Renjun and Yangyang share a look, before nodding and exhaling.

“Fine,” Renjun sighs. “So you guys do this often? You’re like – all ‘chill’ with each other?”

Jaemin nods enthusiastically as he drinks more soup. Okay , just go with the flow.

“Yeah! Our age gap isn’t really far, so we’re sort of like … friends? It’s nice, he even talked about his son with me last night, which was really sweet of him. Oh yeah, did you even know he had a son? Well, maybe you did, but I initially didn’t so, yeah I was a bit surprised at first when I went to his house and saw–”

“Wait, wait, you went to Mister Lee’s house ?”

Jaemin swallows his food slowly. I’m so fucked. 

“Y-Yeah. I go there all the time! I like- fix his files there and y’know, do all the usual assistant shit,” he tries downplaying the whole thing, which thankfully both his friends seem to buy.

“I think that’s kinda cool,” Yangyang chimes, making Jaemin relax a bit. “You seem to be pretty comfortable around him, from what you’ve been saying. So, that’s nice.”

Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip, thinks about it for a moment, then smiles. He nods in agreement and realization.

“Yeah. I guess I am.”

⏤⏤⏤⏤

Monday is the usual work day, except at sundown, Mister Lee asks him to come with him to his house again. He doesn’t say why, but Jaemin assumes it’s for some more files again.

His assumption is proved right when he’s once again led to his private office and tasked to organize and take a couple folders from the filing cabinet. It probably won’t take long, so he wonders why Jeno had gone through the hassle of bringing him to his home to do such a fast job, but he’s his secretary slash assistant anyway.

Later on, in the middle of doing his organization work, he hears the door opening behind him, revealing a smiling Jeno.

“Someone wants to say ‘hi’ before he goes.”

Jaemin immediately brightens up when he sees little Jisung peek through the gap of the door, waddling right in with his backpack on. 

“Aw, hi Jisung! I didn’t know you were here!” Jaemin cheerily says as he waves at the boy. 

The boy naturally giggles as he waves at him too. His little hands lay on Jaemin’s palms. “I-I was gonna leave tomorrow but- but I wanted to play with Papa more!” the boy explains to the secretary, who nods with kind eyes. “Aw, you like spending time with your papa, don’t you? What kind of games did you play yesterday?” he asks as he gently pats some of the child’s baby hairs down.

Jisung giggles, one hand still holding onto Jaemin’s fingers while the other moves animatedly in the air. “We played vroom-vroom with my toy cars! My cars are special, they can fly! Woosh! Wooosh!”

“Really, now? Your cars can fly?” Jaemin gasps with the same energy. “They must be really cool then!”

“Yes, very cool!” the child says passionately. “Papa bought me those cars. He’s so, so, so cool!”

Jaemin smiles even more. “Indeed, he is.” He meets the CEO’s eyes then, which are smiling too.

“Alright, time to go, Jisung-ah,” Jeno clears his throat. “Your mom will be worried if you don’t come home soon.”

The child frowns, but nods and obeys his father. He waves Jaemin goodbye, and at the last minute, he runs back to him to give him a big hug.

“W-Would you play cars with me n-next time too?”

Jaemin nods and smiles. “Of course, Jisung-ah.”

With that, the child finally leaves, hand holding his papa’s tightly as they walk towards the car waiting for him outside the mansion. Meanwhile, Jaemin finishes up his work and takes all the folders to be brought to the office tomorrow.

The moment he steps out of Jeno’s home office, he hears sounds of searing and sizzling coming from the kitchen area. A wonderful smell wafts up his nose, naturally making him smile as he draws closer to its source.

He stops in surprise when he sees Mister Lee himself cooking in his kitchen. He thought maybe he’d have a chef or house-help of some sort doing the job for him, since it’s not that late yet. But, it seems like it’s just the two of them again tonight.

Jeno smiles when he spots him. “You haven’t had dinner, right? Wanna stay for some?”

Jaemin could say no and just go, he could eat something on the way home anyway, but his stomach grumbles inside him as he smells the cooking food. He can feel his mouth salivating too as he watches his boss flip the steak in front of him. He sighs.

“Yeah, I’d love to.”

Jeno chuckles lightly, nudging him to come closer. “I knew you wouldn’t say no to some steak.”

The secretary tries not to think about why Jeno wanted him to say yes as he approaches him. He stands next to him and keeps his eyes on the delicious cuts of meat being seared on the pan.

“I didn’t know you knew how to cook, Sir- I-I mean, Jeno,” Jaemin admits. He had always just ordered Mister Lee’s food in the office.

“I learned from Donghyuck,” Jeno replies. “And my mom, before she passed away.”

Jaemin frowns as he bows his head a little. “I’m sorry to hear that.”

“Don’t worry, it was an accident, and a long time ago,” the older gives him a small smile. “She’s probably happier now.”

Jaemin returns the smile, then places a hand on Jeno’s back. He moves his thumb back and forth slowly as he meets his eyes. “I’m sure she’s very proud of you.”

“Thank you, Jaemin.”

It doesn’t take long for the steak to finish cooking. Jaemin’s eyes practically glow as he watches his boss plate them beautifully, with sides of vegetables and of course, a glass of red wine. 

Dinner is filled with even more conversations, mostly light and about work and friends. Jeno tells him that Jisung only came over yesterday afternoon, because of the surprise trip. The little boy told him so many stories about their trip, and he didn’t want to leave even if he was supposed to leave already that night. So, he stayed until the next day, even waited for his papa to come home from work too.

So that’s why we didn’t stay too late at the office today, and he was on his phone so often too. Jaemin softens a bit at the idea of Mister Lee video calling his son in the office.

Meanwhile, Jaemin exchanges stories about how he met Renjun and Yangyang. He tells him about how he thinks they’re going to get together soon, even if his best friend is still in denial. Jeno relates with how frustrating it is, as he went through the same thing when Donghyuck and his now partner weren’t together yet and were pretending not to see each other’s feelings. They laugh as they finish their food, and as their glasses of wine gradually empty.

After they finish the meal, Jaemin automatically clears their dishes and brings them to the sink, instinctive as he’s always done so for the man in front of him. Jeno just watches him, amused because maybe his secretary is already a little tipsy and moving on auto-pilot.

Jaemin is in the middle of washing the plates, when hands come up to hold his waist. Then, a soft kiss is placed on his neck. His initial reaction is to gasp, but he’s quick to relax into Jeno’s hold too as he feels his chest press against his back, and his warm breath on his neck. The CEO breathes him in, thumbs drawing circles on his lower back as he kisses over his clothes.

“It’s a weekday tomorrow,” Jaemin whispers when he feels hands dangerously crawling down to his crotch. 

Jeno responds by pressing a kiss below his ear. “I know,” he hums, before finally moving away from the younger. Jaemin looks back to see him get their used but luckily still unwashed glasses,  and the unfinished bottle of wine.

Mister Lee raises and shakes the bottle a bit, asking a silent question to him.

Jaemin giggles, but nods. “I’ll just finish this.”

When he finishes washing up the rest of their dishes, he comes to the living room area and is met with Jeno sitting comfortably on the couch, already sipping on his glass of wine. His forearms are spread open, laying on top of the couch, and so are his legs, inviting the younger in. He walks towards him with calm and confident strides, eyeing the way his shirt is already buttoned down halfway, and his sleeves are rolled up.

Like it’s as instinctive as taking their dishes and obeying his boss, Jaemin naturally only stops in front of the CEO to lean down and press their lips together. It’s contrary to his own words just minutes ago, but the way Jeno pulls him in and coaxes him to straddle his thighs makes him forget it all. He gets drunk off of the taste of wine on the older’s tongue, off of the growing hard-on underneath him.

He breaks their kiss only to take Jeno’s glass of wine in his hand, then he takes a sip from it himself. He puts it down on the coffee table behind him, and is immediately pulled in by the older afterward with both hands on his hips. He smiles as their foreheads bump, his own arms circling around Jeno’s neck.

“Weekday, huh?” Jeno chuckles against his lips. The younger replies by kissing him softly a few times, before pulling away to smile cheekily.

“Like I said … I always want daddy’s cock.”

⏤⏤⏤⏤

“Fuck,” Jeno curses as he looks down at the way the younger sucks him, his walls tight against his bare cock. Jaemin is on all fours on his bed, back arched obediently.

Mister Lee snaps a photo once he’s buried to the hilt, hissing when he feels Jaemin clench around him. He chuckles when he hears his little whines, and sees the way he sways his hips. “Getting bolder and bolder everyday, huh? That desperate for me?” 

Jaemin whines again in response, a blush reaching his neck in embarrassment.

“Please, f-fuck me. Please , daddy.”

Jeno puts away his phone then, and begins thrusting his hips forward roughly. Both of them are already so close to exploding from all the foreplay they had done – the blowjobs, the teasing, the nipple-sucking, the marking each other up.

Easily, Mister Lee feels the knot in his stomach begin to tighten within just a minute or two of fucking. It drives him to bring one of his own legs up, planting his foot on the mattress so he can fuck into the younger faster. His fingertips dig into Jaemin’s hips and ass, grasping tightly as he moans and fastens his pace.

He runs a hand through his damp hair and looks at the way his secretary arches his back, the way he bounces along with his every thrust, the way his head ducks down and his hands clench around the sheets.

Jaemin yelps when the older suddenly pulls out and flips him over, expecting that Jeno would cum soon and finish in that position. But he has no time to think because Jeno’s pushing back in then bringing one of Jaemin’s legs up to his shoulder.

Fuck, Jaemin thinks he could die at this moment.

His mouth falls open as a moan escapes him from the first thrust, but he cannot for the life of him let his eyes close and miss this view.

All of Jeno’s muscles are prominent and bulging from underneath his skin, from his biceps to his abs to his quads as he fucks into him quickly. Sweat glistens on his skin, and when he runs his fingers through his hair, Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip. Even more so when he spots his determined expression, and he’s a bit surprised to find that Jeno is staring at him too. Hungrily.

When their gazes meet, Jaemin finally closes his eyes.

“I-I’m close, daddy,” he whispers. “Can I cum, please?”

The response he gets is a soft kiss on the side of his calf, willing him to open his eyes again slowly, catching the moment Mister Lee says, “Cum for me.”

Jaemin’s eyes squeeze shut again as he feels his back arch and his entire body shake, his orgasm hitting him hard. After a few seconds, he feels the older pull out and release all over his ass and inner thighs. He breathes in and out heavily, limbs finally relaxing as he lets himself fall to dreamland for a couple moments.

Until, he feels a lick on his rim. His eyes open in surprise then, only to see Jeno’s head right between his legs, both hands gripping his thighs as he kisses up his creamed skin.

“Daddy, w-wait,” he whispers weakly when he feels the older suck on his rim, surely pink and puffy from all the rough fucking. “Enough, it’s– hng , it’s s-sensitive.”

Jeno chuckles, but lets up. The younger lets out a breath of relief then, watching out the corner of his eye as his boss gets out of bed and walks towards his messy pile of clothes on the floor. Jaemin just closes his eyes again for a little, he’ll put his own clothes back on later.

He doesn’t know how many minutes he’s dozed off when he feels a warm, damp towel on his stomach, gentle as it glides across his skin. He opens his eyes slowly then, one at a time, little by little, ‘til he gets a glimpse of Jeno wiping away his cum. The CEO then moves down to his legs and bottom, cleaning his own stains of cum there too.

When he’s finished, he places a kiss on Jaemin’s knee, then moves away with a little smile. “All done.”

Jaemin slowly sits up then, pulling his knees to himself as he tries to compose his mind and self and fuck , why is his face so warm?

“You okay?” He whips his head around to see the older standing next to the bed, wearing his boxers now.

“Y-Yeah,” Jaemin replies. “Thanks for uhm … cleaning me up,” he adds with a small smile, rubbing his upper arms.

“You seemed to be sleeping really well so, I thought you could use the help.”

Jaemin just nods, half-embarrassed and half-glad. 

⏤⏤⏤⏤

The next day, Jaemin has a sore asshole, like usual. He also goes through his day, like usual. Workout (just a bit) in the morning, coffee and breakfast for his boss, agenda for today, and then going through all the meetings, files, et cetera.

His boss had just finished a meeting with some foreign clients through a Zoom call, when he tells him to come to his office.

“Is there anything major in the coming two or three weeks?”

Jaemin quickly checks his clipboard filled with events and notes. “Uh, n-no sir, nothing that can't be rescheduled or canceled. Did you need me to move some meetings, or take care of something for you?”

Mister Lee shakes his head no. “I need you to book some flights tonight.” Jaemin immediately clicks his pen out and scribbles that down on his clipboard. “The clients told me earlier that they wanted me to come visit them there, so book tickets to and from Italy for some time in the next week. The clients said they’d take care of the accommodation and everything else.”

“Tickets to Italy next week,” the secretary mumbles as he writes every detail down. “Will COO Lee be coming with you?” he asks as he turns the pages on his clipboard to take a look at the events listed again, already thinking of asking Renjun for the COO’s schedule.

“Yes. Donghyuck, Donghyuck’s secretary, me, and you. So four tickets.”

Jaemin pauses. He lifts his head from his clipboard. He clicks his pen close.

“M-Me?”

Jeno chuckles softly at his reaction. “You’re my secretary after all, aren’t you?”

The secretary still can’t process things, even as Mister Lee continues talking.

“So free up your own schedule too, then let me know once you’ve booked the tickets. Jellypong can stay at my house, if you’re thinking of that. I’ll have someone stay there to maintain the house and all that throughout the trip, since we’ll be there for quite a while. They can take care of her too.”

Jaemin can’t control the big smile that makes its way to his face either.

“Okay, Sir,” he nods as he hugs his clipboard to his chest, not hiding anymore how excited he is.The moment he walks out of his boss’ office, he walks briskly towards his desk and excitedly books their tickets, all first class, for two whole weeks, to none other than Italy.

Chapter Text

Jaemin can’t contain his excitement as he packs his suitcase, neatly folding work clothes on his bed, rolling up his pajamas and socks, and even placing his toiletries in labeled ziplock bags. Everything is perfect and ready, and he can’t wait to go on this trip.

But it’s when he’s already about to zip up his bag that the black box in the corner of his bedroom catches his attention. He approaches it with a small smirk on his lips, already thinking of what other possible surprises Jeno might have for him in Italy. In the end, he decides to bring the box’s contents anyway, just for good measure.

The day before the trip, he decides to visit the hair salon quickly, deciding to make a big decision before the big day (or well, big two weeks).

And when Mister Lee catches sight of his new silver hair, surprise is evident on his face. It makes the younger smile a bit.

“It suits you,” Jeno says as they walk side by side in the airport. 

Jaemin smiles wider. “Thank you.”

If packing was exciting, the private plane ride proves to be nearly twenty hours of pure adrenaline rush. While the Lee cousins sip on their champagne calmly, watch films, read books, and do all sorts of mundane things, Jaemin can’t quite possibly stay still on his cushiony leather seat.

“Doesn’t your neck hurt from looking out the window for the past like– two and a half hours?” Jaemin ignores Renjun who’s sitting across him, opting to continue looking out his window anyway. Apparently, the older secretary has been to Italy thrice, this time around being the fourth visit already.

Which is why Jaemin is the only idiot-looking, overexcited one on board; though he doesn’t care, not one bit. He’s only thinking about the fact that he’s going to Italy, spending a good two weeks there, at the best resort with a beautiful beach right by it.

Of course, he knows because he had been the one to book it, with some guidance from Renjun. And sure, it’s a business trip and he’d still have to do some work there, but Jaemin can’t help the excitement that bubbles in him at just the simple fact that he’s going to Italy.

When they arrive, checking in is the first thing they do. Jaemin booked all four of them separate rooms as per Renjun’s advice, Jeno and Donghyuck with a penthouse suite each, and naturally their secretaries with smaller single ones. Jaemin’s not complaining at all though, not when his balcony view is the beach, his bed is soft and huge, and his bathroom even has a damn bathtub.

He’s squealing about inside said (still empty) bathtub, when he hears his room doorbell ring. Then, a voice.

“Jaemin?”

The secretary quickly gets up and nearly trips on the marble floors as he runs to the door, opening it with a big smile still plastered on his face. It makes Mister Lee chuckle.

“I see you like your room.”

Jaemin’s smile turns into a shy laugh as he nods. “Yes, sir.”

“Well, you get to stay here the rest of the day for now. You know about the dinner meeting this evening, right? Did you book at the spot I told you about?”

“Yes, yes I did, sir,” Jaemin replies, a bit more serious now. “I called them yesterday and reserved a room.”

The CEO gives him a smile, hands in his pockets. “Text me if you need anything, or just give me a knock, we’re in the same hallway anyway. Be ready at 5.”

Jaemin nods quickly, his smile returning to his face. “Yes, sir.”

The rest of the afternoon, Jaemin finishes up some work, sending emails and contacting the subordinate he had talked to take care of a few minor meetings and whatever emergencies in the office. He admits, at first he was going to ask Yangyang to do it, but apparently he was always automatically Renjun’s, like it was the rule or something. Jaemin had rolled his eyes at it at first, but now he smiles as he enters his best friend’s room, the Chinese boy just lying on his bed.

“What are you sulking about?” Jaemin plops down next to his seemingly lifeless body, if it weren’t for the loud sigh that came out of Renjun.

“Nothing,” the older secretary murmurs. “What do you want?”

“Nothing,” Jaemin shrugs with a smile. He’s sipping on a fruit shake, something he had ordered from the hotel bar downstairs. Renjun’s room is in the same hallway as his too, so he thought he’d just pay a quick visit.

“I’m just bored. How’s Yangyang?”

“Oh, he’s probably fine,” Renjun huffs, finally sitting up. The younger offers him a sip from his shake, and he does take it, sipping and then sighing immediately afterward. “He hasn’t really contacted me, but I know he’s efficient and all that so he’s probably just at a meeting or … out.”

At that, Jaemin laughs and shakes his head. He’s about to ask why is Yangyang supposed to be the one contacting him , when it’s supposedly Renjun who’s messaging first to ask about any updates and his status, as Jaemin did for his subordinate. 

Except he notices his friend’s little frown, and the way he stares blankly at the glass doors of his balcony, at the blue waters of the sea.

“You should text him first,” he decides on saying. “Just ask him how he’s doing.”

“No, h-he’s fine.”

Jaemin rolls his eyes. He reaches for Renjun’s phone on the nightstand, before tossing it to him. “Text him, dude.”

“No,” Renjun repeats firmly. “He didn’t reply to me earlier, so he’s busy. I’ll just wait ‘til he’s free enough to actually talk to me,” he says, and this time, the slightly frustrated or perhaps annoyed tone is more evident, seeping through both Renjun’s words and the expression on his face.

Jaemin sighs. He leans closer, takes a good look at his friend and his forlorn state.

“Just text him as a friend then. Say you miss him, or that you wish he was here.”

The Chinese boy sighs, louder than the younger. “You know, friends don’t say that to each other.”

“Do you see him as a friend? Just a friend?” Jaemin questions, unable to play his friend’s game anymore. “Come on. Do friends get upset when you don’t text back?”

“Yes!”

Jaemin chuckles, shaking his head. “Not like this, my friend. Not like the way you are now.” He stands up, placing his hands on his hips. “Well, I gotta go get ready, it’s almost 5. Text him, okay? I’m sure he’s just waiting for your text too,” he teases, though he means his words.

“Yeah, yeah, whatever,” Renjun mumbles as he rolls his eyes, waving the other secretary goodbye mindlessly.

When Jaemin finishes getting ready for the night, still mostly in formal work attire but with lighter fabrics, he’s just a few minutes earlier than the time Mister Lee had told him to meet. Naturally, he goes to Jeno’s room, just stands there by the door as he types out a text, letting his boss know that he’s ready.

He hasn’t even sent the text yet when the door opens, and Jaemin gets all the air knocked out of him as he’s met with Mister Lee’s bare torso, still only half-dressed.

“I figured you’d be there,” the CEO chuckles. “Come in for a while, I’m not done yet, so just wait here.”

Jaemin swallows, but nods. Jeno better not try anything, as they’ve only got a few minutes more to prepare. Also because he worked so hard on his outfit and hair, he’d hate to ruin it.

Luckily, Jeno leaves him to actually get ready in his bedroom whilst Jaemin stays in the living room area. He nearly forgot he booked him a penthouse, so he finds himself walking around the couches, the dining area, the kitchen, even the multiple bathrooms. There’s even a piano in one spot, with large glass windows and a beautiful view behind it.

And then, he sees that. Right, all penthouse suites have their own private swimming pool on the balcony, complete with underwater lights and even a jacuzzi option.

“Hope you brought a swimsuit.”

Jaemin softly gasps when he feels a warmth behind him, and steady hands on his waist. Then, there’s a pair of lips tracing over his neck, breathing in and out against his skin, making him close his eyes in anticipation. He feels something slip into his pocket, but he ignores it to turn his head ever so slightly so he meets Jeno’s eyes. Right when he leans in to kiss him, the CEO backs away.

“Later, sugar,” Mister Lee says with a smirk as he walks away and chucks on his blazer. “Come on, we’ve got to get to the dinner.”

Jaemin sighs, but follows his boss without a word. When he pulls out what had been placed into his pocket, he sees that it’s a hotel key card, a spare one to Jeno’s room. Jaemin smiles, shaking his head, before slipping the card back in.

The dinner is actually delicious and quite peaceful, considering that the clients mostly just welcomed their guests kindly. There was not much serious discussion about work, which Jaemin thanked the heavens for as he didn’t have to take note of anything, and more casual conversation about the island and their stay so far. 

As the Lee’s and the clients have a bit of alcohol, Renjun and Jaemin decide to stay out for a bit to get some fresh air, also knowing that they need to stay sober, unlike their bosses. They’re hanging out by the garden area of the restaurant, drinking well, water.

When Jaemin looks at his friend, he can see that he has a seemingly satisfied smile on his face. Perhaps Yangyang texted him, maybe even gave him a call.

“We should go out tomorrow,” Renjun turns to him excitedly. “There are a lot of cool bars here.”

“What?” Jaemin snorts, “Don’t we have work to do? What if our bosses suddenly call on us?”

“Oh please, they’ll be having their own fun out here too, y’know. Like I said, lots of cool bars, so also lots of attractive people who wanna hook up.”

“Oh,” Jaemin hums as he sips on his ice water. “Right, yeah.” Jeno’s probably not into that though, right?

Before he can think about that statement any further, Jaemin’s phone rings in his pocket.

Sir Jeno

We leave in five minutes.

Donghyuck is kind of drunk, just let Renjun know, please. Thanks.

Jaemin chuckles a bit, before shoving his phone into his pants and standing up.

“Come on, we gotta leave in a bit. Better call the driver.”

Renjun groans frustratedly as he stands up too. “He’s drunk, isn’t he?”

Jaemin gives him an apologetic smile, before they walk towards the entrance of the restaurant together.

When they arrive back at the hotel, it’s only nine in the evening. Renjun invites him to go for some night swimming at the pool downstairs, but Jaemin declines, saying he’s tired.

But really, he wants to go swimming too. Just not in that pool.

He’s combing his hair in the bathroom when he gets a text.

Sir Jeno

I’m waiting, sugar.

He bites on his bottom lip, staring at his reflection in the mirror. He’s only wearing the hotel bathrobe, and underneath is actually not a pair of swimming trunks, but rather, one of Mister Lee’s gifts.

The thong.

He feels slightly unsure about it, he’ll admit, since it’s his first time wearing it tonight and he’s not really that confident with how it looks on him. But, he figures Jeno would like it best for today.

He tiptoes out of his room and into the hallway. He uses the spare card his boss had given him, tapping it on the lock sensor and entering with a click. Even as he walks across the marble floors of the suite, he does it as quietly as he can, as if afraid to wake someone up.

When he finally reaches the glass doors opening to the balcony area, his heart beats loudly in his chest as he hears minimal splashing. He opens the door, stepping out into the warm air of Italy, and finally catching sight of Jeno, who’s at the very end of the pool, arms splayed out on the edge. He doesn’t miss the smirk that curves on his lips either.

“H-Hi,” he splutters out, fingers curled around the edges of his bathrobe.

This time, Jeno chuckles. “Hi, sugar.”

Sheepishly, Jaemin begins untying his robe, somehow afraid of looking stupid despite the countless times his boss has seen him naked. As he lets the fabric fall off his frame, he meets Jeno’s eyes, which are simply staring at him, chin tilted upwards.

When he’s finally only in his underwear, he turns around to put his robe on one of the lounge chairs in the area. He could just throw it on there, but remembering his ‘swimwear’ of choice, he instead decides to take his time and walk oh so slowly away, back facing Jeno the whole time, the CEO surely enjoying the view.

Jaemin gains a bit more confidence once he turns back around, gaze leveling with Mister Lee’s. He takes his time stepping into the pool too, going one foot at a time, slow enough that the water barely moves as more and more of his body gets submerged.

Once the water is around his chest, he begins swimming calmly towards his boss. Jeno just watches, leaning comfortably on the tiles of the pool.

When they’re close enough, almost automatically, their hands land on each other’s bodies, Jaemin’s on the older’s shoulders, Jeno’s on his secretary’s hips under the water.

“What took you so long, hm?” Jeno says as he noses into Jaemin’s cheek, leaving a soft kiss there.

The secretary smiles, eyes closing as he feels Mister Lee’s lips begin moving down to his neck, ghosting over his wet skin. “I’m sorry, daddy,” he whispers. “I’m here now, aren’t I?” One of his hands moves up to curve around Jeno’s nape, catching the CEO’s attention and causing him to look into his eyes. “Your sugar is here.”

Jeno smirks then, leaning close so their foreheads bump gently against each other. “ My sugar, huh?”

“Of course,” Jaemin hums. “Do you not like it?” He puts on a faux frown, index fingers drawing circles on Jeno’s skin, before an idea comes to him.

He begins to smooth his palms down Mister Lee’s shoulders, biceps, and forearms, until they’re over his hands that are resting on his waist, deep in the water. Jaemin holds them carefully, and without breaking eye contact with his boss, he guides Jeno’s hands downward and back, so that they’re on his ass cheeks. 

“Don’t you like that this is yours, daddy?”

The CEO chuckles, amused. His breath gets warmer and his hunger grows as Jaemin returns his hands to his neck, while his own hands remain under the water, resting on his globes. “Is it?”

Much to the secretary’s confusion, Jeno still doesn’t squeeze or caress or even pinch his ass a bit. Instead, he feels his hands rising up, until they’re on his lower back.

And then, Jeno inserts his hands past the thin strings of fabric, bringing them down with him so that he’s peeling Jaemin’s tiny little thong off of him, and letting the waistband rest right under the cusp of his ass.

Finally, Jeno grasps both his globes, pulling the plush cheeks apart and kneading the flesh in his hands. The younger gasps when he feels it, gripping onto Mister Lee’s shoulders as his eyes flutter close.

At his reaction, Jeno chuckles lowly.

“How cute,” he says as he pulls his thong back up. “You should’ve just gone in with nothing at all, sugar.”

Jaemin feels his face flush, but he ignores it to open his eyes and whisper, “Kiss me, please.” 

He asks, and he receives. Jeno’s lips immediately slot perfectly into his. They make out languidly for a few minutes in the water, all while Mister Lee’s naughty hands are groping Jaemin’s ass, even hooking a finger into the thin string at the back and inserting it into his pretty hole.

Meanwhile, Jaemin’s hand begins to trail down the CEO’s front, palm flattening over his chest, abdomen, and finally, his fingers linger on the waistband of Jeno’s swim trunks. He seems to have gone for the high-cut, skin-tight kind, and the secretary can’t help the smile that forms on his lips.

“What?” Jeno muses.

Jaemin giggles a bit, shaking his head. “I think you could’ve gone in with nothing on. I didn’t know you were into wearing speedos. ”

At that, Mister Lee rolls his eyes, low chuckles falling from him too.

“Alright, you’re having too much fun now, sugar.” That’s all the warning Jaemin gets before he’s being maneuvered and carried to sit over the pool ledge, his dripping wet body suddenly exposed to the summer breeze. It all happens too quickly, Jeno gripping the tiny triangular front of his panties, and then ripping them apart in one swift move.

“Hey!” he gasps, closing his legs instinctively. “Why’d you-”

He’s silenced by yet another sharp intake of breath when Jeno quickly forces his legs wide open, bending his knees so his feet are planted on the floor. “I’ll buy you another pair,” he reasons, before immediately diving in and kissing his secretary’s inner thighs.

Jaemin’s catching his breath, chest rising and falling vigorously, heart beating quickly in his ears, but his eyes are focused and steady as they look at the way Mister Lee hooks his arms on his legs, at the way he presses his lips on his wet skin with closed eyes. Jeno looks so fucking good like this, water droplets on his biceps, hair brushed back and styled elegantly for the dinner, lips creating pink and red marks on his skin.

But when Jeno gazes back at him hungrily, eyes looking straight into his whilst he’s sucking a mark onto his inner thighs, Jaemin just has to look away.

His abdomen flexes when he feels Jeno’s lips nearing his middle, as he feels him using his tongue more, licking away the pool water on his skin. And when Mister Lee’s lips finally meet his fluttering hole, he immediately closes his eyes. His hands clench into fists on the concrete beneath him, legs threatening to snap shut when he feels a hard suck on his rim.

But Jeno keeps him spread open with a hand on his leg as his mouth works wonders between them. He’s swirling his tongue all over the younger’s opening, tracing circles on it, enclosing his lips around it, coaxing it to relax.

“Do you think you can cum like this, sugar?” Jeno says as he looks up at his secretary, whose head is thrown back. Jaemin feels the older’s smirk against his skin, and he still doesn’t dare to look down.

Until something enters his hole and his eyes immediately snap open. And what a sight it is when he finally gazes downwards, Jeno’s mouth completely on his hole, angry veins on his hands that are grasping the meat of his thighs. His toes curl as he feels the CEO continue fucking his tongue into his hole, only pulling away to lick over the rim or suck on the skin surrounding it.

And then, two fingers are replacing his tongue, curling up in him from the beginning.

“F-Fuck, wait! I’m gonna-”

“Cum, baby. That’s exactly what I want,” Jeno growls as he fastens the pace of his digits, so much that the water around him begins splashing slightly. “I want you to make a mess all over my fingers, I want you to moan so that everyone hears. Come on, sugar. You can do that for me, right?”

Jaemin whimpers as his eyes squeeze close again, the fire in his stomach growing and growing and growing, until he just can’t keep it in anymore. 

His lips fall open in a loud moan as he cums all over himself, body convulsing and knees bending towards each other. He breathes heavily as he opens his eyes slowly, and in the daze of his orgasm, he hears the low amused chuckle of his boss as he pulls his fingers out of him gently.

“Good boy.”

At that moment, a bit of a breeze comes by, making him shiver a little. Everything’s still a little blurry when he hears Mister Lee say, “Wait here.” He just nods, pulling his knees to himself as he watches the CEO dive into the water and swim farther and farther away from him.

A minute later, he sees Jeno on his left, hair dripping wet, walking towards him with his robe on his arm. Jaemin is about to reach his hand out to take it, but he doesn’t get to when he first feels the warm, thick fabric wrapping around his torso. The second thing he feels is a kiss on his cheek. The third thing he feels is warmth blooming beneath his skin, where Jeno’s lips had just touched.

Out of his peripheral vision, he notices his boss sitting down next to him, legs dipping into the water. 

“Are you not cold?” Jaemin asks after a couple more moments of silence.

Mister Lee shakes his head. “I like the cold, as I get warm easily.”

“Ah,” the secretary hums. “I see.”

“Do you get cold easily?”

Jaemin smiles, nodding. “Yeah. Always, even in the summer.”

“So you prefer warm places to cold places?”

“Yep. I like beaches a lot.” Jaemin turns to him, seeing Jeno’s side profile for a moment, before the older turns to him too. “What about you? I assume you like cold places more then?”

“You’re right,” Jeno chuckles. “I like snow and winter.”

“Well, they say opposites attract, don’t they?” Jaemin giggles, adjusting the way he’s sitting so that his feet are in the water too.

And then he realizes what he had just said, and his eyes widen immediately. He’s about to say something along the lines of, “ N-Not like that!” or, “I’m sorry! I didn’t mean it in uhm … y’know?”, panicking for god knows what reason.

But he isn’t able to get the words out when Mister Lee laughs . A loud, glorious, beautiful laugh. He remembers what Jeno had told him once, on a night like this back in Korea.

“Just know that you don’t have to do that around me, alright? You can just be honest with me, I don’t mind it.”

And so, he lets go, and laughs with him too. The sound of their joint happiness resonates in the air, before disappearing and fading into wide smiles as they look at each other.

“Wanna get inside?” Jeno asks after some time with the nudge of his head.

Jaemin is about to nod, when he realizes, “But what about you?” As far as he knows, it’s only him who’s already came. His gaze naturally moves down from his boss’ face, down to his crotch, only to see a small stain on the fabric.

Jaemin blinks.

“H-How did you-”

“You didn’t notice?” Jeno chuckles as he leans back a bit. He must’ve been touching himself too, all while eating Jaemin out and fingering him.

Honest, the younger shakes his head. The response he gets is another laugh, before the CEO stands up and smiles down at him.

“Come on, it’s warmer inside.”

Jaemin is still wrapped up in his robe as he leisurely walks around Jeno’s penthouse, whilst the latter grabs one of his own from his room. Once slightly warmer and dryer in the towel, the CEO moves to the kitchen to pop open a bottle of champagne, watching closely his secretary as he tours his suite silently. 

They find themselves going through a couple glasses of the golden liquid, all smiles as they talk about random things. Later on, when Jeno excuses himself to the restroom, the younger decides to walk around again. He lingers around the piano he had seen the first time he entered here, tracing his fingers over the shiny black surface.

“Do you play?”

Jaemin turns around and sees Mister Lee walking towards him.

“A little,” he nods. “I-It’s been a while though, I mostly just played in high school. I’m probably really bad at it now.”

Jeno motions to the stool by the piano with his hand. “Wanna play something for me?”

The secretary smiles, biting his lip. “Okay.” He takes deep breaths as he walks over to the piano keys, sitting on the stool. His fingers are slightly trembling when he places them over the keys, just resting over them, feeling the smoothness under his fingertips.

Just before he presses on the keys, he glances up at Jeno, who’s watching his movements intently with a gentle smile on his face.

“D-Don’t expect much, okay?” Jaemin says shyly, to which the older nods.

“Won’t expect a thing.”

 It’s a lie, of course. Because Jeno always expects when it comes to Jaemin. Not because he demands his secretary’s very best or wants nothing less than perfect at all times, but because Jaemin has consistently and continuously amazed him without fail, in nearly every aspect of his being. He knows Jaemin is capable of achieving many things, heck, he knows that Jaemin is much, much smarter than he is.

A strong, young man with barely any work experience, and yet he’s already such a fast learner and has grown tough skin like a true professional. He makes up for his mistakes the moment he realizes them, never misses his own slip-ups or irresponsibilities. He’s so extremely self-aware of his own growth and learning, of the quality and quantity of his work. He never settles for what he’s already accomplished, constantly trying to improve more, even if it means he needs to beat and mold himself every day he comes to work. It almost feels as if he’s grown up too quickly, still so young yet already so mature and sure of his footsteps.

He’s nearly perfect, Jeno thinks as he watches the younger play a simple tune on the piano, fingers lightly treading over the keys. What’s interesting is that he can play the piano far better than his secretary, in fact, he knows the basic piece that he’s playing. He knows the next chords he’ll play way before he gets to their measure, even knows what techniques he could have used to enhance the way the notes flow together.

And yet, Jaemin amazes him again. Everything he does amazes Jeno. Of course, his efficiency, competence, and skills are well-acknowledged and praised. But his errors, mannerisms, and missteps that are born from the fact that he’s still just a young, naive boy, still learning and growing, still filled with passion and excitement inside him – those are what amaze Jeno the most.

So, when Jaemin presses the wrong key, immediately stopping all movements and looking up at his boss with a timid, nervous expression, Jeno can’t help but smile softly.

“Told you I was bad,” Jaemin sighs, visibly cringing at his own actions, shoulders sinking.

The older sits down next to him, shaking his head. “I thought it was beautiful, Jaemin.”

The secretary looks at him with a smile then, just a small one.

“Thanks, Jeno.”

Jeno doesn’t know why or how they get to that point, but the younger begins to gravitate towards him. He sees Jaemin’s eyes drop to his lips, before they’re closing slowly. Then, the younger juts his own lips out slightly, eyes still closed, cheeks flushed, simply waiting.

Cute, Jeno smiles, before crossing the distance between them and kissing him.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

“Fuck, you’re so tight, baby,” the CEO huffs as he moves his hips faster, relishing in every moan Jaemin lets out. He lands a quick slap on the younger’s ass as he continuously thrusts into him, already nearing his release.

After making out for quite some time by the couches of the penthouse’s living area, they ended up moving to the kitchen, where Jaemin is now bent over the island counter.

“I-I think I’m close,” he whimpers, fingers curling on the cold marble. “P-Please, daddy.”

Jeno lets out a low growl then, before guiding Jaemin’s torso up so his back is now arched and he’s standing upright, palms flat against the counter. He finds his nipples with his fingers and flicks them, pinching every now and then whilst the secretary throws his head back in ecstasy.

The CEO takes the opportunity to bring one of his hands up to grip his neck, pressing slightly at the sides. Meanwhile, his other hand travels downwards, jerking Jaemin off with quick strokes.

“Cum for me, sugar,” he grunts against his ear, snapping his hips forward sharply so he hits the younger’s prostate without miss.

Jaemin’s back arches when he feels a finger dig into his slit, and a few more strokes are all it takes for him to cum hard, spilling white all over the kitchen floors.

Jeno keeps fucking him, both hands now gripping his waist tightly. He lets his eyes close from the pleasure flowing in his body, from the band stretching in his abdomen. Just as he’s about to pull out, he hears Jaemin breathe out,

“You can cum inside me.”

He slows his thrusts slightly. “Fuck. Are you sure?”

“Yes,” his secretary nods vigorously. “Cum in me, please .”

Jeno growls, resuming his quick thrusts. Sweat drips down his torso, his hands squeeze the younger’s hips. His hard cock throbs deep inside him, and his movements become erratic and desperate. He curses as he nears his release, thrusting faster and faster and faster, before pushing all the way in for the last time, and finally cumming deep inside Jaemin.

“ F-Fuck,” he curses breathily as he continuously shoots thick cum into the younger, face buried in Jaemin’s neck as he moans against his skin. He stays there for about a minute more, the both of them just catching their breaths as they come down from their highs.

“Wow,” Jeno sighs. “That was so fucking good, sugar.”

Jaemin turns his head to the side then, placing a wet kiss on the CEO’s lips. “Another round then?”

This time the older chuckles, shaking his head. “It’s been a long day, we should rest. Don’t worry, we still have plenty of time here, hm?”

He sees his secretary smile, before nodding. “Okay.”

As Jeno pulls out of Jaemin, he almost moans again at the tightness and warmth that coats his cock. And well, the sight of Jaemin’s hole once he’s completely pulled out is even worse. It’s absolutely wrecked, swollen and leaking with his thick cum, and it almost makes Mister Lee want to go at it again right then and there.

But, he resists and instead decides to just snap a few photos, for later use. He inhales sharply when the younger sways his hips a little for the pictures, posing for him. Even more so when Jaemin reaches back both hands to spread his ass cheeks, showing more of his stretched, dripping hole to the camera.

Immediately, Jeno puts his phone down on the counter and pulls the younger in by the waist to kiss him. Jaemin giggles, letting himself be turned around and accepting the taste of Mister Lee’s tongue on his. “You’re so fucking sexy,” Jeno breathes out between kisses. “My sugar.”

After cleaning the mess they made, Jeno tells him he can use his bathroom, which Jaemin is extremely grateful for. Walking back to his room with cum dripping out of his ass would not have been a very pleasant experience. The CEO also gives him a fresh towel, and a set of clean pajamas.

Now, this bathroom is huge and luxurious of course, just like Jeno’s bathroom in his home. But what’s different about it is that its bathtub is circular and much larger, placed right in the center of the room. And well, Jaemin just can’t resist a nice, warm bath. Not in a tub like this at least, he can’t possibly pass up the opportunity.

So, he lays there in the warm water for a little, relaxing with eyes closed.

Later on, Jaemin comes out of the bathroom, all cleaned up and fully dressed. He nearly forgot that the bathroom he used was situated inside the penthouse’s bedroom, so he freezes for a few seconds when he’s met with his boss sitting on the bed, hair wet from his own bath (which the secretary assumes he did in one of the bathrooms in the living room), dressed in his own pajamas.

And they look exactly like Jaemin’s, just a different color. He feels a blush spread across his face as he realizes Mister Lee had let him borrow some of his clothes.

Though what really makes him stop and stare and swallow, is the pair of glasses that sit atop Jeno’s nose. They’re simple, black frames, but they make him look so different. Together with his unstyled hair and pajamas, Mister Lee for once doesn’t look like he’s the CEO of a multi-million company.

Instead, he just looks like Jeno . Jaemin likes it.

He clears his throat. “Thanks for letting me use your bathroom. And your uhm … clothes.”

“Of course. Anytime,” Jeno smiles, eyes little moons. He looks so–– soft .

“I uhm- I better get going then,” Jaemin says as he begins walking towards the door. To his slight surprise though, Mister Lee stands up and joins him, accompanying him until they reach the main entrance of the penthouse.

“I’ll see you in the morning then?” Jeno says as they stop at the door.

Jaemin gives him a small, but true smile. He nods.

“Good night, Sir. See you tomorrow.”

“Good night, Jaemin.”

When Jaemin finally lies in his bed, he almost falls asleep the moment his back hits the mattress. But his eyes open a few seconds later, staring at the ceiling. He turns to his side, one hand under his pillow. He bites on his lip.

With his free hand, he pulls the collared hem of his pajama shirt up towards his face. His eyes close for a moment as he inhales the scent of fragrant laundry powder and men’s body wash. When he opens his eyes again, there’s a blush on his cheeks. He stays awake for a few more minutes, before finally falling into slumber.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

The next morning is luckily a bit slow, since most of their meetings are scheduled in the middle part of the trip. So, Jaemin wakes up late, and to the wonderful sound of waves washing on the shore. He stays by his balcony for a couple of minutes, before finally getting ready to go exploring.

He and Renjun decide to go sightseeing around town, since they have a free day today. They go to different historical places and tourist spots, take lots of pictures of both the scenery and each other, and of course, eat some of the best Italian food. Renjun’s already done this a couple times, so he sort of acts like a tour guide to the younger, who’s extremely grateful.

Naturally, since Renjun is his best friend, they have the best time of their lives together, and when they come back to the hotel, they’re all smiles. They decide to rest for a bit in their own rooms, so they have the energy to go out to the Chinese boy’s suggestion for tonight: a nightclub.

And Jaemin, well. Jaemin decides to go all out with his look for the evening. It’s been a while since he’s had an opportunity to dress up this much, even less is the number of times he’s gone to a club after college. So he puts in his best effort in styling both his hair and outfit, even putting on a bit of makeup and jewelry. He wonders what Mister Lee did today.

Excitement thrums through the blonde’s veins as he presses the doorbell of his best friend’s room, all dressed up and ready to ‘get wasted,’ as the kids say these days. But when no one comes out after a full minute, Jaemin tilts his head in confusion.

He buzzes the doorbell again. “Renjun-ah, it’s me. I’m ready!”

Finally, the door opens, but the Chinese boy isn’t dressed up. He’s still wearing the same clothes as he was earlier today.

But he even told Jaemin that he was excited about his outfit tonight?

“Why aren’t you-”

The younger pauses when Renjun raises his palm, a sign for him to stop. Then, Jaemin watches as he walks briskly inside again, dropping onto his bed afterwards. He follows him.

“What’s wrong?” Jaemin asks as he sits down next to him.

“Yangyang called me just a couple minutes ago,” Renjun says, sighing. “To be honest, I took a nap and just woke up when I saw that he had been texting, telling me to call him. So I immediately called him of course, and he just told me not to go to the club tonight, to just stay in the hotel.”

“What? Why not?”

“I-I don’t know with him! He- sounded so desperate and he kept pleading with me to just do it.”

Jaemin runs a hand through his hair. 

“So, are we not going out? B-But I got ready!” His first instinct is to become stressed and frustrated and upset, but when he sees the look on his best friend’s face, he knows that he feels worse. Something must’ve happened.

Renjun sits up, turning to him. “I’m sorry, Jaem. I … Yangyang is … I don’t know if-”

“I get it,” the younger says. He puts on a small smile as he faces the other secretary. “You like him, don’t you?”

There’s a momentary silence as Renjun plays with his fingers on his lap, eyes turned downward.

“I think I’m in love with him,” he whispers. “We’ve just been through a lot together, and I just … I’ve been going crazy on this trip thinking about … him.”

Jaemin nods, and he’s about to say something in reply, when the older continues, very very softly.

“We almost kissed before I left.”

Jaemin can’t control the loud gasp that comes out of him. “What? Oh my god!”

Renjun rolls his eyes, though he bites on his lip as his cheeks begin to gain color. “We drank together in my apartment, it’s tradition every time one of us leaves on a long business trip or break. I was far drunker than he was this time around though, and I … I-I leaned in. I thought we were going to do it, but he moved away suddenly.” Renjun looks up at him with serious eyes, slightly glossed over. “I … I don’t know what to do, Jaemin. Yesterday, he texted me and we didn’t really talk about what happened, but it still made me happy to get to talk to him. So now that he finally called and actually seems like he wants to talk about it seriously, this feels like my only chance.”

So that’s why he’s been so tense. 

Jaemin smiles gently. He moves closer and places a hand over his best friend’s. “It’ll be okay, Junnie. You should just follow what he said, okay? It’ll all be fine in the end, I’m sure.”

“But what about you? You got all dressed up, and-”

Jaemin laughs lightly, shaking his head. “Oh, shut up. It’s fine, seriously, don’t worry about me. We still have other days to go out. Right now, you should focus on the love of your damn life! About time you guys got together.”

Renjun ends up laughing too, despite the stray tear that falls to his cheek, which he quickly wipes away. “Thanks, Jaem. Fuck, what would I do without you? Wait … shit, is Yangyang going to come here? I look like shit!”

The younger stands up, pulling the other up to his feet. “Yup, he’s definitely coming here. So get your ass in the shower and get all pretty!”

“I hate you,” Renjun hits his arm and rolls his eyes. “Fine, I’m going to get ready now, so you,” he says as he points at Jaemin’s chest, before pushing him out of his room, “go leave and have fun! Find someone to fuck around with, come on! You can’t not go out looking like that!”

“Alright, alright, fine!” Jaemin replies as he voluntarily walks side by side with the older to his door. “You sure you’ll be okay here alone? Don’t want me to wait with you?”

“Nope,” Renjun says, honest as always. “‘Cause think of it, what if he comes in here and immediately says some embarrassing shit? I don’t want you to hear that! Plus, I don’t want to stop you from having fun tonight, even if it’s without me. Okay?”

Jaemin sighs, crossing his arms on his chest. “Fine. Call me if you need anything, alright? Don’t keep it all to yourself like you always do.”

“Yeah, yeah, got it, mom. Now go get some dick!”

Jaemin is so glad the door is still closed and Renjun didn’t say that in the hallways. 

The two secretaries share a hug, before Jaemin leaves his best friend to finally settle his feelings.

He begins walking across the hall to his own room, steps slow and small. He’ll probably just take it all off and stay in, he doesn’t want to go out alone anyway. He’s not as extroverted as Renjun thinks, perhaps.

This glorious outfit and styled hair will just have to wait another night to be seen by the world.

Or, maybe not.

Just as he’s about to enter his own room, the door not far from his own clicks open, and Mister Lee walks out of it, immediately meeting Jaemin’s eyes.

“Oh? Hello, Jaemin.”

Jaemin looks down at his watch for a moment. 6:30 pm, no other agenda for today. He looks back up at his boss. No one else is in the hall. It’s after work hours.

He breathes in, and out. “Hi, Jeno.”

Jeno gives him a smile. “Going somewhere? You’re all dolled up.”

Jaemin smiles back as he lets out a sigh. He shakes his head. “I was supposed to with Renjun but, some stuff happened so he can’t come. And well, I don’t wanna go alone so I’m probably just going to uhm- stay in. Yeah.”

“Where were you supposed to go?”

“Just some nightclub.”

“Well, come on then, I’ll go with you.”

The secretary looks up in surprise. “W-What? But- don’t you have other plans for tonight? I don’t wanna force you and drag you into my stuff, i-it’s totally okay with me if I don’t go out.”

The older chuckles, finally taking some steps towards him. Jaemin realizes that he’s sort of dressed up too. Well, he always is.

“I was planning to go to a bar tonight too anyway, since Donghyuck is out somewhere else,” he explains as he puts his hands into his pockets. “So what do you think? Besides,” Jeno stops just an arm’s length away from him. “You look way too good not to go out right now, sweetheart. Shouldn’t waste all the effort you’ve put in, right? And when else will you get to go clubbing in Italy?”

Jaemin smiles, before he begins to chuckle a bit, amused and yet again, excited. Jeno laughs with him, taking just one more step forward as he tilts his head.

“Shall we, then?”

Jaemin sighs, grinning widely. “Sure.”

For fun, and just because they can, they make use of the van and driver that the hotel let them use for the whole trip (since yes, Mister Lee is quite that big of a deal). Jaemin never really knew which club he and Renjun were supposed to go to, so he lets Jeno surprise him and decide where they’ll stay for the night.

First, they have a nice dinner at a small quiet restaurant with a view of the beach, the evening breeze cooling. Jaemin can’t quite wrap his head around how absolutely delicious everything they’re being served is, and Jeno tells him about how he always eats here when he’s around. It’s one of his favorite spots, not touristy at all but the ambiance is so warm and homey, and of course, the food is phenomenal.

They drink a glass each of wine there too, falling into laughter as they talk about work and their personal lives. Jisung is a topic almost always brought up, and funnily enough, so is Jellypong. Jaemin can’t miss telling Jeno about Renjun and Yangyang too.

The club they go to is a bit farther away, right in the heart of the city. Easily as they’ve already drunk a bit, they chat each other up more on the ride there, but it’s mostly Jaemin asking about the different sights he sees outside his window.

Jaemin feels like he’s a freshman in university again when they enter the nightclub. It’s dark, and there are laser lights, and the combined smell of alcohol and cigarettes lingers in the air. Mostly though, it’s because he feels a bit nervous as they move through the sea of people, before finally making it to an empty table with a spacious couch for seats.

They order their first round of drinks (and Jaemin is so damn thankful that his boss speaks nearly every fucking language in the world), then their second, then their third, then Jaemin doesn’t know how many they’ve gone for anymore. All he knows is his cheeks and facial muscles hurt from laughing, and his face is bright red from the tequila shots, and mojitos, and long island iced teas. He’s sure he’ll hate himself tomorrow for his decisions, but something about the way Jeno laughs with him and listens to him and seems genuinely interested in every nonsensical sentence that comes out of his mouth, makes him feel like nothing could go wrong.

Well, he hopes that’s really what the CEO is doing and he’s not just imagining it all.

To be honest, (and he truly is being completely, one hundred and one percent honest here), he’s not that drunk. His tolerance isn’t that bad actually, probably built up from both experiences at college parties and after-work weekends at home. That and the fact that Jeno is constantly reminding him to drink water in between and have frequent bathroom breaks.

Though, he does like the feeling that he’s intoxicated. That he has an excuse to be carefree, to be as loud and shameless as he wants to be, to let his boss give him a chaste kiss on his cheek or neck from time to time (and very much enjoy it).

So when one of his favorite upbeat songs comes on, he also lets the alcohol take the reigns.

He finishes his current drink, stands up from his seat, then wipes his mouth with the back of his hand roughly. Jeno looks up at him curiously, amusedly.

“I wanna dance,” is all Jaemin says as he gazes at the crowd of people not too far from them, all of them feeling the music and jumping to the beat. He hears Jeno’s low hum, “No one’s stopping you.” When he looks down at him, he has a smirk on his face, behind the rim of the glass he’s drinking from. His eyes are hungry, Jaemin can tell.

Perfect, he thinks.

He makes his way to the dance floor, all while Jeno just watches from their table. Once he’s there in the crowd, he dances to his heart’s content, closing his eyes and singing the lines he knows, a big grin stretching across his blushed face. He doesn’t care about the people around him, or how weird he may look, or how bad of a dancer he might be. He just cares about how he feels at this moment, the adrenaline running through his entire body, the burst of happiness and excitement in him, the feeling of being young and worry-free, at least for just this moment.

And when he opens his eyes and looks back, he sees that Jeno is just watching with a smile on his face. He signals him to come join and dance with him, but the CEO shakes his head, mouthing a, “I’m good.”

Jaemin is about to walk toward Jeno and try to convince him further (more like drag him to the dance floor), when he feels a presence behind him. He quickly turns around then, meeting the gaze of a handsome Italian man. He seems younger than Jaemin, though probably not by a lot.

“Hi,” the man says in English, the both of them dancing to the music lightly.

Jaemin smiles at him kindly. “Hi,” he returns.

“You’re not from here, yes?” the man asks, moving closer to him slightly. 

The secretary nods, still dancing a bit and definitely still enjoying himself. “I am from Korea.”

Their conversation continues, but what they’re unaware of, is the pair of eyes steadily watching them from across the room. 

Jeno’s expression hardened the moment he saw someone approach his secretary. He didn’t mean to, but when he saw them getting a bit closer, he put down his glass with a bit of a loud clank on the table. And when he sees the man putting his hands on Jaemin’s waist, his own hands ball into fists.

He stands up, and without another thought, walks towards them.

The younger doesn’t look like he cares when the Italian whispers something in his ear, doesn’t seem like he understands the man’s motive when his hands don't move away from his body. Jeno doesn’t know if maybe he’s just too intoxicated, or too naive to notice it.

Either way, his footsteps don’t stop, not until he’s in front of the two.

“Oh, hey, Jeno!” Jaemin exclaims, placing his hand on his shoulder lightly. “When did you get here?”

Before Jeno can reply, the Italian man speaks. “Who is this, my pretty boy?”

Jeno’s eyes sharpen at the words, at the flirtatious tone.

“This handsome man is my boss,” Jaemin giggles, patting the older’s shoulder. Jeno narrows his gaze when the man chuckles. “Your boss? Why are you in a club with your boss?”

“That’s none of your business,” Mister Lee answers immediately in Italian. He moves closer to Jaemin then, sneaking a hand on his waist. The Italian man doesn’t miss it, scoffing.

“What do you know? You’re not his boyfriend,” he replies in his home tongue, before turning to Jaemin and continuing in English. “Is this your boyfriend, pretty boy?”

Jeno opens his mouth to reply, a string of rebuttals and threatening words ready to come out of him, when Jaemin giggles and shakes his head.

“No, he’s not my boyfriend. But, he is my date for today,” Jaemin says as he clings to him. “He brought me aaall the way here, bought me food and drinks, because I was alone for tonight. He’s such a good boss, isn’t he?”

At that, Jeno softens. He looks at the younger, who’s already looking at him with a moony smile.

“Oh, sugar. Wanna go home?”

Jaemin giggles, then he nods mindlessly.

“Okay, Sir.”

So together, they make their way back to the van, all with Jeno’s arm around the younger’s waist, and Jaemin clinging to his side. Even when they enter the van, Jaemin sits close to the CEO, who tells him to lay his head on his shoulder, saying a low, “You should close your eyes for  a bit.” 

So, he does.

This time, he’s really drunk. Not off of the alcohol, no definitely not because of the alcohol. He’s way too aware of his surroundings, way too aware of the warm breath on his hair, of the broad torso he leans on, of the old love song that plays on the radio. Everything is so vivid and clear, almost too much.

They stay like that the entire ride back to the hotel, though Jaemin doesn’t fall asleep.

It’s only when they get out of the car that they separate. They walk the hallways quietly, a decent distance between them, eyes staring at the walls.

Jaemin’s room comes before Jeno’s, so they stop at his door. Jaemin looks at his watch. It’s 11:30 pm.

“Are you feeling okay?” He looks up at that, at Jeno’s concerned expression.

And then, he says fuck it.

He steps forward and clashes their lips together, finally getting what he’s been wanting the moment they got to the club. He forgets that they’re in the hallway (which is thankfully empty due to the late hours), as Jaemin lets himself be trapped against the wall, kisses being planted onto his neck and jaw.

“My room?” Jeno asks breathlessly, leaning their foreheads together.

Jaemin nods, kissing him just one more time. “You go in first. I-I’ll just clean up real quick.”

The CEO exhales an, “Okay,” before moving away completely. “I’ll wait for you in the bedroom, alright?”

The younger nods, then watches his figure become smaller and smaller as Mister Lee walks to his room. Jaemin enters his own then, immediately stripping himself of his clothes to freshen up a bit. He feels all sticky and disgusting from all the dancing (seems he regrets his decision-making earlier than he thought he would), so he opts for a quick body shower.

He puts on one of the panties Jeno gave him, and also wraps himself in a new robe. Room service must’ve restocked his pile.

When he looks at himself in the mirror one last time, he catches sight of the black box he had brought on the trip. Jeno’s gift.

As he goes to Jeno’s room, the black box is in his hands. He uses the same spare key card he was given to enter, then immediately goes to the bedroom, heart drumming in his chest.

He knocks thrice on the door, the same way he does in the office, before finally going in. The first thing he sees is Jeno sitting on the front center of his bed, still in his clothes from earlier, though a few of his buttons are undone and his shirt sleeves are already pushed up, exposing his forearms. He looks like a king, like always.

When Mister Lee catches sight of him, a smirk curves up his lips. He opens his legs a little and then taps on his thigh, inviting his secretary in.

Wordlessly, Jaemin follows, standing in between his legs. Jeno takes the box from his hands and puts it down next to him, before returning his attention to his sugar. Teasingly, he pulls on the string of his robe ever so slowly, while Jaemin squeezes his shoulders a bit, a sign of his impatience.

When the robe is finally opened, Jaemin takes it upon himself to shrug it off his shoulders, letting the fabric fall completely to the ground, so he’s just left in his baby pink lace underwear. He looks down at Jeno as he smooths his hands over his legs, moving up from the sides of his calves, to his thighs, to his hips, until he rests them on the concaves of his waist.

“Turn around for me, sugar.”

Jaemin obeys, and he involuntarily lets out a gasp when he spots the full-length mirror on the other end of the room, facing them directly. His knees tremble slightly as he looks at the way Jeno squeezes his waist, at the way he kisses his hips, over his panties. The CEO makes eye contact with him through the mirror.

He lets Jeno gently guide the both of them backward, and also pull him in a bit so he sits down on the bed, right between his legs, back against the CEO’s chest.

“Spread your legs,” Jeno commands as he reaches for the black box his secretary brought. 

Jaemin feels his cock throb at the words. He opens his legs slowly, feeling his cheeks heat up when he sees how much of a slut he looks through the mirror.

“Wider, baby,” Jeno says as he turns back to him, placing a kiss on the juncture between his neck and shoulder. “Bend your knees up, feet on the bed, and lean back on me. Let me see all of you.”

Jaemin gulps. Fuck, he’s so hot.

Carefully, he follows his every instruction, planting his feet on either side of Jeno’s thighs. When he sees his own reflection, he quickly looks away, embarrassed. Luckily, Mister Lee distracts him further by gently turning his face to the side with his hand, enough so he can meet his eyes for a moment and kiss him wetly.

While Jeno works his mouth open, both of his hands trail down Jaemin’s torso, exploring his body and feeling him up to his heart’s content. When his fingers find his nipples, he circles over them, flicks them every now and then, and even pinches them slightly, until they become hard and stiff.

After playing with his pretty chest, one of his hands begins moving further and further down, until it reaches his panties, cock already hardening within them. Jeno palms over his crotch, stroking his length over the lace, causing Jaemin to whine into his mouth.

Jaemin is beginning to grow restless and impatient as the CEO keeps teasing him. He moves around on his lap and pulls on his hair gently, silently trying to tell him to get to it already. As a result, Jeno chuckles against his lips. He pecks his lips once, twice, before pulling away and whispering into his secretary’s ear, “Let’s take these off, hm?”

The younger sees that his boss is looking into the mirror, so his gaze falls on their reflection as well, at the fingers that stay on the waistband of his panties, at the way Jeno kisses his shoulder whilst still making eye contact with him.

“Okay,” he whispers.

Jeno smiles then. He pulls off his underwear, the blonde helping him by raising his hips and closing his legs. The panties are thrown somewhere across the room, and then Jeno is guiding him open again, completely bare in front of the mirror. Jaemin looks away immediately when he sees himself, but freezes when he hears his boss’ tsk.

“Look at yourself, sugar,” he hums. 

Jaemin bites on his bottom lip. He takes a deep breath, then looks forward again.

“Good boy.”

Patiently, Jaemin waits and sees through the mirror the way the older takes a bottle of lube and squirts some of the liquid onto his fingers. Afterwards, he turns back to his secretary, lubed up hand immediately diving straight towards his opening.

They both watch their reflection. 

Jeno begins circling three of his fingers on Jaemin’s rim, coating it in the cool liquid and coaxing it to relax. And then, he sinks one of them all the way in.

The reaction from the younger is instant. A loud gasp, eyes closing.

The CEO begins moving his single digit in and out slowly, all while leaving soft, sloppy kisses on Jaemin’s neck and shoulders. 

As quickly as the first finger entered, a second joins, and then a third. Jeno pushes his three fingers together and thrusts them in and out of his secretary, relishing in the way he clenches whenever he hits his prostate. He builds his pace as time passes, gradually speeding up, until his hand is starting to hurt and the veins on his forearm are already showing through.

But he doesn’t care about how sore his hand is becoming, or how hard Jaemin’s walls are squeezing his digits, or how his dress shirt is sticking to his back from the heat and sweat. No, he only cares about the little whimpers that come out of Jaemin’s mouth, the way Jaemin’s toes curl and fingers dig into his scalp, the way Jaemin becomes more and more restless.

Tonight, he only cares about making Jaemin feel good. About letting him know that only Jeno can make him feel this way, only Jeno can pleasure him this well, only Jeno can give him the best .

Only Jeno.

So he moves his hand faster and faster, lewd squelching noises from the lube filling the room, along with Jaemin’s moans that are also getting louder as time passes.

“Look, baby,” Jeno says against his skin, causing the younger to open his eyes and look at his reflection. “Look at your pretty hole. Look how well you take my fingers, sugar,” Jeno practically growls as he fucks his fingers into him at an immense speed, so much so that Jaemin opens his legs wider, throws his head back, and moans loudly.

“D-Daddy, hng- I’m gonna cum,” he cries “Please, please, don’t stop, f-fuck!” 

Jeno smirks against his skin. He presses his lips against his neck, sucking pretty marks all over his skin. His free hand finds its way to Jaemin’s pretty cock, stroking it once, twice, thrice, and then the secretary is arching his back and cumming all over his hand and bed. Mister Lee helps him through it, continuously pumping his cock until the younger finishes.

He pulls his fingers out of Jaemin, the younger laying on his chest, catching his breath with eyes closed. He rewards him by giving him a few kisses on his jaw and cheek.

But, Jeno isn’t done. He’s far from done. And Jaemin knows this.

Mister Lee reaches for the dildo he had gifted his secretary. He coats it in both the lube from his fingers and Jaemin’s cum, creating a sticky, slippery mess. He returns his gaze to the mirror, appreciating for a moment the way the blonde already looks so debauched from just a single orgasm, before lining the rubber cock up to his fluttering hole.

“You ready, sugar?” he asks as he rubs the tip on his entrance lightly.

Jaemin takes a deep breath again. He nods. “Yes, daddy.”

Jeno feels his own cock stir in his pants the moment Jaemin’s lips fall open in a soundless moan, his head falling back onto his shoulder as he pushes the dildo into his tight hole. He can feel how smooth and slick the slide is because of the lube and Jaemin’s cum, making him feel even more aroused as he imagines it’s his cock he’s driving in and out of the younger.

He watches closely through the mirror as Jaemin’s hole stretches and accommodates the dildo, sucking it in tightly and taking all of it, all the way in. The secretary shivers in his arms when he decides to use his free hand to play with his nipples, twisting and pinching them lightly.

“Fuck,” he whispers, feeling his cock spurt precum in his underwear.

Just like he did with his fingers, he starts gradually picking up his pace, thrusting the toy in and out of Jaemin with much fervor, even twisting it as he pushes it in. Quickly, the younger’s cock becomes rock-hard again, standing tall on his abdomen and releasing little drops of precum every now and then. He’s moaning freely at this point, forgetting to hold back as Jeno drills the dildo into him.

And Jeno almost moans too. Every sound Jaemin makes, every jump of his pretty cock, every broken breath against his neck, they all go straight to the CEO’s dick, already ready to burst at any moment even without any direct contact. He fastens his thrusts, and directs them straight to the younger’s prostate. From the sheer speed and force, the bed begins moving a bit too.

It isn’t long before the secretary is releasing loud cries, eyes rolled to the back of his head as he begs for his release.

“I’m close again,” he whimpers, high-pitched moans and gasps coming out in between his words. “I-I’m so close, daddy, please. Can I c-cum, please?”

Jeno kisses behind his ear, looking straight at Jaemin’s face through the mirror as he says, “Cum for me, sugar.”

One more thrust to his prostate has Jaemin cumming again, painting white stripes on his own abdomen, convulsing against the CEO as he cries out. Jeno again works him through it, moving his hand slowly and kissing his neck until he completes his orgasm.

As Jaemin comes down from his high, the older pulls the toy out of him gently. He lets Jaemin close his legs, and sit down properly for a bit as he puts away the dildo and the rest of the box. When he comes back to bed, his hands are already clean, and all of his clothes have been discarded. The younger’s eyes seem to sparkle when he finally sees the CEO’s naked body.

Jaemin is just sitting on the edge of the bed, waiting and watching as Mister Lee approaches him. Jeno stops right in front of him, tilting his face up with a few fingers. The older just stares at him for a few seconds, at his blushed cheeks and long eyelashes and glossed lips.

Then, he leans down and kisses him. His tongue instantly licks into Jaemin’s mouth, the younger obediently opening up and allowing Jeno to taste all of him. The CEO groans when he feels a cold hand suddenly wrap around his cock, pumping him slowly and spreading his precum.

“Enough,” Jeno says as he moves away. “Get on all fours, and face the mirror.”

The younger complies easily, already getting in position despite the slight wobble of his legs. Jeno also makes his way around the bed, so that he can settle right behind Jaemin.

The moment he gets within reach of his ass, Jeno gives it a squeeze, before landing a hard slap. He hums satisfied as he caresses over the red handprint he had left. And when Jaemin pushes his ass out onto his hand, Jeno can’t help but smile.

“More?” he asks, gazing into his secretary’s eyes through the mirror.

Jaemin flushes red and looks away, but he nods at the same time he whispers, “Please.”

Jeno raises his hand again, then lands a second slap onto the same cheek. Then, a third on the opposite. Then a fourth, a fifth, and a sixth, then he’s pulling his globes apart, squeezing them in his hands as he stares at his pretty hole, all stretched out and ready for him.

He whispers a curse to himself, unable to hold back anymore. He spits on his own hand to slick up his cock, which Jaemin finds a bit of a surprise as he thought Jeno would ask him to suck him off like usual. He’s not complaining though, because the sight of Mister Lee stroking his big cock as he makes eye contact with him through their reflection has him feeling so hot, his hole clenching and unclenching in anticipation.

Finally, Jeno uses one hand to hold his waist, while the other begins to slip his cock into Jaemin’s wet hole. The slide is way too easy, and it has the older thrusting all the way in within just a few seconds, buried to the hilt as he struggles to contain his heavy breaths and moans.

“Fuck,” he groans. “God, you feel so fucking good.” He brings one of his hands to trace over the younger’s spine, humming when he arches his back under his touch.

“Move already, p-please,” Jaemin whines, head hung low.

Jeno chuckles softly. “Always impatient, are we?”

He places both his hands on Jaemin’s waist, pulling back slowly, before thrusting back in harshly. This time, he immediately sets a quick pace, snapping his hips forward roughly. With every thrust, he makes sure to aim for the younger’s prostate, and with every moan that comes out of Jaemin’s mouth, he thrusts harder and faster, fueled with motivation to yet again make his secretary cum.

But he doesn’t just want to make the secretary cum. He wants to make him cry in pleasure, to hunger and yearn for more, to remember the shape of his cock for days, to moan and scream his name, begging for him, only him.

And Jaemin is doing exactly that. He’s moaning lewdly, sobbing out as he also pushes himself back on the CEO’s cock. His head is hanging between his shoulders, and fuck, Jeno wants to see his face. 

He leans forward, draping himself over his bare back and planting his palm right next to Jaemin’s. He kisses his shoulder, then says lowly by his ear, “Look at yourself.”

Jaemin obeys without a word.

And when Jeno finally sees his face, his thrusts only become faster. He can’t help but stare at Jaemin’s angel-like face – eyelids painted with light glitter, cheeks flushed a bright pink, lips swollen from all the kissing, thick dark brows furrowed in pleasure, and beautiful round eyes that stare right into his.

He buries his face into Jaemin’s neck, fucking him hard continuously despite how difficult it is in this position. He kisses up to the younger’s jaw and cheek, this time gazing at his face from up close.

“Gonna cum?” he asks teasingly, to which the younger nods vigorously. He smiles against his skin then, leaving just one last kiss on his temple, before rising back up to his position earlier. “Cum for me, baby,” he groans as he fucks Jaemin harshly, feeling himself nearing his end as well.

Sweat trickles down his body, all his muscles harden up and burn, and yet his focus is on the way Jaemin arches his back further, the way he shakes as his orgasm finally hits him, the way his eyes close and a tear trickles down his face. The secretary doesn’t even say anything anymore as he cums, too tired and spent.

It takes just a few more thrusts before Jeno is releasing copious amounts of cum deep inside him, groaning loudly as he squeezes his ass cheeks.

Jeno urges himself not to get hard again when he pulls out and sees his release leak out of the younger’s hole as Jaemin pushes it out of himself on purpose. With that, he steps out of bed to clean his secretary up, as he’s definitely fucked all the energy out of him this time.

When he comes back with a hand towel soaked in warm water, accurate to his assumption, Jaemin is laying face down on the mattress, completely limbless. At least he managed to turn around and get his head on the pillow.

Jeno approaches him on his side, seeing his closed eyes and parted lips as he inhales and exhales, probably still catching his breath.

Quietly, the CEO begins cleaning him up, pausing every so often when the younger winces in sensitivity. He makes sure to get every last drop on his abdomen and in his ass, before washing the cloth again in the bathroom. 

When he comes back to bed, he sees that Jaemin is already curled on his side, sleeping soundly and even snoring a bit.

Jeno smiles. He crawls on the bed, approaching his secretary, before tapping on his shoulder.

“Jaemin,” he calls. But he stops at that when the younger suddenly turns around and reaches for his arm, clinging to it and embracing it as he gets in a more comfortable position. Then, he’s back to snoring.

Jeno chuckles a bit. He decides to just lay down too, not that far from the younger. He carefully wriggles his arm out of Jaemin’s hold, quickly replacing it with one of the pillows on his bed. He smiles as his sleeping secretary takes it and hugs it tightly, squishing it with his arms and legs.

“Oh, sugar,” he hums.

He comes closer just to comb back some of Jaemin’s bangs out of his face, still smiling when the younger seems to sleep more comfortably then. He leans in just to give one last kiss on his forehead, before moving away and laying an arms-length away from him.

“Good night, Jaemin-ah.”

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

When Jaemin wakes up the next day, it’s to a sore asshole and weak limbs (as usual). He sits up using all of his energy, yawning and rubbing at his eyes. 

Confusion fills him when he notices this isn’t his room. Suddenly memories of last night flash before his eyes – the dinner, the nightclub, the dildo, the mirror, and holy shit, right. He slept in Mister Lee’s room. He remembers every single detail of last night so clearly, too clearly, and his cheeks flush when he realizes Jeno probably heard him snore.

“Wait … so that means we slept next to each other?”

And then he notices the sun is already up, and he can’t think of that question further.

“Shit!” he curses, scrambling for his phone to check the time as he remembers he supposedly has an early morning meeting. 

Right, he didn’t bring his phone last night.

He nearly slaps himself in annoyance and is genuinely about to lose his mind, because what if he’s late to the meeting? Why didn’t Mister Lee wake him up? No, why would Mister Lee wake him up, he’s his boss for fuck’s sake! He’s supposed to be the one waking him up if anything!

He quickly gets out of bed, already thinking about how he’s going to explain himself, when he sees a glass of water and a sheet of painkillers on the nightstand. Next to it is the hotel notepad, something scribbled on it in handwriting he knows too well.

Jaemin, 

Good morning. I hope you slept well. You were really tired last night, so I let you sleep here. Don’t worry, I didn’t see anything embarrassing, if you’re worried about that.

As for the morning meeting today, I’ll take care of it. Take your time, the rest of the day is free anyways.

I thought about texting you this message, but last night you mentioned something about how notifications from work make you anxious, so I decided to write you a note instead. Hope this is a little more relieving, than anxiety-triggering.

Drink the medicine, and let me know when you’re awake.

Jeno

P.S. You’re a great dancer, and you snore cutely :)

Jaemin’s ears gradually turn red as he reads more and more of the note. He groans in utter embarrassment, already hearing the CEO’s teasing chuckle. He can’t believe he told his own boss that his messages give him anxiety. How many drinks in was he then!?

Plus, now he badly wants to see Jeno dance so he can tease him too.

“Ugh, who am I kidding, he probably dances really well,” Jaemin huffs as he gets out of bed and thankfully easily finds his robe. He angrily wraps it around himself, murmuring, “he’s good at everything, it’s so fucking annoying.”

And then he catches sight of his reflection. Just seeing the mirror makes him feel hot as he’s reminded of last night, but what really makes his eyes widen are the marks on his neck. He didn’t even realize Jeno left this many, all of them already starting to turn purple.

After drinking one of the painkillers on the nightstand, Jaemin leaves the penthouse suite, bringing with him his black box. 

As he walks down the hall back to his own room, he’s already thinking of ways to either (1) get Jeno to dance while he’s drunk, (2) hear him snore or maybe see him drool, or (3) just catch him doing anything remotely embarrassing like picking his nose or farting or sneezing (scratch that, he probably has a normal, million-dollar-company-CEO-sounding sneeze), when he freezes completely in his steps, spotting his best friend standing by his door.

“Renjun,” he breathes out. 

The older secretary seemed to have a smile on his face initially, but it slowly fades away as he takes in the blonde’s state.

“Jaemin, where did you …”

Jaemin’s entire body goes rigid.

Oh no.

“Did you just come out of CEO Lee’s room?”

Chapter Text

“Did you just come out of CEO Lee’s room?”

Jaemin feels sweat drip down his back as his best friend’s gaze runs all over his body. His surely disheveled hair, his puffy face and red eyes, the pinkish purple marks on his neck, the bathrobe he’s wearing, and the black box in his hands.

He swallows. “L-Let me explain.”

Renjun crosses his arms on his chest. “Yeah, you better explain.”

So, they entire Jaemin’s room in complete silence. The younger puts down the box he’s holding in the corner of the room, trying not to make a big deal out of it as it’d surely be a horror if the older secretary saw its contents.

They sit on the edge of his bed.

“Fuck,” Jaemin can’t help but say, sighing. He runs a hand through his blonde hair. Where do I even start?

“Hey,” Renjun calls, meeting his eyes. “I won’t judge you or stop being friends with you, whatever it is, okay? It’s just me, so don’t worry.”

“Okay. Don’t tell anyone, alright? Not a single word, or hint, or any fucking thing.”

The Chinese boy nods.

The younger takes a deep breath.

“Mister Lee is basically my uhm … he’s … he’s the guy I’m friends with benefits with.”

“What the actual fuck,” he hears Renjun exclaim. 

Jaemin closes his eyes for a moment, before turning to the other secretary.

“It’s totally chill, okay? We talked about this some months ago, and it’s been going really great! Jeno is really nice, and like I said, we’re really sexually compatible.”

Renjun sighs, unbelieving. “Jaemin, you know how dangerous this is, right? He’s your boss!”

“I know, I know, alright!” the blonde replies exasperatedly. “I-It just works, I swear it does, trust me. I-I like this setup we have right now,” he says genuinely, looking into the older’s eyes.

Renjun seems to process the information for a few seconds, before rolling his eyes.

“Fine, I get it,” he huffs, to which Jaemin exhales in relief.

Except, Renjun’s not done.

“So why didn’t you tell me?”

“Okay, look,” Jaemin sighs. “There are these rules we made. Rule #1: No touching ourselves without permission from the other. Rule #2: Don’t tell anyone else about it. Rule #3: Nothing changes in work. S-See? We even set rules, so it’s all good, really.”

He watches his best friend think for a bit, then nod, at least looking a bit more convinced this time.

“Alright,” Renjun says, giving in. “But seriously, be careful, Jaem. I don’t know much about these kinds of relationships, but I’m not dumb. This could get … messy. You need to be cautious, okay? Be extra aware of your own place and his too. Remember, at the end of the day, he’s your boss, and you’re his secretary. If you break those rules and mess that up, it’ll be much more difficult than you think.”

Jaemin feels his heart thump in his chest at the words for reasons he can’t quite pinpoint. He looks into his friend’s eyes and nods.

“Okay,” he promises. “I’ll be careful, okay?”

Renjun gives him a small smile. Jaemin returns it, but fear that he made the wrong decision grows within him when Renjun’s smile turns into an evil smirk.

“You kinky little bitch, you’ve been fucking around in the office, haven’t you!?”

The younger groans, face in his hands. “Shut up, please.”

Luckily, Renjun stops tormenting him about the topic not too long later as he has some other ‘personal duties’ to attend to, namely a guy called Liu Yangyang, who is apparently now his boyfriend. He didn’t need to tell Jaemin what exactly happened between them last night; the whole sight of the two making heart eyes at each other at the lunch buffet was enough for him to know. Though of course, Renjun couldn’t really spare him either from the details of his and his new lover’s intense conversing and– other activities they did last night.

Jaemin is so glad the food is too good to vomit.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

It’s the afternoon when Jaemin finally decides to go swimming in the beach. The sun is still high up in the sky, so the weather is perfect for a dive in the cool waters.

As he places his things on one of the hotel’s beach beds, he suddenly feels a bit shy when he realizes there are quite some people swimming too. Next time, he’ll probably go early in the morning.

Once he’s finally in the sea, he just relaxes and enjoys himself, basking in the sun and marveling at the clear blue waters. He chooses to stay in the slightly deeper part, a little farther from the other people swimming.

It isn’t until he’s been in the water for quite some time that he spots a familiar figure from afar, standing next to the beach bed he had put his things on.

Dressed in a white loose button-down, gold-rimmed sunglasses, and navy blue trunks, is none other than CEO Lee. Jaemin smiles a bit to himself as he acknowledges that his boss did not go for speedos today.

Jeno smiles a bit too when he sees him, taking off his sunglasses. He points at Jaemin’s things, mouthing a, “Is this yours?” 

The secretary nods, putting a thumbs up above the water.

And shame be damned as Jaemin bites down on his bottom lip and watches his boss take off his shirt, revealing his muscled body that glistens under the sun. Sure, he himself has a great body too, but Jeno is just on a whole ‘nother level. His smile grows as the older swims towards him, quiet but swift.

When they’re finally at a close distance, Jeno stops and takes a breath. “Hey, sugar.”

“It’s still work hours,” the secretary teases, making the both of them giggle as they come closer to each other.

Jaemin is caught by surprise when the CEO finds his waist under the water and leans in to kiss him without hesitation.

“W-What are you doing?” he asks, palm to Jeno’s chest. 

His boss’ eyes are still focused on his lips. His voice is low when he asks, “What do you mean?”

“Someone could see us,” he says softly, looking to the families swimming not too far.

“Then let them see,” Jeno whispers, leaning in again.

“B-But Renjun and your cousin, they might be-”

“I know you told him.”

Jaemin’s eyes widen, the both of them pulling away a little. Before he can even try to explain himself, Jeno continues, “I saw the both of you earlier when you came from my room. It was too obvious with the look on your faces at breakfast too”

No point in lying now , Jaemin thinks, sighing.

“I’m sorry.”

“It’s okay,” Mister Lee says easily. “I told Donghyuck too.”

“W-What?” Jaemin can’t help but blurt out. He panics for a moment, but by how relaxed Jeno seems, he can tell it probably won’t have much bearing.

“Don’t worry, he doesn’t really care,” Jeno replies, instantly taking away his anxiety. “I just needed to tell him, it’s really difficult sneaking you in and out of my room, y’know?” he says teasingly, squeezing his ass under the water.

Jaemin rolls his eyes, before chuckling and shaking his head. 

A few seconds later, he feels fingers guiding his face upward, so he’s looking directly into Jeno’s eyes. Then, the CEO is caressing his cheek gently.

“I’m sorry too. I hope you’re not upset with me.”

Jaemin feels his skin warm where Jeno touches. He then smiles, shaking his head. “It’s alright. We’re even now,” he giggles, finally letting his own hands come up and rest on the older’s shoulders.

“Great, so can I kiss you?”

Jaemin wants to say yes, but then he’s distracted when he hears the chatter and laughter of other people swimming. Jeno is quick to follow his gaze, and understand his dilemma.

They’re both introverts after all.

“Do you know how to swim?”

Jaemin nods. 

“I know somewhere a bit quiter, but it’s a little far,” Mister Lee explains. “Are you up for it?”

The secretary thinks about it for a moment, before nodding with a smile. “Sure.”

So, they swim around to a different side of the beach for a while, Jaemin following Jeno’s lead. The current isn’t that strong, and the water isn’t that deep either since they’re not straying too far from land, so it’s not a difficult nor dangerous swim.

After a few tiring yet fulfilling minutes of passing through some rock formations and cliffsides, they make it to a beautiful cave-like structure, which has its own shore they can rest on, and shade from the sun too. Jaemin looks around in complete awe, never having thought he’d see a place like this for himself, and not just through a website on his desktop.

They sit down on the sand, both breathless with big smiles on their faces as they push back their wet hair.

“Wow,” Jaemin exhales, his voice echoing as he looks around him. The place seems so unreal, the tallest part of the cave being as high as a small building, and the sound of waves washing in gently a few meters from their feet resonating within its walls. And best of all, they’re the only ones here.

“Beautiful, isn’t it?”

The secretary nods, chuckling lightly. “How did you find a place like this?”

Jeno smiles as he rests his forearms on his knees. As Jaemin looks at him, he thinks that his side profile is absolutely god-like, almost perfect with all the pretty straight lines and chiseled features. He’s always thought Jeno looks like a sculpture.

“I didn’t mean to find it, of course,” the CEO says. “My family and I went on a trip here when I was much younger, maybe I was in high school. I was snorkeling around the area and sort of got carried away, literally by the waves and also figuratively by the sea creatures I was seeing. Then, I just stumbled upon this place, all grand and beautiful. Now, I always come here whenever I visit.”

Jaemin nods in amazement, his mouth forming an ‘o’ shape.

“That’s so cool,” the secretary can’t help but honestly say. Softly, he adds, “You must be really close with your family.”

He watches as his boss nods. “I’d like to think so. It’s just me and my dad now, but we’ve always been very close as a family. And I know company heirs in all those dramas have horrible people as their parents, but for me personally, that’s not the case. Sure, they set me up in an arranged marriage, but really, it wasn’t a big deal for me. I wasn’t seeing anyone for quite some time, and all I wanted was the best for our company too, just like my parents. I freely agreed to it, and they never really forced me into anything either. My parents also had me pretty late into their years, since mom had a hard time trying to get pregnant. I knew that they just didn’t want the same thing to happen to me too, for me to go through that kind of struggle and mental anxiety as well. That’s also why I became CEO at 25, and my dad has obviously been retired for a few years now.”

Jaemin listens to every word closely, as if Jeno’s life was indeed the stereotypical drama. Though his heart warms knowing that it wasn’t similar to one at all.

“That’s so nice to hear, Jeno,” he smiles, truth in his words and gaze. The older returns it, and they just watch the waves and the water for a while.

A minute later, Jeno turns to him. “What about you? How’s your relationship with your family, if I may ask?”

This time, the younger’s smile is forced.

“Ah,” he laughs lightly. “My family. Hm.”

“You don’t have to tell me, if you’re not comfortable.”

“No, no, it’s okay,” Jaemin assures. He adjusts the way he’s sitting, crossing his legs as his fingers mindlessly trace at the sand.

“I grew up in an orphanage,” he says, straight to the point. The sound of the waves almost drowns out his voice. He hadn’t told anyone this in a while, not even Renjun. In fact, when he really thinks of it – who has he even told?

“I-I don’t really have a family, so that time I told you that my family is in the countryside and that we talk from time to time … that was all a lie. I made it up, and it’s the usual response I give to people I just met, and who I think won’t ask further about it anyway. Spares me all the extra questions about growing up by myself,” he shrugs, chuckling sadly. “So that’s what I told you back then, ‘cause I-I never really thought we’d become this … y’know uhm- close, I guess,” he says sheepishly before he bites on his lip, mindful of his words and trying not to be of Jeno’s expression.

“I-I know I should’ve been honest with you since you’re my boss and all that, but I was too scared that you’d think I didn’t know anything since I grew up on my own, or that I wasn’t capable enough for this job. I’m sorry you’re finding out about it now and in this way …”

After letting it all out, Jaemin sighs. Somehow it feels good to finally tell someone about it, but he also feels nervous about what Jeno would think. Would he fire him for lying? Would he call off their set-up because he doesn’t know his background? Would he get angry and leave him there?

When a hand comes over his own, Jaemin looks up in confusion, watching as the older looks out at the sea. His eyes widen when Jeno carefully brings his hand up to his face, leaving a kiss on his knuckles, before putting it down again. The younger gulps.

“You’ve been hurt so much,” the CEO says, turning to him. “I’ve always wondered why you’re so mature and put-together for such a young man that just graduated a few years ago. Now I know that you had to go through an extremely difficult time just to get here.”

“I’m so sorry you had to go through that, Jaemin. I wish I had met you earlier.”

Jeno speaks so genuinely, too genuinely for Jaemin’s mind and heart and stomach as they twist and turn inside of him in an uncontrollable, unbalanced, uncertain kind of way. Does he mean it? Jaemin wants him to mean it. Maybe it’s normal to feel this way after telling someone his story. Is it? It probably is because suddenly Jeno smiles softly at him and it makes him feel at peace. Makes him want to tell the older everything, from his childhood dreams to his everyday routine to his favorite planet in the solar system.

The younger smiles back at him subconsciously. “I-It’s okay,” he replies gently. “Thanks for understanding and just … for listening.”

A few more minutes later filled with much lighter conversations and some laughter, they decide to get back into the water, but just within their cave of quiet and privacy. Jeno points at fish whenever he sees them, and tells stories of things he’d do here as a young boy.

“Have you ever brought anyone else here?”

Jeno shakes his head. “Just you.”

Jaemin notices how the older’s gaze moves down to his lips, probably wet and pink, maybe even still a little swollen from last night.

“C’mere,” Mister Lee breathes out, reaching for his waist under the water. He pulls him closer, and the secretary connects his arms around his neck.

Right, Jeno had brought him here for a reason.

He feels the older place his hands under his thighs, guiding his legs to wrap around his waist. Their lips meet at the same time that their bodies do. Jaemin feels their torsos pressing together, ties their limbs all around each other, and tastes the saltwater on Jeno’s lips.

To Jeno, Jaemin still tastes as sweet as white sugar. Delicious, and everything he’s ever wanted, despite its rough edges and simple taste.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

The next few days become more work-related, with meetings here and there, invites to parties and events, and trips to different tourist spots with the guidance of the clients. Most of the time, Jaemin finds himself still semi-stressed from the work, but he doesn’t mind at all since it’s outweighed by the sights he finds himself in and the relaxing setting of being by the beach. Not to mention the royalty treatment they receive from not just the hotel staff, but also their clients.

The days are long, as the sun sets at later hours here. But whatever the case, he almost always finds himself in Jeno’s suite by nightfall, one way or another. Sometimes, it’s for work. Most of the time, he’s pinned down on his bed, bent over his couch, or spread out on the dining table. Even the piano hasn’t been saved from their almost-daily-fucking. Luckily, no one (besides poor Renjun) has seen how he limps back to his room in the wee hours of the morning every single time.

Today, it’s a little over a week since they arrived on the island. They’re invited to lunch on a yacht, where they also talk with some friends of their clients, who they were referred to.

Jaemin is mostly hanging out with Renjun (and naturally, Yangyang, who the Lee’s let tag along with no issues; apparently Yangyang had already made amends with the COO regarding his surprise trip before coming), in the open area of the yacht, taking pictures of each other and looking out at the beautiful ocean, whilst Jeno and Donghyuck are in the shaded slightly indoor area of the boat, chatting with the possible clients-to-be.

Unbeknownst to the blonde is the pair of eyes that glance at him from time to time, at him and the way the sun hits his skin, the way his eyes squint from the brightness, the way a pretty smile makes its way to his face as he feels the wind in his face.

Sometimes, Jaemin looks back at the CEO too, just checking if he needs anything. He gives him a smile when their eyes meet, and Jeno gives him one too. Renjun notices all too easily, but doesn’t speak a word about it.

Laughter erupts every now and then from where the Lee cousins are sitting and conversing with the Italians. Donghyuck is much more skilled in entertaining guests and clients alike, so Jeno lets him do most of the talking, while he just pitches in whenever he needs to.

So when he spots Jaemin sitting alone at the far tail-end of the boat, he doesn’t hesitate to excuse himself from the table. They’d been talking for hours anyway, and both Donghyuck and Renjun already know about the CEO and secretary’s set-up. Now, does their set-up involve leaving a meeting to have a little chat? He’s not too sure, but his feet are walking faster than his mind is thinking.

He approaches his secretary, standing next to him.

“Are you alright?” he asks, taking off his sunglasses as he glances down at the younger.

“Mhm,” Jaemin nods. “You?”

“I’m okay.” Jeno sits down too, with not much space between them. The boat isn’t moving anymore at this point, so their legs are dangling by the water calmly. The waves are calm as well, and the weather is good.

“Beautiful, isn’t it?”

The secretary sighs, “Very.” Jaemin brings his knees to himself, laying his head on top. “Why’d you leave?” he asks, nudging back towards where the CEO came from.

“Just wanted some quiet,” Mister Lee reasons. “Donghyuck can handle them anyway.”

“I see,” Jaemin replies. The wind brushes his blonde hair back beautifully.

“No agenda for tonight, right?”

“No, sir. Nothing after this yacht lunch, as far as I know.”

“Do you have any plans for tonight?”

Jaemin lifts his head and meets his eyes at that. “No, sir,” he replies.

Jeno smiles at him. “Me neither, so could you accompany me for dinner? Donghyuck has his own plans again, and I’m sure his secretary does too. One of my friends here is a chef, and he told me to come visit his restaurant. I’d like you to come with me if you’re free.”

Jaemin nods and smiles too. “Okay, sir.”

“I’ll come by your room then,” Jeno says, and before the secretary can say he could just come by the CEO’s, Donghyuck’s voice is breaking through their conversation.

“Jeno-ya! Come here, they’ve got something to ask!”

Jeno sighs, putting his sunglasses back on.

“Wear something nice, hm?” he says with a smirk, before standing up and leaving.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

It’s 6 in the evening when Mister Lee finishes getting ready, dressed up in his summer designer clothes with hair styled handsomely. He rings his secretary’s doorbell, and he’s a little too late when he realizes that he didn’t tell Jaemin what time he had to be ready.

When the door opens, his eyes gaze over the younger’s outfit, looking so luxurious in his matching silk shirt and trousers. He wants to devour him right then and there, seeing the way Jaemin’s collarbones are exposed and adorned with a few chain necklaces. 

But as he thought, his secretary isn’t ready yet. He’s got a towel wrapped around his head, and an expression of shock on his face.

“I-I’m sorry,” the younger blurts out, obviously surprised. “Could you give me a few more minutes? You can wait inside, if you want.”

Jeno chuckles, nodding. “Sure. Take your time, it’s alright.”

As he enters the room, he looks around a bit, before choosing to sit on the side edge of the bed. From here, he can see Jaemin in the bathroom as he takes off the towel on his head, since the younger had left the bathroom door open.

For a few minutes, Jeno scrolls through his phone while Jaemin dries his hair with a blow dryer. Time passes quickly, and it’s when the younger turns the dryer off and the loud sound turns into dead silence that Mister Lee glances up and puts his phone away.

And then, he finds himself staring. At the way Jaemin combs his hair and puts it at a side part. At the way Jaemin applies a bit of glitter on his eyelids, the same he had noticed on him that night they went to the club. And when the younger glides on some chapstick, Jeno can’t help but want a taste. He stands up and walks over to him. 

Without a word, he takes the lip balm out of Jaemin’s delicate grasp, pulls him in by the waist, and kisses his soft, buttery lips. The secretary kisses him back without resistance, melting into his hold as his arms naturally make their way up to his neck. They make out languidly for a minute or two, until Jaemin feels big hands squeeze his ass through his pants. Their kissing becomes faster then, hands roaming all over each other and crumpling the fabric of their clothing.

“Quickie?” Jeno breathes out, their foreheads leaning against each other.

Jaemin smiles dazedly, but he shakes his head. “Dinner first, then you can have me all night.”

Mister Lee groans in frustration, but lets the younger wiggle out of his grasp and walk past him.

“Daddy has become more impatient than me,” Jaemin giggles teasingly as he makes his way to the main door.

Jeno scoffs in disbelief, left standing still in the bathroom as he shakes his head and chuckles. “You’ll regret saying that later, sugar!”

Dinner passes by all too quickly, and perhaps Jaemin may regret his words earlier than expected.

Or, maybe not. 

When the van drops them off at the hotel again, they’ve already had a few glasses of red wine during their meal, courtesy of Jeno’s dear friend, so it isn’t surprising that they’re a little giggly and loud. Jaemin thinks they’ll go straight to the older’s penthouse, so he’s caught by surprise when Mister Lee offers to walk by the beach, probably to sober up a bit.

So, they take off their shoes and walk barefoot along the sand, talking about work and life and friends, before eventually sitting down by the shore. At this point, the sun has fully set and the stars are out, so there aren’t many people anymore.

“When did you leave and start living on your own?” Jeno asks, biting into one of the dough-ball-like pastries they had bought on the way back to the hotel.

Jaemin finishes chewing his own, before swallowing and replying, “When I graduated high school. I think I was about to turn 18 that time. I started living in my university dormitory, and then I worked part-time jobs too throughout my college life. So I guess you could say I became fully independent then.”

Mister Lee just nods, looking out at the waves that crash onto the sand from afar.

“What about you?” Jaemin asks. “Do you remember when you felt like you became fully independent?”

“I’m not sure, to be honest,” the older leans back on one hand, and Jaemin does the same. “I’ve never really thought about that. In fact, sometimes I still think I’m dependent on others. It’s a bad thing, really, since I’m frankly so used to being obeyed and having everything done for me.”

Jaemin hears him sigh, which makes him turn to him a little concernedly. Jeno sits up then, falling into a bitter chuckle.

“Sometimes I still feel so immature and foolish, even if I’m the CEO of this huge company and have all this responsibility. It’s stupid, I-I know, but … I don’t know, I just … feel that way somehow.”

It’s the first time Jaemin’s ever heard his boss trip over his words, the first time he’s ever heard him sound remotely like he doesn’t know the answer to every question thrown at him.

It makes him soften a bit.

He leans closer to the older, giving a small smile when Jeno gazes at him.

“I don’t think it’s stupid,” Jaemin says truthfully. “I think it’s okay to feel like you don’t know everything, because you really, truly don’t. And I don’t think acknowledging that is wrong or foolish of you, it’s just being honest to yourself, and knowing your own capabilities. Doesn’t mean too that you’re not capable of a lot of great things.” He turns to his boss, before he continues, “I-I know you, Jeno. I know what you’re capable of, I know what you can do, and you’re one of the people I respect the most.” Towards the end, he becomes a bit shy, kind of surprised by his own words too. Quietly, he mutters, “I just wanted you to know that.”

Jeno’s lips curve upwards. “Thank you, Jaemin.”

Subconsciously, they move towards each other, until the distance between them is completely erased by their lips that mold into each other, moving slowly in the dark of the night. On Jaemin’s lips, Jeno tastes the sweet sugar from the pastries they ate. On Jeno’s tongue, Jaemin tastes the desire for more, so he moves his lips faster, pulls the older closer, kisses him harder until they’re both breathing heavily, nearly moaning into each other’s mouths out in the open.

“Let’s finish this upstairs,” Jeno says, though he leans in for just one more sweet suck on those soft lips. Jaemin giggles, giving in easily. “Yes, daddy.”

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

As soon as they reach Jeno’s suite, Jaemin’s clothes are stripped right at the doorway, leaving him in his lace underwear. Turns out he’s right, Mister Lee has become more impatient than him.

The CEO carries him all the way to the bedroom as they make out, the younger’s fingers digging into his black hair. When they reach the bed, Jeno sits down on the edge, letting his secretary sit on his lap.

“Fuck, you’re so pretty,” Jeno whispers, groaning when the younger grinds down on his crotch. He reaches for his ass cheeks and squeezes them, pushing his hips down onto his hardening cock. “So fucking perfect.”

Jaemin doesn’t reply, a pink flush coming to his face. Instead, he brings his attention to undoing Mister Lee’s shirt buttons, until he can glide it off of his muscular frame, staring at his build with his bottom lip between his teeth.

Then, he feels fingers under his chin, urging him gently to look into Jeno’s eyes.

“What do you want, sugar? Tell me.”

Shivers run up Jaemin’s spine at his low, raspy voice.

“Y-Your cock, daddy. I want your cock in my mouth.”

The CEO smirks, always pleased with his sugar.

“Let me see you on your knees then, baby.”

Jaemin nods, leaning in to kiss Jeno’s lips, before trailing down to his jaw, neck, and torso, adorning his entire body with kisses, worshipping him with his lips and tongue. Simultaneously, he makes his way down to the ground, planting his knees on the floor and placing himself right between his boss’ legs.

He pulls Jeno’s pants down carefully, and once he’s only in his boxers, Jaemin wastes not another second and cups his length through the tight fabric. He strokes up and down slowly, trying to pay attention to the tip when he gets to the top, and his balls when he gets to the bottom. The light strokes then turn into slightly harsher kneads, working Jeno up as he looks down at his sugar on his knees for his cock.

Finally, after what feels like forever to the older, Jaemin reaches for his waistband, and pulls off his last piece of clothing.

And just like that, Jeno is already rock hard, cock standing tall on his abdomen. The secretary immediately pumps it in his hand, thumbing on the veins and the head. Then, he leans closer, and makes eye contact with the CEO right as he dribbles some saliva directly on the tip.

Jeno hisses, breathing heavily as he places a gentle hand on his blonde hair, a silent command for Jaemin to speed up.

Right on cue, Jaemin looks at him from below his lashes, eyes so round and innocent whilst his sinful lips wrap around the tip of Jeno’s cock, sucking lewdly on the head and pressing his tongue down on slit. Instantly, the hand on his hair forms a tight fist.

Jaemin hums, before closing his eyes and going all the way down, until he feels Jeno hit the back of his throat.

“Fuck,” Mister Lee curses, throwing his head back from the warmth and wetness around his length.

The secretary lets off to take a breath, stroking the older’s now very wet cock. He adjusts the way he’s kneeling, before taking him in again. This time, he focuses on sucking as best as he can, licking up the underside and swiping his tongue over the head every time he rises up. He makes his movements swift, bobbing his head up and down the length as the taste of Jeno’s precum continuously coats his tongue. He’s trying his very best; eager, anxious, desperate to please his daddy.

And please him, he does. Jeno can’t help but moan loudly, every lick and suck spurring him on. Somehow, he seems to be getting worked up so much faster than usual. Perhaps it’s because of their constant fucking the past days. That and just how good Jaemin looks tonight, with that glitter in his eyes and that blush on his cheeks and that sweet, sugary chapstick on his swollen lips. Not to mention his platinum blonde hair that makes him look like an angel.

“Fuck, babe,” he growls, brows furrowed as he watches the younger pull off, just to take one of his balls into his mouth. He sucks on it lewdly, before swirling his tongue all over it and doing the same with the other. 

Jeno moans again , and he quickly pulls his secretary off of him.

“Enough,” he huffs, chest rising and falling. “Get up here.”

Jaemin obeys, getting up on his feet and leaning down to kiss the older. Together, they make their way up the bed, until Jeno’s head is laying on the pillows.

“I wanna try something,” the CEO says as they pull away. He tucks some of the younger’s blonde hair behind his ear. “Is that okay, sugar?”

Jaemin nods. “Okay, daddy.”

“Alright, listen well,” Jeno breathes out. “I want you to suck my cock, while still staying on top of me. Can you do that for me?”

The secretary naturally seems confused at first, before he realizes the older’s plan, eyes widening as his cheeks turn strawberry red. Jeno simply smiles at him, one of his hands stroking up and down the younger’s bare back.

He nods again, whispering, “Okay.”

Jaemin begins moving away from the older, carefully turning around so his back is Jeno’s view, and the CEO’s cock is only a hand away. Before he can bend down and take it into his grasp though, Mister Lee’s low voice resonates in the room.

“Panties off.”

Jaemin gulps. So he does want to do that.

Gingerly, he gets off the bed, shimmying his panties down his legs, all while the older watches with one hand behind his head. Then, he comes back to bed, avoiding Jeno’s eyes as he returns to his position earlier.

He leans forward, and before he takes the older’s cock, he looks back at him once, asking for permission.

The CEO smiles, pleased. He always is when it comes to Jaemin.

He nods. “Go ahead, sugar.”

As the blonde lowers himself to take the older’s cock in his mouth, his whole body moves back too, ass right where Jeno wants it. He hums, both hands smoothing over his milky thighs and cheeks. He spreads them apart, taking a good look at the younger’s pretty hole and paying attention to the way he whimpers around his length.

And then, he dives right in. Sure, he’s eaten out Jaemin before, but something about this position, where they’re both pleasuring each other so dirtily with their mouths, makes the atmosphere so much hotter.

Jeno tongues all over the younger’s rim, sucking on it and making it all pink and puffy. Then, he places his thumbs right next to his hole, pulling it open so he can fuck him with his tongue.

The moment Jaemin feels something going in and out of him, he gasps around Jeno’s length, feeling even more motivated to give his boss just as much pleasure. He sucks on Mister Lee’s cock hard with eyes tightly closed, hollowing his cheeks and twisting his hand up and down along with his mouth. 

In return, Jeno moans against his ass, hands roughly groping the globes and landing sudden slaps onto them whilst his tongue works wonders. 

And when he replaces his tongue with two of his fingers, Jaemin can only take so much. He pulls off of the older’s length, fisting the sheets below him. 

“I-I’m gonna cum,” he whispers, trying so hard to control it.

Jeno smirks, sits up, then moves his fingers at fast pace right away, curling them down into his prostate and making the younger’s back arch.

“Cum, sugar,” he commands, gaze directed towards how Jaemin completely forgets about everything else as he moans freely. Jeno gets heated and slaps his ass whilst his fingers continue to fuck into him rapidly, finally bringing the younger to his release. He cums all over the older’s abdomen and cock, screaming and trembling.

His orgasm is so strong that Jeno thinks he’ll be limbless afterward like always, so he’s caught by surprise when suddenly Jaemin is turning around and back to stroking his cock, this time looking up at him.

“Sugar,” he growls warningly as he already feels himself close to cumming. He reaches down, tilting the blonde’s chin upwards. “What do you think you’re doing, hm?”

Jaemin stops at that, looking up at the older with a little pout.

And fuck, does it work on Jeno like a charm.

“Daddy should cum too. I-I wanna make him cum too. Please?”

Jeno runs a hand through his hair, before letting out a low chuckle. He cups one side of the younger’s face. “Aren’t you sweet?” 

Jaemin’s frown deepens, looking away shyly.

Jeno smiles, before rising up and planting his knees on the bed, positioning himself so his cock is right in front of the younger’s face.

“Want my cum, right?” he asks, hand still on his cheek.

Jaemin nods wordlessly, looking up at his boss with pleading eyes.

Jeno’s fingers move back down to his chin. “Where do you want it then? In your ass? On your thighs? On your pretty face? Hm?”

And without hesitation, his secretary replies.

“In my mouth.”

“Damn, babe,” Jeno whistles, expression turning dark as he traces his thumb over the younger’s bottom lip, making him open up a little. Then, he pushes his index finger right in, watching satisfied as Jaemin sucks on the digit while looking up at him. As he takes it out, Jaemin licks it lewdly, blinking his eyes innocently.

“Please?”

When Jeno pulls his hand away, it’s to stroke his hard cock, angry red at the tip and ready to burst at any moment. “As you wish, my sugar.”

Jaemin takes it in his own hand eagerly, pumping it a few times, before taking it into his warm mouth. He sucks on it like his life depends on making Jeno cum, on pleasing his daddy, on satiating him completely and solely. As if he wants to show Jeno that he only needs him to be fully satisfied, only needs his pretty mouth and skillful tongue and dainty hands and tight little hole. He only needs his sugar.

So when he feels the older coming to a close, he pulls away and rapidly jerks him off, while Mister Lee looks down at him and rests his hand on the back of his neck. He opens his mouth and sticks out his tongue, staring up at his boss with big, doe eyes.

And when Jeno finally cums, he directs it all onto his awaiting tongue, accepting everything the CEO gives him, showing him he can take all of it, all of him . The older groans as he continuously spurts thick white release onto Jaemin’s tongue, but he never once takes his hand or eyes off of him.

When he finishes, Jeno expects him to spit it out, his release maybe being too much, or too bitter.

But like the good boy that he is, Jaemin swallows every single drop, showing Jeno that he’ll take everything he gives him, that he’s enough to give him everything he wants. And that he’ll do it all willingly to show him, for him.

Jeno breathes heavily. His hand moves from his secretary’s nape, to his face.

“Good boy.”

He leans down to catch the younger’s lips in his, kissing him so tenderly that Jaemin smiles in between. Jeno does the same, chuckling through it.

“What?”

“It tasted so bad,” the blonde says honestly, making the both of them giggle, noses still touching.

Jeno stares at his lips for a moment, before bringing his eyes back up. “Why’d you swallow it then, hm?”

“I wanted to be good,” Jaemin replies, just as full of truth, resisting not to lean into his touch. “For you.”

The older smiles, taking the younger’s face in both his hands. “You’re always good for me, sugar. You don’t have to do that.”

Jaemin smiles back, before leaning in to kiss Jeno again. 

After cleaning up, they decide to sit on the suite’s balcony area, just in bathrobes with feet soaked in the pool. Contrary to the luxurious setting and unlike their usual choice of high-quality liquor, they have a few cans of cheap beer between them, something they had just ordered from room service.

Jeno is wearing his glasses again. Jaemin has become more used to seeing them these days.

“Where’d you learn to play the piano?” the older asks as he puts down his half-empty can.

“There was a piano in one of the rooms in my high school, and one of my favorite teachers taught me how to play. I’d come by every break time and even after class, just to learn a few notes and pieces. No formal training or anything like that though. T-That’s why I’m not very good at it,” Jaemin says gingerly, rubbing his forearm.

Mister Lee chuckles lightly, shaking his head. “You learned at a relatively late age, and without any formal training, yet you are quite the pianist.” He leans in a bit, smiling at his secretary. “You’re very talented, don’t you know that?”

Jaemin laughs too, unsure of what to say.

“Thanks,” he settles for, soft.

“You’re welcome.”

They open some more cans of beer, warming their stomachs as the summer breeze blows.

“Have you always been interested in music?”

Jaemin nods, sipping for a bit before replying. “Always. Listening to music when I was growing up was one of my favorite things, a way for me to escape my reality,” he chuckles a bit at the thought, turning to Jeno, who’s just smiling at him as he talks. “You know I even still bring my earphones with me? Like literally everywhere I go? Well, obviously not tonight but usually I do! I listen to music on the way to work, on the way home, while eating, while doing work, in the shower, just– all the time! It’s like I have my own soundtrack to my life, like it’s a movie or something.”

Realizing how loud (and embarrassing) he was being, he clears his throat and adjusts the way he’s sitting. Then, he adds quietly, “I-I just like listening to music a lot. It makes everything seem so much better, and gives moments more meaning in my opinion. You know what I mean?” he sighs.

Maybe the blonde is already a little drunk, but Jeno nods at him, so he smiles.

Jeno continues. “What are your favorite songs? Or favorite genre?”

“Oof, that’s a hard one,” Jaemin whistles. Perhaps he’s more than just a little drunk. “I have a lot of favorite songs, and I listen to a lot of different genres but, I’d say that those I keep close to my heart are my favorite. So no specific genre but just the sentimental ones for me personally, from sometime in the early 2000s and 2010s. From when I was growing up.”

Mister Lee smiles. He nudges back towards the suite’s interior. “My earphones and phone are just in there. Want me to go get them?”

The younger nods happily, big grin on his face.

A minute later, Jeno comes back, earphones (airpods, of course) and phone in his hands. He plugs it in and opens his Spotify application, giving one airpod to Jaemin, and then letting him input whatever song he wants. His secretary seems to think of his chosen song for a moment, before typing in his decision. He puts the other earbud on too, watching closely as Jaemin queues some tracks.

“I’ll make you listen to two songs, okay? They’re both songs I listened to really, really often when I was younger, and I still listen to them now too. I uhm- I hope you like them.”

Mister Lee nods, holding back a smile. “Okay.”

Jaemin plays the first song, and it feels like pure nostalgia for the younger. He closes his eyes, gently swaying to the music and remembering his childhood, his teenage years, his university years. 

Then, when the first minute passes, he opens his eyes. He turns and looks at Jeno, whose eyes are closed too. He stares at his side profile, his angular face and strong features, yet he smiles when he notices his mole, his long eyelashes, his thick glasses, and his nose that scrunches at one point.

The next song plays.

To everyone else, Lee Jeno is this great CEO; a smart, young, successful businessman. Everyone takes him seriously, treats him with respect, and tries to impress him. Even Jaemin does, and he admires him in more ways than one. In any sane person’s eyes, he’s a perfect person.

But somehow, Jaemin likes more the Jeno that scrunches his nose and trips over his words and needs glasses to see clearly. He likes more the Jeno that shows his flaws, the Jeno that fools around with him in a foreign country, the Jeno that loves his only son so much. The Jeno that he’s come to know. The Jeno that he likes being around.

This Jeno.

Just as much as he would obey every word of his boss, he would also willingly follow everything this Jeno says. For this Jeno, he too would memorize his favorite things, attend to all his needs, know his entire day without an ounce of disinterest or tire, and go across the city just to buy the donut he wants. He would willingly do it all for Jeno Lee, for every side of him he knows, for every side of him he's been welcomed to see. 

For this Jeno right in front of him, eyes closed and a little curve on the edge of his lips showing through as the final song ends. 

The CEO turns to him, eyes fluttering open.

“They’re beautiful, Jaemin.”

The secretary breathes in and out, looking out at the night sky. “They are.”

Just as the CEO’s about take out his earbud, “W-Wait,” Jaemin stops him. “Shouldn’t I hear your favorite songs too?”

Jeno chortles, putting the earbud back in properly. “Is that how this works?”

“Of course!” the younger exclaims. “So tell me first, what’s your favorite genre, then pick two songs to make me listen to too! It’s a fair trade.” Jaemin leans close, placing his chin on his palm to show that he’s listening.

Mister Lee chuckles, then sighs. “Okay. Well, for starters, and I know this sounds quite lame of me, but I listen to old songs. Like– very old songs. Songs my parents used to play when I was a child, and that I now keep close to my heart because of that. They’re mostly … love songs. So, I’m sorry if they’re a bit cheesy, or not really your taste.”

“Oh, shut up, I’m sure they’re good,” Jaemin assures, pushing the phone into the older’s hand.

Jeno takes it sheepishly, typing in his two songs.

Then, the first song plays.

Jaemin closes his eyes again, recognizing the song a little, probably something he heard on the radio once or twice. The tune is so simple yet so warm and comforting, so beautiful and sweet. He can almost picture an old couple dancing to the song, or perhaps a mother and father playing it in the background as they play with their beloved child.

Unbeknownst to him, however, is the way the CEO looks at him; the way he stares at him for the first minute or two, simply smiling to himself, a million words running through his mind and all of them unsaid, yet obvious in his gaze.

Then, for the second song, Jeno closes his eyes as well, feeling the music, the beauty of it, the emotions attached to it, the meaning it gives to any moment. To this moment.

For the longest time, Jeno didn’t believe he was capable of emotions. Surely, everyone would tell him that of course, he is, and it would be impossible for him not to be. But to him, only true emotions are those of his parents. Those of his dad and mom who loved him so much, who showed him this song, who showed him everything he knows. And they showed him too just how much he was capable of feeling. How he was capable of feeling love, joy, drive, pride, contentment, and comfort – true and beautiful emotions .

Only his parents showed him that. Only they could bring those emotions out of him.

But now, he’s not so sure anymore. Because for the past couple of months, he’s been feeling all emotions at once, in high intensities and constantly changing ways. True and beautiful emotions .

Is it because of Jaemin? It can’t be, right?

But then again, it’s Jaemin.

Jaemin who knows all of his mannerisms, who knows his entire schedule for the year, who memorizes his steak order and brings him coffee everyday. He says sorry for his little mistakes, and eats sugar cubes when he’s anxious, and blushes easily from alcohol and words. He likes warm places because he gets cold easily, and enjoys walking around town by himself. He snores in his sleep, and has an orange cat, and Jeno finds him so, so incredibly endearing.

Jaemin Na.

Suddenly he’s all Jeno knows, and all he wants to know more about.

Jaemin makes him realize what he’s capable of feeling.

It’s towards the end of the song that he chooses to open his eyes. He gazes at the younger, whose eyes are still closed, Jeno’s fingers itching to touch his pink cheeks and blonde hair. But, he remains still, and just smiles until the song finishes.

When Jaemin finally looks back at him, he smiles too. He’s a bit surprised when he sees that the younger has glassy eyes, but he knows it’s not from sadness when Jaemin reaches out and hugs him.

The older gasps for a moment, but embraces him too. 

“Thank you for that,” Jaemin whispers into his shoulder.

Jeno presses a kiss to his temple, before hugging him tighter. “You’re welcome, Jaemin.”

Hours pass, and they talk some more.

By the time they finish their last cans of beer, Jaemin feels extremely groggy and dizzy from the alcohol and Jeno’s laugh and Jeno’s smile and Jeno’s words and Jeno’s kisses. He giggles at every sound that falls from his lips, and the older isn’t a fool not to notice the state his secretary is in.

“We should get inside, sugar,” he hums, thumbing at his cheek. “You should take a shower before you go back to your room.”

He’s able to guide the younger all the way back to his bedroom, before Jaemin whines and flops face down onto the mattress.

“ ‘M sleepy,” he mumbles. 

Jeno chuckles, shaking his head as he turns the younger around. He pushes his bangs back, and Jaemin’s eyes are already closed.

“You need to take a shower, Jaemin.” He begins peeling off the younger’s robe, thinking of maybe just carrying him to the tub. But right when the blonde is completely naked, he crawls away from Jeno quickly and tucks himself under the blanket.

Jeno sighs. “Sugar, you need to-”

“Shhhhhhhh.”

The older huffs, hands on his hips. “Jaemin-”

“Mmmm,” the younger whines once more, quieting his boss.

And then, he’s snoring.

“Fine,” Jeno gives up, putting away his secretary’s robe. He opts not to take a shower anymore too, admittedly a bit tipsy as well, and just generally spent.

So, he lays down next to Jaemin. He pulls the comforter over himself too, watching as the younger sleeps soundly. Jeno smiles a bit at his state, hair a mess, cheeks bright pink, and front teeth peeking out from his parted lips. 

Just as Jeno’s about to close his eyes too, he hears his secretary murmur something.

“Cold.”

The older swallows. Jaemin visibly shivers as he curls up on himself and repeats,

“ ‘M cold.”

Cautiously, Jeno moves closer to him. He raises his arm and curls it over the younger’s figure, slow and gentle. Jaemin follows the warmth easily, extending his arm out to hold onto Jeno and bury his face in his chest. 

And as Jeno holds him there in his arms, the younger’s breath hitting his skin and hand gripping onto his robe, nothing but their steady inhales and exhales resonating in the room, Jeno feels nervous for the first time since his first day in high school. His heart beats loudly in his ears, his arms are stiff and unsure, his eyes stare alertly at the walls.

“Is this b-better?” he asks, palms flat on his secretary’s bare back under the blanket.

Jaemin nods into his chest, before moving up and fitting his face into his neck.

That makes Jeno smile, body relaxing as he becomes calm. He leans down, pressing a kiss onto Jaemin’s forehead, then a kiss on his hair, before pulling him closer into his arms, warmly, tightly, surely.

“Sleep well, sugar.”

The younger mumbles something incoherent into his neck. Jeno resists chuckling, stroking Jaemin’s head as he pulls back a bit so he can understand properly.

“Hm? What was that?”

It takes a few seconds, but Jaemin opens his eyes, very slowly. Then, he repeats his words.

“Can you kiss me again?”

Jeno sucks in a breath. “Yeah, uhm- sure.” He leans back in, planting a kiss on Jaemin’s lips.

But then, the younger pouts and shakes his head. “Not there,” he frowns, before pointing an index finger to the center of his forehead. “Here.”

Jeno smiles. He pulls him closer, then kisses his forehead, once, twice, thrice. 

“Better?”

Jaemin smiles mindlessly as he nods. Then, he pushes his lips out. “One more, here.”

And dear god, why is he so cute?

Jeno places his hands on Jaemin’s cheeks, before kissing his lips. But, he doesn’t stop there. He kisses his lips, then his left cheek, then his right cheek, then his chin, then his nose, then his forehead again.

Immediately after, the blonde giggles, all moony and pretty.

“There we go,” Jeno smiles satisfiedly, caressing his skin. “All the kisses for my sugar.”

Oh, what a few cans of beer can bring out of you. Surely, it’s the beer’s doing.

They fall asleep in each other’s arms.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

In the morning, Jaemin wakes up to an empty bed. He rubs a bit of the sleep out of his eyes, squinting as some sunlight hits his skin through the curtains.

Surprisingly, he doesn’t have that much of a headache despite drinking a lot last night. But what’s most surprising is the smile that creeps onto his face despite saying quite some rubbish lines to his own boss.

In his defense, he’s not just any boss. It’s Jeno we’re talking about here.

Jaemin bites on his lip as he pulls up the blanket slightly, putting it up to his face and inhaling the scent of fresh laundry and a slight hint of Jeno Lee. He’s naked on the CEO’s bed, under the white comforter, and the thought excites him slightly.

And then he remembers he has work. 

He hurriedly whips off the blanket in a single woosh, only to see some words scribbled onto the hotel notepad on the nightstand. He stops and inspects it closer – Mister Lee’s handwriting.

Don’t worry about work. Rest some more.

Jeno

Jaemin smiles. He breathes easy, and begins to lay back down on the bed then.

He’s about to fall asleep again, when he faintly hears his boss’ voice from behind the curtains, on the balcony. And when he focuses his vision more, he makes out Jeno’s figure through the fabric, talking to someone on the phone.

So he’s just right there.

Jaemin rolls over on his stomach, his naked body exposed as he leans his head on his arm, observing the CEO quietly.

A minute later, the older comes back into the room in all his glory, only having put on a pair of boxers to answer the call. “Yes, it’s already been taken care of.” His morning voice is a little rough and low.

Once he catches sight of him, the blonde doesn’t miss the way Jeno’s eyes instantly rake over his bare figure.

Jeno smirks. “Yes, I’ll be there.”

Jaemin ignores the stare, leaning up on his forearms as he watches every move of his boss.

“Alright. Thank you. I’ll see you then.”

Jeno finally ends the call and puts down his phone. He walks towards Jaemin, a low chuckle escaping him.

“Well, aren’t you a sight for sore eyes?"

He traces his fingers over the back of Jaemin’s thighs, then moves them up to the curve of his ass, giving it a soft squeeze before continuing his ascent. He traces over his smooth back, and the secretary simply lets him do as he pleases.

When he reaches his shoulder, Jeno bends down. He gazes directly into Jaemin’s eyes, and caresses his cheek.

Jeno hums, seemingly studying his features for a while.

Then, he meets the younger’s round eyes.

“Pretty .”

Jaemin blinks, before looking away to hide his flushed cheeks. He’s too sober for this. Jeno’s morning voice is too sexy. He’s still hungover, or half-awake, he’s not thinking straight. 

In return, the CEO just chuckles, and walks away.

“Morning, sugar,” he says as he walks towards his bathroom. “I’m going to meet the clients for breakfast. You stay here and get some rest, hm?” By the door, he looks back at his secretary, who nods wordlessly.

Jaemin’s about to doze off again, but when he spots Jeno’s morning wood, he regains his confidence and decides he wants to do something about it.

He hums coyly, fingers tapping his cheek as he arches his back nonchalantly. “No time for this breakfast?”

Jeno snorts, shaking his head. “You should sleep some more. You’ll regret it if you don’t.” And then he’s entering the bathroom and closing the door.

Jaemin sighs, pouting as he turns on his side and tucks himself into the blanket again.

By the time he wakes up again, the CEO is already off to his meeting. How does he know, you may ask? Well, aside from the bathroom being empty, his phone receives a text the moment his hand reaches it.

daddy lee <3

I’m starting to regret telling you to sleep some more.

Jaemin giggles, typing out his reply.

sweet

you should focus on the clients hahaha

daddy lee <3

It’s difficult.

I can’t stop thinking of you and your pretty ass, baby.

The blonde bites on his lip. He breathes in, and out, looking up from the screen for a moment.

Then, out of the corner of his eye, he spots the bedroom’s clothing cabinet. He approaches it slowly, still buck naked as no one else is in the suite but him anyway. 

When he opens the doors of the cabinet, an array of white linen formal shirts is revealed. Mister Lee does indeed rarely wear other colors.

A little smirk makes its way to sugar’s lips.

Jaemin takes one of the shirts out. He places it over his body and looks at himself in the mirror. Then, he brings the fabric up to his face, inhaling Jeno’s scent.

His cheeks warm when he finally puts it on completely.

He reaches for his phone, and snaps a few photos through the mirror, posing lewdly and unabashedly moving the crisp white shirt around to expose his nipples, cock, and ass to the camera.

Then, he opens his conversation with Jeno again.

daddy lee <3

You still there, baby?

sweet

are you alone?

Jaemin doesn’t wait for him to reply. He’s already half hard from posing and taking photos, knowing that he’ll send them to Jeno while he’s with clients, knowing that he’ll get him hard in front of all those people, knowing that he’ll test, if not break his patience.

He sends the photos. The reply this time comes instantly.

daddy lee <3

Fuck.

Is that my shirt?

Don’t move.

So, Jeno comes up in five- no, three minutes, and rips open his own shirt off the younger’s frame. He kisses him hard and backs him up against the glass walls of his bedroom. Then, he fucks him right against the window, uncaring if someone will see them. Afterwards, he throws him onto the bed and fucks him there too, until they’re both so incredibly spent and Jaemin doesn’t know how many times he’s cummed.

Then, Jeno does it again the next day, and the next day, and the next day. Day and night they fuck, and drink, and talk, and have fun in each other’s presence. Jaemin sleeps in his bed all those days, always warm.

He tries not to think of it when one morning, he wakes up facing Jeno, the CEO still sleeping soundly. The sun is only just beginning to rise, creating a beautiful orange tint in the room.

Jaemin lays on his side, simply staring. His heart bangs in his chest. His breath deepens in his lungs. His fingers curl around his pillow tightly.

And then, Jeno wakes. The younger quickly closes his eyes and turns around, so his back is now facing the older.

What he misses is his boss’ smile, already having caught his secretary. But, he doesn’t say a word. He just scooches closer, wraps his arms around him, and presses his face into his neck.

Jaemin can’t help the gasp that escapes him when he feels the older’s hand suddenly go into his (Jeno’s) shirt, meeting his bare torso. He thinks Jeno will maybe try something naughty, but instead, his hand just lays there, stroking his skin with his thumb.

They fall asleep again until noon, then go to their meetings, then fuck in the evening, then sleep in the same bed again.

It’s the last couple days of their trip when they decide to go to the cave they once went to. If they kiss and laugh and have a little too much fun, no one says a word. They just bask in their smiles, in the warmth and comfort of being in each other’s arms in the cold seawater.

After swimming at the beach, they go back to Jeno’s suite as always, and order in some fresh fruit to eat by the pool. They talk about the most random of things – from the blue sky over their heads, to the grapes they’re eating, to provinces and beaches in South Korea, to favorite dramas and films, to high school and university trends (Jeno had said, “back in my day…” and Jaemin had laughed at him), to wrinkled fingertips from the water that mindlessly trace over large knuckles.

They don’t even notice how much time they’ve spent there until the breeze starts to get cooler, and then it’s almost evening time. Jaemin gets cold easily, so Jeno tells him to be the one to take a bath first.

So Jaemin lays there in the beautiful circular bathtub. He’s been bathing here the past few days too since he practically lives in Jeno’s suite now, and it really is such a soothing sensation. The walls are clean and smooth, the space is large enough for maybe four people to sit in, the bubble bath soap is fragrant, the water is nice and warm. So are Jaemin’s cheeks when he hears the door click open and spots Jeno there, towel wrapped around his waist and hair wet from his shower in the living room bathroom.

Usually, Jeno doesn’t enter when he’s bathing. Perhaps it’s some sort of privacy. So the younger’s cheeks burn a bit when the older smiles at him.

“I’ll just grab some lotion.”

Jaemin nods quickly, “Right, uhm- okay.”

So, the CEO passes by him, and Jaemin settles back into the foamy bubbles. He closes his eyes again and leans his head on the edge of the tub, trying not to think of how he was about to reply “go ahead,” earlier, and it’s not even his bathroom. Not to mention that he was even expecting a peck on his lips. Can you get drunk from eating too many grapes?

He’s just a visitor. Jeno just lets him stay and take baths and sleep on his bed and cuddle him every night because that’s what Jaemin wants, because that’s what he likes. Why does he like that?

Why do I like that? 

Meanwhile, Jeno barely sees the younger’s thoughts. He smiles as he spreads the lotion on his arms. Jaemin really likes his bathtub.

He quietly walks toward the tub, Jaemin’s face upside down from his view as he looks down at him, carefully planting his palms on either side of him. He gazes at him for a while, at his closed eyes and unawareness that his boss’ face is only a few centimeters away from his.

Slowly, Jeno leans in, until their lips touch, still fitting together perfectly even in this way. The younger kisses back so easily, always finding Jeno’s presence comforting, hand rising from below the water to hold the CEO’s neck. They kiss slowly, dragging out their movements and savoring each other’s lips.

When Jeno pulls away, both their eyes flutter open. Jaemin stares at him, before sitting up and fully facing him. Then, he moves forward and kisses Jeno again, the right way this time. While kissing, the older takes off his towel and follows him into the tub, unable to say no to the blonde when he pulls him in.

So, they sit together in the middle of the tub, making out languidly with soapy suds all around them. Jeno’s hands relentlessly squeeze the younger’s ass, hips, and thighs under the water, exhaling soft groans every now and then as he pulls him closer, as if he can’t get enough of Jaemin’s lips and body and warmth.

As their kisses turn rough, the blonde starts moving forward, pushing Jeno back until he’s leaning on the edge of the tub. One of his hands cup the CEO’s sharp jaw, while the other reaches down below the water.

“Fuck,” Jeno whispers when he feels a hand pump his cock under the bubbles, already standing tall. The younger doesn’t stop, trailing kisses down to his neck as his hand skillsfully strokes the other’s length. Jeno lets him suck hickeys onto his neck and chest, eyes shut and head thrown back.

It’s when Jaemin takes all hands off of him that he opens his eyes and gazes at the younger. He watches as his secretary bites on his lip and begins to turn around. He’s about to get on all fours, but Jeno stops him with a hand on his waist.

“Don’t,” he shakes his head. “Your knees could get bruised.” He gently guides a wide-eyed Jaemin to sit on his lap. “Like this is fine,” he says as he looks up at the younger, both hands on his waist.

“But- it might not feel that good for you. I-I’m really slow and-”

“Shh, it’s okay, baby,” Jeno insists, tone so soft. “It’s fine. Don’t worry about it, hm?”

Jaemin looks away frowning. The older loosely takes his chin between his fingers, directing his gaze back to him. “Besides, I want to see your pretty face.”

The blonde just blinks, cheeks pink as Jeno thumbs at his cheeks and stares at his features.

“Okay?”

Jaemin nods, dazed and drunk from the CEO’s tenderness. He places his hands on the older’s nape, before leaning in to kiss him again. Slowly, he rolls his hips under the water, pushing his ass down on Jeno’s cock, making the older kiss him harder and faster. His hand gropes one of the globes, squeezing tight enough that Jaemin gasps into his mouth. He slips his tongue right in and meets the younger’s in the middle, the both of them moaning at the taste of each other.

When he feels a finger prod around his hole, Jaemin pulls away and grips Jeno’s wrist.

“It’s fine,” he whispers breathlessly. “I’m still a bit loose from last night. And … I want to feel you.”

The older smirks, before nodding. “Alright then.”

So, Jaemin reaches down and back and aligns Jeno’s cock right to his hole. Then, he sinks down on his shaft, taking it inch by inch, while the CEO grips his waist tighter and tighter. They both close their eyes at the warmth, at the sensation once he’s bottomed out. They catch their breaths for a moment, and then Jaemin moves.

With every move, he rises all the way up, and sinks all the way back down, their moans filling the air, getting louder with every bounce on the older’s lap. Jaemin throws his head back as Jeno takes a stiff nipple into his mouth, sucking and flicking it with his tongue, making it all pretty and perky and glossy. He makes sure to do the same with the opposite nipple, sucking on it loudly and coating it in his saliva.

Once satisfied, he kisses right in the middle of Jaemin’s chest. And then, he looks up at the younger, who’s still riding him determinedly.

“That’s it, baby,” he hums, hands sliding up and down his sides. “You’re doing so good for me. So pretty, what a good boy.”

Jaemin’s expression is so lewd, eyes closed, cheeks rose-red, skin glistening with a sheen of sweat, lips swollen and parted and oh, Jeno is in awe . He gazes up at the blonde for so long, not missing a single second of the way he relentless rides him, of the way he bites on his lip when his prostate is hit, of the way he opens his eyes and looks back down at Jeno, breathless and beautiful.

The older wraps his arms around him tightly, all while still staring up at him. Jaemin never stops fucking himself onto his cock, never breaks eye contact with him either. He lets Jeno pull him close until his abdomen is pressed against the older’s chest, until his boss can adorn his collarbones with soft, butterfly kisses. 

Jeno finally closes his eyes as he kisses the younger’s skin, remembering every groove, every slope, every vein on his torso with his tongue. He marks his neck up as well, sucking bright red splotches all over. He can’t get enough of him, can’t get enough of his taste, of his touch, of his fingers that tangle in his hair.

And then, Jaemin moans.

“Jeno.”

Jeno stops. He pulls away from the blonde, eyes returning to his pretty face. His own fingers dig into Jaemin’s waist, tightly grasping him as if he would run away if he didn’t.

Jaemin stares back at him, eyes saying more than his lips do. They lean their foreheads against each other, both breathless and feeling close to their end. The younger fastens his movements, rendering a whispered curse against his lips from the CEO. Neither of them move away from each other, moaning into the small distance between them.

Jeno cups the younger’s cheek. “Jaemin,” he whispers, the blonde looking into his eyes. “You’re so beautiful.”

Jaemin closes his eyes then, and Jeno does too. Their moans turn into loud screams of pleasure, the water in the tub sloshing around as the fire in their abdomens grow.

Jeno kisses his lips, then speaks lowly by his ear. “Cum with me, sugar.”

The younger screams, grips onto his shoulders, and slams his ass down one last time, before they cum at the same time. He convulses in Jeno’s arms as he releases, while the older buries his face into Jaemin’s neck, groaning against his skin.

For a minute, they catch their breaths, the water calming down as well until it’s completely still. Jaemin feels lips press onto his own, and he automatically welcomes Jeno, kissing him back softly.

His eyes are still closed and their noses are still touching each other when he whispers, “Can we just stay like this for a little?”

He feels Jeno nod, feels his stare on him before he replies. “Sure.”

He smiles then and opens his eyes, giving Jeno one more kiss, before connecting his arms around his neck and laying his head on his shoulder. He feels wet fingers play with the hair on his nape, and a firm palm on his lower back.

He closes his eyes. He feels a kiss on his shoulder, a kiss on his neck, and a kiss on his hair. Then, a tighter embrace.

His eyes open a minute later. His mind runs in circles. His thoughts reach miles. His heart clenches in his chest as he sits up, and looks into the older’s eyes.

“Jeno?”

Jeno looks back into his.

“Yes?” he asks tenderly, stroking his back.

Jaemin swallows. He can hear his heart banging in his ears. He can feel the air in his lungs running out. He opens his mouth to speak, but closes it again and shakes his head.

“Nothing,” he whispers. “I just wanted to say your name.”

Jeno smiles.

Jaemin blushes and looks away. “Sorry, that was-”

“I like it when you say my name too.”

The younger turns back to him at that. He smiles too, leaning in to kiss the CEO. 

Then, he whispers against his lips.

“Jeno.”

They gaze into each other’s eyes, lips touching but not moving.

I love you , he almost says. 

He doesn’t know, but Jeno almost says it too.

They sleep in each other’s arms again.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

In the morning, Jaemin wakes up to a kiss on his cheek, and a few gentle pats on his head. He opens his eyes to the CEO looking down at him, as if having waited for him to wake up. Jeno’s already fully dressed.

“I’ll go ahead to the meeting, alright?”

The younger just nods, leaning into Jeno’s hand when he caresses his face.

There’s one more kiss on his forehead, and then he’s alone in the penthouse suite.

He doesn’t fall asleep again after that. He turns on his side, blanket pulled all the way up to his face as he ignores the loud thump in his chest. Out of the corner of his eye, he sees something written on the notepad on the nightstand again.

I’m sorry I had to leave early. I made breakfast, though it might be cold now, so just heat it in the microwave.

Text me when you’re up. Don’t worry about today’s agenda, I’ll take care of everything.

Rest a lot.

Jaemin bites on his bottom lip. Has Jeno always been this sweet? 

After finishing breakfast and washing the dishes, Jaemin comes back to his room with a huge smile on his face.

But it quickly disappears when he sees Renjun standing by his door.

“I’ve been looking all over for you!” the Chinese boy exclaims when he catches sight of him. “Do you have any idea how much you missed at the meeting? God, what did you-”

“Okay, calm down, alright,” Jaemin says slowly, moving his palms up and down. “Jeno told me it was fine, really. He told me he’d be the one to take care of everything for today, so it’s not a big deal, don’t worry-”

“What?” Renjun is in absolute disbelief. “He let you- just like that- what? Why?! But we- ”

Jaemin sighs. “Come on, let’s talk inside.” They both enter his room silently.

Once in, he points Renjun to his bed, “Here, sit down-”

“No, you sit down,” the older immediately snaps, and the blonde knows he is definitely in for a scolding.

And he knows why.

He sits down on the bed, hands together on his lap.

“Okay,” Renjun sighs, running a hand through his hair. Then, he faces his best friend seriously. “Let me get this straight. Mister Lee let you be absent to the meeting this morning? Because you two fucked last night?”

Jaemin nods timidly. “Yes.”

“And how many times has this happened? How many times has he let you off the hook and told you ‘he’d take care of it?”

Fuck. “I-I don’t know, but I’m sure it’s completely okay. He’s probably just worried I’ll pass out at work or something,” Jaemin tries to reason, though his voice falters and his eyes stay on the ground. “He’s just– being nice.”

“Jesus Christ, Jaemin, you’re his secretary!” Renjun can’t help but remind exasperatedly, almost losing his mind at all this information. “He’s your boss, and being nice doesn’t mean letting this happen over, and over, and over again – because it’s your job to be there, Jaemin. He isn’t supposed to be doing that– not like this, not to this extent. Plus, we’re talking about the CEO of one of the biggest companies in the country! He’s uptight, and strict, and serious about his company of course, why would he even let you-”

“He’s not like that, alright!” Jaemin replies a little too loudly.

Renjun pauses, stepping back.

Jaemin sighs, guilt and confusion building up inside him.

“Look, like I said before, Jeno’s really kind, okay?” he says genuinely, looking down at his hands. “He’s kind, and sweet, and considerate. I-In the past weeks, we’ve grown really close, to the point that I trust him so much. I feel comfortable around him, like- I-I like his presence. He makes me feel like I can just be myself around him, you know? He’s a good person, Junnie. He really is, I know he is.”

He looks up at the older secretary. “Jeno is a really caring person,” he says, nodding to himself. “He made me breakfast this morning. He lets me rest and stay in his room when we have a rough night. He listens to my pointless stories and remembers the small things I say. He lets me use his bathroom, and borrow his clothes, and gives me kisses when I ask. He helps me when I’m drunk, a-and he laughs at my jokes, and he goes along with my silly ideas. He’s considerate of how I feel, and of my comfort. H-He’s just too kind, I honestly wish he knew how much of a good person he is.”

Renjun breathes in and out. He sits down next to him.

He takes the younger’s hands in his. The blonde’s eyes are wide.

“Jaemin,” he sighs. “What is going on with you?”

Jaemin bites on his lip. He shakes his head, unable to form a reply.

“I know you, Jaem,” Renjun says, still holding his hands. His words are nothing but full of concern and honesty. “You would never even forgive yourself for being a minute late to work before, and now you miss meetings. You wouldn’t even sleep over at my place, yet you stay with him in his suite every night. You’re even wearing his pajamas right now. You talk about him like he’s not the person who gives you work to do, like he isn’t the person that bosses you around to buy him coffee and donuts, who prevents you from coming home early every weekday. I see the way you smile at each other across the room. I see the way you look at him when he’s not looking too.”

Jaemin doesn’t know what to say. 

Renjun says his thoughts for him.

“Don’t you think this is beyond what you’ve agreed upon?”

And this time, Jaemin knows he can’t escape it. His heart beats so loudly in his chest that it almost hurts. His stomach twists in a knot, nervous and uncertain and uncomfortable.

Rule 3 : Nothing changes besides the sex. Work, is still work.

He missed several meetings on this trip. They touch each other during meetings, and in the elevator. He calls his boss by his first name.

Rule 2: Don’t tell others about it.

He told Renjun. Jeno told Donghyuck. They kissed in front of strangers at the beach.

Rule 1: No touching yourself with my permission.

He touched himself that night they called on the phone. Jeno punished him, he liked it. He did it again a few days after, alone in his room. He did it again without his knowing.

Rule 0: Don’t catch feelings.

He meets Renjun’s eyes, which are worried. His own eyes are blurred and shaking.

“Jaem,” he says softly, and Jaemin wants to crumble away and cry.

He turns to his friend, voice trembling as he speaks. “I’ve screwed up, haven’t I?”

Renjun holds his hands tighter. He looks into his eyes.

“I think you have feelings for him, Jaemin.”

The younger closes his eyes, and the tears fall down.

“I know,” he whispers. 

A deep breath in, and out.

“I really do.”

Chapter Text

Jeno opens his eyes, one by one. It’s still the middle of the night, still dark outside his window. There’s a weight on his torso, a gentle breath on his skin, a cheek pressed onto his chest, and soft blonde hair brushing against his chin.

Jaemin.

Jeno smiles. He looks down at him, at his peaceful state, at his arm that’s wrapped around his waist. He’s snoring a bit, and Jeno can’t help but smile even more. He scoops Jaemin into his arms and embraces him tightly, one hand on his back and the other on his head, cradling it and stroking his hair. He kisses the crown of his head, closing his eyes and whispering.

“My sweet, sweet sugar.” 

He kisses his forehead, and his temple. 

“I hope you always stay this way.”

A caress on his cheek, and a kiss there too.

“There’s nothing more you need to be or do.”

A kiss by his eyebrow, another whisper against his skin.

“Just stay the way you are.”

Jeno gazes at his beautiful face. He presses a feather of a kiss on his lips, before bringing him into his arms again.

“Let me take care of the rest. Let me take care of you.”

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

It’s their last day in Italy. Their time here flew so quickly, even to Jeno who’s been here more than ten times in his life. Usually he’d find it boring, and time would pass by so slowly.

But then there was Jaemin sitting on his lap and telling him stories and playing the piano and getting drunk with him and riding his cock in the bath tub. Suddenly he wishes they had stayed longer here.

Well, he’ll just have to invite Jaemin to his own home every so often now.

Their flight is in the morning, so they pack their bags and head to the airport.

“Morning, sugar,” Jeno smiles as the younger opens the van’s door for him. “Did you sleep well? You weren’t with me last night.” He leans a bit closer, so no one else hears his words. “I missed you quite a bit. What were you doing, hm?”

He watches with a smirk as Jaemin’s cheeks turn pink.

But to his surprise, the younger doesn’t look him in the eye.

“I-I’m sorry, Sir,” Jaemin mutters, before bowing respectfully.

Jeno blinks. What?

The secretary’s head is still hung low as he gestures a hand to the airport’s entrance.

“The plane is waiting, Sir.”

Jeno doesn’t know what to say. He’s about to ask if something is wrong, when he’s interrupted by his cousin’s voice.

“Come on, Jen, we still have a meeting once we land.”

Jeno looks to his secretary again, who’s still at a 90-degree bow, before reluctantly walking forward and following Donghyuck. Jaemin follows afterwards, a few steps behind the CEO.

Perhaps Jaemin is just having a bad morning. Perhaps he doesn’t feel well, has an upset stomach or a fever.

But Jeno is certain he would’ve told him if he did. And he wouldn’t be focusing so much on his clipboard and their agenda and his files on his laptop the entire flight if he was.

If Jeno knew this because of how often he gazed towards the younger’s seat during those 20-plus hours, then he didn’t think about his own doings, and only thought of Jaemin’s.

It’s when they finally land and get ready to get off the plane that the CEO decides to approach his secretary. Well, Jaemin is really the first to approach him, since he has to help fix his things.

“Are you alright?” Jeno can’t help but ask directly the moment he’s in front of him.

The younger pauses his movements for a second, before nodding. “Yes, sir.”

Jeno frowns as Jaemin still doesn’t look at him, continuously clearing his used dishes and opened files. He even speaks to some airplane staff, but he never once looks at the older. Even as they go to the office and attend a few meetings, even as they go through their lunch and snack breaks, even as night falls and it’s only the two of them left in the building, Jaemin never once looks at him. He speaks to him only when needed, and with a very formal tone, eyes on the ground.

Maybe Jaemin is just tired. He just needs to rest and recover from the long trip. It’s the weekend tomorrow anyway, so maybe he’s just longing for that too.

So, Jeno lets it go, and doesn’t prod further.

At around 10 in the evening, he calls the younger to his office to run through his agenda for the next work day, like he always does before they officially end for the night. Everything goes smoothly, as per usual.

But again, the CEO can’t help but ask him, “Are you okay, Jaemin?”

Jaemin gives the same response. “Yes, sir.”

Jeno sighs. Maybe he really just needs some time to himself. “Alright. Just- let me know if you need a day off or anything, okay?”

Jaemin nods. “O-Okay, Sir.”

The CEO stands up then. “Come on, I’ll drive you home-”

“N-No, it’s alright, Sir,” the blonde quickly replies, eyes still on the floor. “I have other plans for tonight as well.”

“Oh,” Jeno pauses. He clears his throat awkwardly.

Maybe sugar wants some quiet on the way home? Maybe he thinks if Jeno will be the one to take him home, he won’t get to rest.

Right, he should just let him go. Why shouldn’t he? It’s not like he should be taking him home at all, anyway. He’s his boss, why should he care, why should it matter to him what other plans his secretary has?

But it does matter to him. He tries not to think of it.

He straightens up. “Well then, uhm. Alright. I’ll see you next week then, Jaemin. Just give me a call if you need anything, okay?”

The younger nods, before bowing low.

“See you next week, Mister Lee.” 

Jeno watches with soft, concerned eyes as he turns and leaves his office. He hopes he’s really okay. Sugar will probably just send a text or give a call in the morning.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

But he doesn’t.

The next morning is a Saturday. Jeno stares at his phone screen, the glow shining on his face as he holds it up above him. He’s still laying in bed, having just woken up. His eyes scan through all his notifications, but none of them quite take his interest nor attention.

He opens his messages, and this time, he does focus on a single contact.

sweet.

Nothing.

Throughout the day, Jeno looks at his phone. During meetings, at lunch, at dinner, after a few glasses of wine. Even as he catches up with Jisung, he can’t help but take a glance every now and then. 

Sunday arrives. Still nothing.

Jeno is starting to get worried. Did something happen to him? Has he done something wrong?

Notifications arrive from clients, from friends, from employees. None from his favorite employee though.

Monday comes eventually. It takes long, but it does. 

Jaemin still acts the same. Jeno calls him to his office in the evening, asks him to sit on his couch with him. Maybe he’s waiting for him to make the first move, like always.

“Are you free tonight, my sugar?” he asks with a little smile as he pours a second glass of wine. “I think I enjoyed our last time in Italy too much. What about you, hm?” He leans close to the younger, wishing to taste his lips again.

But then Jaemin moves away and stands up.

“I-I’m sorry,” he says. “I-I’ve made plans for tonight with an old friend. I’m sorry.”

Jeno looks up at him. He sighs, then stands up.

“No, it’s okay, don’t say sorry,” he says. He wants to look into Jaemin’s eyes, but the secretary bows low, then excuses himself.

It’s not wrong to hang out with an old friend, that’s none of Jeno’s business. Jaemin’s just – busy. Maybe tomorrow, he’ll have time for him.

But Tuesday comes. The secretary stands far from him in the elevator.

Wednesday. He leaves the office during lunch and dinner time, declines when Jeno tells him to stay and have a drink.

Thursday. He sits at least two or three seats away from him at meetings. Leaves the CEO’s office before Jeno can even get a chance to touch his skin or look into his eyes.

It’s Friday, and Jeno’s had enough. There must be a reason why Jaemin is doing this, right? Why is he acting so distant? After everything they had been through in Italy, the CEO thought they’d be even closer to each other. They already are – they already were .

But now, he hasn’t even heard Jaemin call him by his first name the moment they arrived here. He’s always just called him ‘sir,’ or, ‘Mister Lee,’ which is the right way but– Jeno doesn’t want the right way. He wants to hear him say his name, wants to touch him in the office and caress his skin while they drink alcohol. He wants to hear his carefree laugh, to see his beautiful eyes looking into his own, to comb and stroke his blonde hair, to kiss his soft, pink lips.

He wants all of it. This is driving him mad, and he has no idea why.

After a meeting, where the blonde never once looks his way even as he presents a proposal, Jeno decides he can’t take this anymore.

As they make their way back from the meeting room, he makes sure Jaemin won’t escape him this time.

“My office,” he orders firmly.

Once the door is shut, Jeno crowds into the younger’s space. He locks the door, backs him up against the wall, and cages him with one hand on his waist, and the other flat on the wall next to his head. He noses into his neck, breathing him in and ghosting his lips over his skin.

He smiles when he hears Jaemin gasp, when his secretary throws his head back and closes his eyes and grips his shoulders. Jeno knew he’d give in soon enough, perhaps he was just teasing him all this time. The distance has been making the CEO go insane, and there’s just no way it wasn’t doing the same to Jaemin.

Right?

“God, you smell so good,” Jeno whispers as he presses an open mouthed kiss to his jaw. He chuckles, “You’ve been driving me crazy, sugar. Avoiding me, and all that,” he breathes out, unable to hide the bitterness in his tone. He moves his hands up and down the younger’s waist, squeezing and caressing and feeling. “Was this all part of a little plan of yours? Hm? Trying to rile me up?” He pulls Jaemin in, biting on the juncture of his neck possessively. “You know I can’t resist you, baby. You know how much I want you all the time.”

He traces his lips up to the younger’s cheek, kissing there before he admits with a soft whisper,

“I miss you, Jaemin.”

He moves his lips down, until they’re just a millimeter away from the blonde’s. He’s finally going to taste him again, to feel his lips on his again, to kiss him and hold him and-

“I-I think we should stop.”

Jeno freezes.

He moves away.

Jaemin still isn’t looking into his eyes. 

“What?”

Jaemin stands straight.

“I think we should stop,” he whispers, face turned to the ground.

Oh, how much Jeno wants to reach out and caress his skin, to guide his gaze towards him gently.

But instead, he takes a step back. He still tries to find the blonde’s eyes. What has he done that’s so wrong?

“Why the sudden change of mind?”

Jaemin shakes his head. “I-It’s nothing related to you. It’s something personal. I’m sorry.”

Jeno wants to ask what it is. Wants to hear the whole story, wants to hear everything the younger has to say.

But what right does he even have to know anything at all about his secretary’s personal and private life? What right does he have to demand, to desire to know what’s wrong, to understand, to even give him comfort and help him out?

None. He doesn’t. There’s no valid reason for him to do so.

So he takes another step back. He lets Jaemin bow and mutter another, “I’m sorry.”

He shakes his head.

“Don’t be. It’s alright, I understand.”

Except he doesn’t at all.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

“Want to go on a blind date?”

Jeno scoffs at his cousin’s question. They’re both currently hanging out in his home, drinking some bourbon in the living room.

“No, thank you." He downs the rest of his drink in a single go.

Donghyuck looks at him with a raised eyebrow. 

“What, are you and that Jaemin kid exclusive?”

The CEO shakes his head.

“He called it off.”

“What? When?”

“Earlier today. He’d been avoiding me for the past few days, and I thought he was just trying to rile me up, or that he’s just tired from the trip. But today, he told me he thinks we should stop.”

“So that’s why you’ve been so fucking down lately.” Donghyuck fills his glass up again. Jeno takes another big gulp right after, trying not to think of how obvious his upsetness might’ve been.

“Did he say why?”

“He said it’s something personal,” he replies, before drinking again, already finishing his entire glass.

“And let me guess,” the COO sighs, crossing his arms on his chest. “You think it’s because of something you’ve done. You think you did something wrong.” They grew up together after all, he knows Jeno better than anyone does.

Jeno can’t lie to him either. He nods.

“I just don’t understand why it’s so out of the blue,” he explains, leaning back on the couch. “Before we came to Italy, everything was already going well. And even in Italy, it actually felt like it was getting better. I-I felt closer to him, and he even opened up to me about his past. It just felt like everything was going right– well, at least for me it was. I just felt really comfortable around him, and I’d like to think that he did too. He was always so sweet and considerate and just- he was this burst of energy and light. Does that make sense? Like his presence just makes me really- I-I don’t know, like at peace and- like I don’t have to be so uptight or careful or cautious of the way I act. Like I’m allowed to make mistakes, the same way he isn’t shy to be himself around me and even share with me more about himself. I just … don’t understand.”

“We spent almost every night together in Italy too,” he admits quietly. “I thought he’d wanna keep going once we got back here. He’s a great person, and … I really like being around him. I wish he knew that.”

Jeno can’t help but feel confusion, surprise, and humiliation arise in him when his cousin laughs, all high-pitched and clearly drunk. 

But also, a drunk Donghyuck, is always a right Donghyuck. A very blunt, uncaring, but right Donghyuck.

“Jeno, do you even hear yourself right now?” he giggles, slapping his thigh from how funny he finds this.

Jeno frowns. “What?”

At that, his cousin quiets. He looks straight at him unbelievingly. “Are you being serious? You’re literally the smartest person I know, hyung, and you’re- being serious right now that you don’t know?”

The CEO’s frown deepens.

Donghyuck sighs. “Look here, mister CEO.” He looks at no specific thing in the room, but speaks and points like there’s a presentation right in front of them, floating in the air. “ He is your secretary. You are his boss. He’s supposed to hate you, my man. He’s supposed to despise you, but also be incredibly inspired by you, drawn to follow you and your every command, because it is his damn dream to hear you say he’s doing a great job and you’re giving him a raise. But,” his cousin turns to him, pointing a finger straight at his chest.

“ You, Mister Jeno Lee, seem to be the one who’s at his feet right now. You were literally waxing poetry about your secretary, your subordinate just one minute ago . Why do you even care about how close you are? Why do you even care about what personal shit he’s going through? If you two are just fucking around, then you shouldn’t even bother to know about what he likes, about what he’s doing, about how he is right now at this very moment. Yet here you are, pondering about what wrong you fucking did to him. And you’re the CEO here.”

Jeno sighs. “Jaemin is just … different.”

The COO claps his hands together once, as if having expected this response from his cousin.

“And you know what that fucking means, Jeno?”

Donghyuck seems to wait for his answer.

Jeno looks away.

The COO scoffs and puts down his drink.

“Don’t you see it, hyung?” 

And of course, Jeno does.

“You want his attention. You crave his touch. You want him all to yourself. You wonder what he does in the day when you’re not together. You wonder why he avoids you when it’s only natural that he doesn’t talk to you when it’s not about work, or sex. You wonder why he won’t call you by your first name when you’re his god damn boss. You want to be around him, and you miss him when you aren’t. You expect a text from him every damn day, and your contact name for him is ‘sweet.’ Meanwhile, your contact name for me is just ‘Hyuck,’ for god’s sake. You even like hearing about his past, you want to know more about him. You remember the things he likes, as if it’s your job to know his preferences too. You think he’s ‘different,’ and you almost sound like you want to take care of him.”

“If it was someone else, if it wasn’t Jaemin who was your secretary, if it wasn’t Jaemin who you were friends with benefits with - would you be like this too? Would you be getting drunk, losing your mind over what you did or didn’t do? Would we even be having this damn conversation?”

Jeno stares into nothing. His mind blanks. His lips stay pressed together, sealed shut because he fears whatever he’ll say will just give him away further.

He doesn’t want to admit it. He can’t. It would be too much. He’s not like that. It isn’t right.

But then Donghyuck looks into his eyes, and speaks, and Donghyuck is always right.

“You’ve completely fallen in love with him, Jeno.”

Jeno closes his eyes.

Jaemin’s beautiful smile appears in his mind. His big, round eyes that sparkle when he talks about something he loves. His cheeks that blush pretty pink whenever he’s shy or embarrassed or flattered. His soft lips that always, always taste like sweet, white sugar.

That final night they spent together in Italy. That angel-like face he woke up to. That kind honey-like voice that said his name like he was the only one who should ever do so, like Jeno’s name belonged on his tongue, like it was meant to fall from only his lips.

Na Jaemin. Sweet, sweet, sugar.

Has he really?

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

“No,” Jaemin repeats for the millionth time to his best friend.

“Come on, just this once! It’s not as bad as you think it is!”

The younger shoves at least three more sugar cubes into his mouth in a span of ten seconds. He chews while crossing his arms on his chest, eyes narrowing as he contemplates his answer. In return, Renjun looks at him with pleading eyes.

They’re currently on lunch break, and the older secretary had suggested something they do for the coming Saturday night.

Renjun knows about the decision the blonde made with regard to his boss, and he isn’t his best friend not to notice how down Jaemin has been too because of it.

‘But it has to be done,’ Jaemin had said then, the night he realized he had broken every rule, including his own final one.

‘There’s no way he likes me back, and even if he did – which he doesn’t – there’s no way it’ll work out either way. I’ve broken all the rules, and that’s on me. It’s better not to make it a burden for him, to explain everything and try to make him understand when it’s only me who’s at fault. I’d make it harder for both of our job positions too,’ –– that’s what Jaemin’s mindset was, and still is right now. That’s why he decided to break it off, it would be better and easier and more practical this way. That’s always the way he went about his life anyways.

And because Renjun respects his best friend’s thoughts and decision (despite still being worried about how he truly thinks), he thought it’d be a grand idea to bring Jaemin to–

“A gay strip club,” the younger deadpans. He sighs, “You sure I’ll like it?”

Renjun grins from ear to ear, nodding. “Yes, really! And if you don’t enjoy yourself within the first hour – which I guarantee you will – then we can just go back and drink in your apartment.”

“How would Yangyang even be okay with you going to a strip club?

“What do you mean? He’s coming with us, of course.”

“Right,” Jaemin whispers.

Those two have become inseparable ever since they became boyfriends, and Yangyang basically lives in Renjun’s apartment now. Not to mention he hangs out by his desk at work every chance he gets to too. Documents that are supposed to be given by lower-ranking employees, are now personally delivered by Yangyang to Renjun, along with a peck on his lips (‘ unbelievable,’ Jaemin had internally groaned every single time too).

“So?” Renjun hums. “Come on, you deserve it, Jaem! You need to take your mind off of work-”

“And put it on half-naked men dancing?”

“ Beautiful half-naked men!” Renjun rebutts a little too cheerily in the office pantry.

“Come on, please? It’ll be so much fun! And as your friend, I really genuinely think you need a little fooling around like this. Just this once!”

Jaemin sighs.

Would it be okay? There’s nothing wrong with it, right?

He thinks about it for a couple more moments, before finally giving in.

“We go straight home if I don’t like it, okay?”

That’s enough for Renjun to jump in absolute glee, nodding and uncaring of the other employees eyeing them.

So Saturday night comes. Of course, they deck themselves out in their best outfits, as per Renjun’s advice (more like order, as Jaemin had honestly just wanted to stay in his sweatpants).

Jaemin finds himself grateful for this advice once they enter the strip club, realizing that this place is quite classy. It’s still noisy, and crowded, and it smells heavily of cigarettes and alcohol like any other bar, but there are silver couches and glowing tables, bright strobe lights and chandeliers, and long stages where half-naked men are indeed dancing. There’s even a DJ, and waiters going around to serve drinks and such.

Thank you Renjun for paying his entrance fee.

The three of them find a table not far from the stage. They take a few shots, order some cocktails and food, and before Jaemin knows it, he’s having the best time of his life. He got drunk so much faster tonight, and he wonders if it’s just the tiredness getting to him.

He’s got a big grin on when they decide to dance in the middle of the crowd, as he always loves to do at parties. Giggles fall from his lips as attractive, muscular topless men pole dance and grind on the air right in front of him, covering his eyes as he squeals like a school kid, squeezing next to Renjun who is in absolute disbelief of just how drunk his best friend is.

“Okay, you need to sit down.”

Jaemin hmphs and pouts, but can’t do much when his legs are all wobbly and his vision is a bit hazy too. Yangyang and Renjun guide him back to their table, sitting him down on the couch and asking for some water.

The blonde’s breaths begin to calm as he pants, staring at the sea of people they had left earlier. He’s sweaty and warm and definitely extremely red, and his heart is drumming in his ears from everything – the alcohol, the dancing, the music, the adrenaline rush.

The last time he was like this was in Italy. Jeno had smiled at his silliness and taken care of him and let him sleep on his shoulder on the ride back to the hotel. Jaemin remembers too clearly the way the CEO rubbed his shoulder, the way he had pulled him closer, the way he had smelled like mint and fresh laundry.

Why does he have to think of him now of all times?

He’s already having fun. He’s already doing a good job, taking care of himself alone and handling everything, like he always does. No distractions, no weights pulling him down, no anything that’ll stop him from doing his job right and being the best version of himself.

He’s already doing so good at forgetting, and ignoring, and just plainly not thinking of it.

Why can’t he do it now? Why does he have to think of it now, to feel it now, to feel regret and guilt now?

“I’m going to the bathroom,” he says as he stands up.

Renjun looks at him worriedly. “Do you want me to come with you?”

“No, it’s okay.”

“You sure?”

“Yeah, it’s not far anyway.”

The older secretary is still watching his back as he makes his way to the restroom.

He doesn’t really need to go. He just needs to wash his face, to clear his mind. He needs to get it together, get his senses back. He can do this, he’s always done this, he’s been doing it for years. Being alone, living alone, taking care of himself alone.

But then he comes out of the bathroom and the first thing he sees is Jeno, and he wishes he was never alone at all.

He’s far away, settled in the very corner of the room, seemingly talking with clients or friends or whatever. Jaemin doesn’t know anymore, he doesn’t remember what the fuck is on his boss’ agenda. His brain just stops thinking. He blinks as strippers approach the CEO, as they trace their pretty fingers over his polished black blazer, as they smile gracefully at his words, as they make bedroom eyes at him, trying to earn themselves a prize for the night.

Jaemin feels the warmth and alcohol drain away from his body. He feels his heart fall to the pit of his stomach. He blinks again, takes one last look at Jeno, before turning away and walking as quickly as his drunken self can take him.

Once he reaches their table again, it’s to Yangyang tucking some hair behind his best friend’s ear and giving him a kiss on his forehead. Jeno used to do that to him too.

Jaemin shakes the thought away. He wants to go home, and be alone.

With all the dignity left inside of him, he faces his friends.

“Can we go?”

Renjun only needs to look at him once to understand. He nods.

“Let’s get you home, Jaem.”

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

After taking a full shower and getting into his pajamas, Jaemin finally lays on his bed. He just stays there on his side, nothing heard in his entire apartment except the gentle hum of the air conditioning and the sound of cars that pass every now and then.

He’s alone once again.

His ears perk up at a certain meow, and he catches sight of Jellypong hopping onto his bed. She immediately approaches his curled figure, meowing and squeezing right next to him.

“Hi, baby,” he pets her orange fur. He releases a sigh. “It’s just us again tonight,” he whispers. “It will be for … I don’t know. Just- some time. A long time, maybe.”

For some time, he stares at his phone. He hovers his finger over a certain contact, wishing he was still drunk so he at least had an excuse to send a foolish message or give a call.

What would he even say?

How are you? 

How’s your son?

Are you doing okay?

I saw you earlier. Did you see me too?

Have you been thinking of me too?

I miss you.

I’m sorry.

Can we meet tonight? Just one last time?

He wants to do it, but he knows he shouldn’t. He can’t. He musn’t.

He’s sober, and he doesn’t even know where to start. What he wants to say sounds like he doesn’t even see him every Monday to Friday. Like they don’t make eye contact unintentionally every now and then, only to promptly look away. Like they used to be lovers, when all they were and ever have been were two co-workers that fuck.

For heaven’s sake, they’re not even just co-workers. Jeno is his boss.

Mister Lee is his boss.

He needs to stop this. It’s better to stop this. It’s better this way. There’ll be less tears, less pain this way.

It will be better, soon . Maybe. Hopefully.

He exits his messages, and instead, opens his music application.

He falls asleep with his earphones tangled all over him, soft and slow songs playing. If he listens to a specific song one too many times, then it’s only for him to know and think of.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

He wears the same earphones to work, using at as a distraction from – many things. Many thoughts. Many feelings which he can’t define, can’t describe, can’t even distinguish. He chooses not to.

He doesn’t want to think about them. He can’t, he has no time to. He’s busy, he’s got a huge job, he’s the secretary of the CEO of the biggest company and he’s paying his own dues every month. He puts the food on his own plate, buys all his own clothes and shoes, cares for his own cat.

On his own. Like always.

He can do it. He’s done it his whole life, why should it be so difficult now?

But every now and then, when a specific song plays, the answer comes almost too clearly into his head. He wishes it were blurrier, he wishes he didn’t see it in big capital letters in his mind. He hates it, he hates feeling this way, he shouldn’t be feeling this way. 

It’s one minute into the song when he just has to take out his earphones. He runs a hand through his hair and sighs, staring blankly at the file in front of him. He pops one, two, three sugar cubes into his mouth.

“Jaemin.”

He chokes on the sugar at that deep, warm voice, coughing up and bending down. Much to his embarrassment, Mister Lee approaches him and pats his back gently. His touch makes Jaemin shiver.

He hands him his water jug afterwards. “You okay?”

Jaemin tries not to think about how red his face probably is.

“Yeah,” he replies as he roughly clears his throat. 

His eyes widen.

“Y-Yes, sir,” he corrects himself.

He doesn’t dare look up at Jeno’s eyes.

“I apologize, sir,” he says with a bow.

The CEO shakes his head. “It’s alright. See me in my office when you’re better, okay? I’ve got some files I want to run down and edit.”

“Yes, sir.”

Jaemin watches his figure enter his office. He sighs, takes another sip of his water, then gets up and goes on to do his job.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

One Week Later

“Yes, sir,” Jaemin nods after writing notes rapidly on his clipboard. “The meeting has been confirmed at 4 pm tomorrow. Everything’s already set, including the room and request for refreshments. Do you wish to change anything?”

He tries not to look up when Jeno replies, knowing they’ll inevitably make eye contact.

It’s been like this for weeks now, Jaemin still not able to look into his eyes. He can’t. It makes him feel uncomfortable, nervous, anxious, vulnerable. Makes him feel things when he should just be focusing on his task at hand, on his job, on the actual reason why he’s right here.

Mister Lee’s response comes after a few audible keyboard clicks. “None, but just inform the clients that we must end by 6 pm, to make way for the company dinner later on. You know about that, right?”

The secretary looks up at that in confusion. He only meets his boss’ eyes for a millisecond, before quickly turning to his clipboard again and flipping the pages frantically. He bites on his lip, gaze on the ground.

“N-No, sir. I must’ve missed noting it during the planning.”

How could he make such a stupid, careless mistake? A company dinner is a big deal, especially for one like theirs that has more than a hundred employees. He’s already months into this job, with an almost perfect record so far, and yet he’s able to not only fail at doing such a simple task, but also embarrass himself at this point.

Get it together, Jaemin. This isn’t you, you’re better than this. Focus.

He bows down low, 90 degrees.

“I apologize, Sir.”

Jeno takes another few seconds to reply.

“There’s nothing to apologize for, Jaemin. Just be there, alright? And enjoy yourself –– you’ve earned it.”

For one moment, Jaemin finally meets his eyes.

Jeno isn’t smiling, but he isn’t upset either. He can’t quite tell what exactly his expression says. He wishes he could look at him longer, stare at him, study him, memorize every crease and crinkle on his face, and measure how long his eyelashes are. He wants to kiss him badly.

Jaemin catches himself once the moment ends, looking away.

He bows again. His voice comes out in an almost whisper.

“Thank you, Sir.”

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

The next day, the company party commences. It’s done quarterly, so Jaemin has only been to one of these before, considering that he’s been working here for less than a year, just shy of 8 months to be more precise. That one time, he was still a very uptight rookie, trying his best to make a good impression on other employees, even if he’s got quite a high-ranking position.

This time though, he feels more relaxed, smiling at the subordinate employees that greet and bow to him. He drinks little by little at first, but with Renjun and Yangyang sitting next to him, constantly urging him to drink some more, he gets drunk faster than expected.

That, and the fact that he refuses to look at a certain man, knowing that for once, he doesn’t have any responsibilities to him.

And yet, he wishes he did. He wishes he had an excuse to be around him, to sit with him, to speak with him casually, and to laugh with him like he did those nights in Italy.

But he doesn’t. Not anymore.

So, he drinks his thoughts and emotions away. He chats with other secretaries, gives advice to any rookies, laughs with his friends.

By the time it’s midnight, the party is only just beginning to die down. Yangyang is struggling to stop a drunk Renjun from grabbing another tequila shot. On the other hand, Jaemin is way out of it.

He’s slumped over the table, eyes almost completely closed, cheeks red as cherries, supposedly gelled up hair now disheveled. He’s using his trench coat as a pillow, sighing quietly as he stares at his two friends, Renjun helplessly arguing in pout and Yangyang resisting laughing at him.

At some point, Yangyang (who thankfully seems sober enough), turns to him. 

“You okay, Jaem? I’m taking Renjun home soon. Do you need a ride home too-”

“I’ll drive him home.”

Jaemin looks up at that. His eyes widen when he turns and sees Jeno standing behind him, looking straight at Yangyang. “You get Mister Huang home safely. I’ll take care of Jaemin.”

Renjun also drunkenly awakens at those words. He gasps dramatically as he stands up, his chair making a loud screeching noise on the floor. “You are not taking him home! Why are you even-”

Yangyang quickly covers his boyfriend’s mouth as he goes on babbling; it appears he has forgotten he’s talking to the CEO of their company.

“I apologize, Sir,” he bows. “He’s really drunk, h-he doesn’t know what he’s saying.”

Jeno shakes his head. “No, it’s alright. I understand why he wouldn’t trust me.” Then, he turns to Renjun. “Don’t worry, I’ll bring Jaemin home safely. I promise that’s all I will do, nothing more, nothing less. You have my word.”

Renjun gives him the stink eye, but can’t really do much as he’s not in a better state than his best friend either. Meanwhile, Jaemin isn’t even sure what’s going on anymore. Did he really just hear his boss say those things? What does he even look like right now? He turns his gaze to him again and wow, he is gorgeous. He’s taking one, two, three steps towards him, and when he reaches a hand toward him, Jaemin’s first instinct is to back away.

He pretends he’s too drunk to notice the hurt in Jeno’s eyes when he does.

“S-Sorry,” he says quickly.

“It’s okay,” the CEO returns, a little too kindly. “Can you stand up?”

Jaemin nods. He stands up in an instant, only to feel dizzy right after and fall face flat onto the floor-– but why is the floor so… soft and warm and oh, it smells so nice. He looks up at that, meeting eyes with Jeno who’s caught him in his arms just in time.

“Sorry!” he blurts out again, pushing himself off and standing up straight, only to nearly trip over nothing again once he takes a single step forward.

Jeno catches him again.

“Come on, it’ll be easier if you lean against me while we walk.”

So, they walk towards Jeno’s car side by side, with Jaemin barely looking where he’s going and just following his boss’ guidance. He tries hard not to look up at Jeno, not to be hyper aware of his hand on his waist, and his warm breath on his hair. He hears some people greeting and probably bowing at the CEO, but Jeno doesn’t speak a word the whole time. Or maybe Jaemin’s just too drunk and dizzy to hear the words he’s saying properly. Maybe he’s just nodding and smiling at them. Does he smile at other employees that aren’t him? Maybe he’s actually sweet to other employees too. Maybe he’s actually fucked a few of them before too. Maybe Jaemin just thought he was special, when he’s really nothing to him.

His thoughts are cut off when Jeno opens the door of his car for him. Jaemin only realizes he’s frowning when his face relaxes as Jeno guides him onto his seat. He even puts his seatbelt on for him, and adjusts the seat so it’s inclined at a comfortable position. He then shuts the door, goes on to the other side, gets in, and starts the car. 

Jaemin catches himself when they meet eyes then, realizing he’s been staring.

He immediately looks away, determined not to make the same mistake on the entire journey home. Jeno doesn’t care about him, of course he doesn’t. He’s just his secretary, he’s doing this out of courtesy because Yangyang’s clearly already got his hands full and he can’t take him home too.

But during the ride, he feels Jeno’s gaze on him every now and then, the way he turns to check on him at every stoplight, or when he moves or makes a little noise unintentionally. He doesn’t want to look back at him, he can’t .

He’s afraid to find that Jeno does care. He’s afraid to look into those eyes and see concern in them. He’s afraid that once he meets Jeno’s gaze, all the controlling and resisting and forgetting these past weeks will suddenly be gone because deep inside he knows that he’ll not see even a single small ill intention or emotion in Jeno’s eyes. He knows that all he’ll see is genuity, sincerity, and kindness. And everything he had worked hard for until now – stopping himself from sending a text, from giving a call, from entering his office unannounced, from listening to specific songs, from bursting into tears and letting his emotions consume him – all of those will just vanish with a single look.

But equal is his fear that he won’t see anything but coldness in Jeno’s eyes. That he really doesn’t care, that Jaemin was really nothing but a sexual adventure to him. That he’s coping so easily right now, that he isn’t thinking of him and missing him every night, the way that Jaemin is.

I mean look at him, he’s the drunk one in this car.

Jaemin feels miserable. This is embarrassing, humiliating.

But still, he can’t find the strength to deny even just a little bit to himself that he misses Jeno so much. He has the strength for everything else, but not for that one stupid little thing.

He hates it.

He doesn’t even realize they’re already at his apartment, until the older speaks.

“Jaemin?”

He sits up then.

“O-Oh. We’re here. Sorry.”

He carefully unclicks his seatbelt, cringing at the sound of his own voice and his sluggish movements. Just as he’s about to say his thanks and leave, Jeno speaks.

“Jaemin.”

The secretary stops. He breathes in and out.

“I’m sorry,” Jeno says, and Jaemin turns to meet his eyes. Why is he saying sorry? If there’s anyone that should be saying sorry, it’s himself.

“I hope you’re doing alright,” the CEO continues, offering a small smile. “I-I hope you’re not having a hard time. I’m just here if you ever need anything, okay? You don’t have to do everything alone, you don’t have to do everything by yourself. I just … wanted you to know that.”

Jaemin can feel his heart racing. He can feel his world spinning too quickly, can feel the heat that makes its way to his already pink cheeks. His pupils tremble as they look into Jeno’s, at the sincerity and gentleness in his eyes, and they dilate when his gaze moves down to his lips. Jeno’s move down too.

Then, they meet eyes again.

Jaemin surges forward and kisses him. And without even a single second of hesitation, Jeno kisses back.

They kiss each other with desperation, with longing, with want. Jaemin draws Jeno closer with both hands on his neck, thumb sometimes caressing the skin under his jaw. Jeno, meanwhile, has one hand cupping his cheek, and an arm wrapped around his middle, pulling him in and grasping his waist, as if wanting to feel more of him, to taste and have more of Jaemin.

He missed him so much.

He moves his kisses down to his neck, soft and gentle yet so full of desire. Jaemin leans his head back, fingers digging into the older’s scalp as he savors this very moment.

Then, Jeno moves up and kisses his lips again. Sweet, kind, and slow.

It’s when he kisses his cheek oh so tenderly that Jaemin opens his eyes. They’re both breathless. Jeno is already looking at him.

Jaemin gasps upon realization of what he’s done, and moves backward quickly.

How could he? Why did he do that?

“I’m sorry,” he whispers, looking away. 

“No,” Jeno replies, just as softly. “It’s okay. I’m … I’m sorry too.”

Jaemin feels shameful. He holds his hands together on his lap.

“I should go.”

He doesn’t look back anymore as he clicks open his door, steps out, and walks towards his apartment. Not even as he enters the front door and waits for the elevator.

But Jeno never once takes his eyes off of him.

He couldn’t for the life of him ever stop gazing at Jaemin.

He wishes he walked him to his door. He wishes he could kiss him again.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

When Jaemin finally enters his apartment, it’s to Jellypong meowing at him. He pets her gently as a greeting, and then kicks off his shoes and makes his way in. He pours himself a glass of water, then downs it in one go, leaving his dishes in the sink for tomorrow’s chore. He then makes his way to his room, and takes off his clothes. He takes a shower, he brushes his teeth, he combs his hair.

He puts on his pajamas, and finally sits in bed. He glances at his phone.

1:42 am.

He puts it down on his nightstand, turns on his lamp, and turns off his main light. He puffs his pillows, adjusts the air conditioning to just the right temperature, before finally laying in bed.

He lays on his side, pulls the blanket over himself. He stares at the buildings outside his window. It’s begun to rain hard.

He just stares. Blinks. Breathes. Shivers.

His heartbeat is steady. His breathing warm. His body relaxed.

And finally, after holding in for so long, he breaks.

The first tear falls before his vision can even blur, before he can even realize it. Then the second comes, and the third, and the fourth. He curls into himself, crying so hard that his entire figure shakes as he sobs into his hands. 

He’s got no one but himself. He’s always alone. He’s always been able to do well alone.

But now, as he cries and hugs his pillow, he wishes he had someone with him. He wishes Jeno was here to kiss his tears away, to hold him close, to tell him the exact words he had told him earlier. He wishes he was here to tell him that he isn’t alone anymore, that he doesn’t have to pretend he can do it all, that he doesn’t have to act tough and strong and smart, that he doesn’t have to try to fit into all of these expectations and achieve all of these goals when really, all he yearns for is comfort, belongingness, and love. He’s always taken care of himself, always thought he never needed anyone but himself.

But for once, he admits to himself, to his bed and to the stains of tears he’s left on his pillow and sheets and blanket, that it’s so difficult to be alone. It’s so difficult to do everything by himself, to be independent. It’s so difficult to pretend that it isn’t – that it’s easy and that he can do it all.

It’s so lonely.

For once, he admits that he wishes to be cared for, to be loved, to be understood and given utmost attention to.

And he doesn’t want anyone else’s attention or understanding or care, but Jeno’s.

Only Jeno has made him feel this way. Only Jeno made him realize how difficult it’s been, how hard he’s working, how tired he is.

And Only Jeno made him realize how beautiful it is to be vulnerable. How wonderful it is to fall apart, to let down your walls, to let others in, to be carefree, to make mistakes, to let yourself be taken care of for the first time in your entire life.

He loves him. He loves Jeno. So, so much.

He misses him. He wants to hold him, to kiss him, to embrace him, to just be with him.

Jaemin loves him.

But he shouldn’t. There are too many reasons he shouldn’t.

He cries for hours, until he just can’t anymore, succumbing to the tiredness and sleep.

Chapter Text

Jeno runs a hand through his hair. He breathes in, and out.

He watches as Jaemin enters his apartment building, as he takes more and more steps, further and further away from him.

He contemplates running after him. He contemplates dropping all his dignity and running up the stairs and knocking at his door. He contemplates sending him even just a single text message.

But in the end, in fear of hurting Jaemin further, of making him feel uncomfortable, of giving him more reasons to avoid him – he doesn’t do any of them.

He just starts his car, and finally, drives home.

When he walks through his front door, he’s surprised to see his son running up to him with a big smile. Despite all the tiredness in his body and heart, Jeno bends down and opens his arms, wide and welcoming as Jisung gives him a hug. He gives the little boy kisses all over his face, carrying him in his arms.

“What are you doing here, hm?” he asks as he walks them forward, ruffling his hair. “Aren’t you supposed to come tomorrow?”

“But I missed papa so, so, sooo much!” Jisung exclaims with a pout. “I asked mama if I could come here earlier, so she drove me here after dinner!”

“Well, I’m glad she did, because I missed you too, Jisung-ah. I’m happy you’re here,” the CEO smiles. They make it up the stairs and into the bedroom. “What have you been doing here all night while waiting for me?”

Jisung giggles suspiciously. “Watching TV.”

“I ought to take away the TV here, Lee Jisung,” Jeno tsks lightly. “It’s way past your bedtime. You should sleep right now.” He puts his son down on the edge of the bed, leaving him there as he reaches for some of his own pajamas.

“Noooo~” Jisung instantly frowns, shaking his head and kicking his feet about. “I slept too after watching! I just went downstairs because I heard you! I-I was asleep for very, very, very, very, very, veeery long time! P-Promise!”

Jeno chuckles then, having put on clean and comfortable clothes now. He’s also taken out his contacts and put on his glasses.

“You promise you’re telling the truth, Jisung-ah?”

The little boy nods vigorously, making the CEO smile as he sits down next to him.

“And you don’t want to go back to sleep yet either?”

Jisung shakes his head to that. Jeno pats his black hair a few times, before sighing. He could never really say no to him.

“Fine. We can stay up for just thirty minutes more, okay?”

Jeno smiles when his son shouts a, “Yay! Papa’s the best!” in absolute joy, jumping around his bed. He joins him soon enough, tackling him (gently) and letting the toddler fake-beat him too.

They plop down on the bed with heavy breaths just fifteen minutes later, a thin layer of sweat having formed on their foreheads. They stare up at the ceiling for a while, before Jeno turns on his side to look at his son. He wipes a bit of the sweat on his face, brushing his bangs back and giving a little pinch to his cheeks.

Jisung looks at him then.

“Can I ask you a question, papa?”

Jeno smiles and nods. He’s gotten so good at forming his sentences. “Sure.”

But he least expects his son to ask about,

“Jaeminnie hyung … where is he? I don’t see him anymore,” he says with a little frown. “He- he said he would play with me … Will he come here again soon?”

Jeno sighs. What was he to say?

“I don’t know, Jisung-ah. I don’t think so. Maybe, but not anytime soon.”

The toddler fully sits up, looking straight at his papa. He yawns, then rubs at his eyes.

“Did you guys fight?” he asks in a tone as if he knows everything about the world.

Jeno sits up too. He reaches forward to kindly stop his son from rubbing at his own eyes. Then, he lies down again, on his side. Jisung follows, facing him, heads on their pillows.

“I don’t know,” the CEO says honestly.

“Did he hurt you, papa?”

Jeno smiles sheepishly.

“A little bit.”

Jisung yawns again. “I think … you should talk to him, papa.”

Jeno stays quiet for a few seconds.

“I don’t think he wants to talk to me, son. I think he wants to be alone right now.”

Jisung’s eyes are already beginning to close, but still, he replies.

“No one wants to be alone, papa,” he says seriously with furrowed brows, like Jeno should’ve known this all along. “Being alone is … scary, and sad.”

“Maybe Jaeminnie hyung is hurt too, like you. Maybe he just wants to be with you, papa.” The toddler’s voice gets softer towards his sentence’s end, yawning just one last time, before finally fully closing his eyes.

Jeno watches him for some time, silent and unmoving.

Later on, he sits up to pull the comforter over the two of them, before giving his son a kiss on his forehead.

You’ll be much wiser than I am one day, he smiles to himself as he strokes Jisung’s head a few times.

Jeno falls asleep as well not long after.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

Jeno saw him then. Last weekend.

He was invited by a good friend to a club, and he only realized it was a gay strip club when he had entered.

Usually, he’d tell Jaemin this too, tell him to include it in his agenda and such, but this invite was last minute, and he didn’t really know how his secretary would feel about it.

The last time he went to a club, it was with Jaemin in Italy.

He thinks about it even as he sips on his bourbon, mind clearly not where his body is. He tries his best to respond of course when his friend chats him up, or when strippers approach him; but truly, he just can’t be bothered. Not when he’s thinking of Jaemin, and Jaemin only.

The thought of him defeats everything else.

By the middle of the night, a few strippers have gathered round him, trying to catch his attention. Their long, painted nails dance over his shoulders and arms, and he resists just swatting away every single one of their hands. He thinks maybe they’ll leave him if he doesn’t react or return any of their advances, but still, they persist and stay.

Jeno just wants to go home.

He’s about to leave, and just make up some excuse to his friend, when he spots a head of silver-white hair in the crowd, too distinct, too beautiful, too engraved in his memory not to recognize.

“Jaemin,” he whispers.

His first instinct is to stand up, and walk towards him. To run towards Jaemin. Maybe just say ‘hi,’ make some small talk; perhaps the alcohol would make it less awkward and more like the old times.

But then he remembers — he’s at a strip club. Jaemin is at a strip club.

He probably doesn’t want to see him. He’s probably here to forget about him.

Or maybe, he already has.

Jeno looks away.

He goes home less than an hour later.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

“Good morning, Sir.”

Jeno resists sighing when he’s greeted by his secretary with a low bow first thing in the morning. There isn’t anything unnatural about this, in fact, Jaemin does this every single day at the beginning of work.

But somehow, seeing him this way makes Jeno — uncomfortable. It’s unsettling and unusual, despite how truly normal – how mundane – it is. It makes his chest twist oddly and his breath catch in his throat as he clears it to hide the tension running through him. As if a secretary would ever judge or question his boss.

He adjusts his necktie. He stares at Jaemin’s low stature. He breathes in, and out.

“Good morning, Jaemin,” he bows back, just as low. Ninety degrees, eyes on their shiny black shoes.

He hears the younger gasp softly at his action. 

A superior never bows as low as his subordinate does. They’re not on the same level. 

And yet, CEO Lee stays in position for enough seconds to make his secretary blink several times and gulp audibly.

When Jeno finally straightens up, they meet gazes. Immediately, Jaemin looks to the ground.

“Your breakfast will get cold, Sir,” he says softly, almost a whisper.

Jeno wishes he could look into his eyes longer.

He looks towards his desk and sighs. He makes his way there, and takes a seat.

The secretary then announces his agenda. No changes needed. No comments, or special requests. All perfect.

Jaemin leaves with a low bow. Jeno follows him with his eyes, and even as he exits his office, his gaze lingers at the door, at where he had left, just for a few moments.

Work begins.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

“Hyung, did you hear what I just said?”

The CEO looks up when he feels a tap on his shoulder.

“Huh?”

Donghyuck looks down at him with a sigh. They’re currently at the COO’s office, having a few glasses of liquor after work hours. It’s been a long day.

“I said, are you going to the dinner on Friday? The place the client invited us to is a bar of some sorts, and that guy is known to be pretty rowdy, so I don’t know if you’d still wanna come with.”

Jeno seems to not know what to say for a moment. He gazes into nothing.

The COO sighs again. “You don’t have to if you’re not in the right-”

“I’ll come,” the older interrupts. He notices his cousin’s concerned eyes on him. He runs a hand through his hair roughly, and takes a sip of his drink.

“I’m fine, Hyuck.”

“You definitely don’t look fine,” the younger counters.

“I’m fine ,” Jeno sighs. “I just …”

Donghyuck finds the words for him. “You just don’t know what to do about it. About him. About Jaemin.”

The older looks at him with a serious, yet readable expression. He nods.

“Why don’t you just talk to him about it?”

.Jeno shakes his head, eyes seemingly empty, yet wishing to tell a million things.

“He doesn’t want to talk to me, Hyuck,” he replies. “When I try to approach him or talk to him in a friendly way, he responds formally. As his boss, I shouldn’t be doing those things either, I shouldn’t be prodding at his personal life — he doesn’t want me in his personal life,” he says, more exasperatedly than he had intended to.

He smiles bitterly, staring at his empty glass. “He won’t even look me in the eyes.”

“Besides,” he continues, “to end it just like that — I must’ve done something wrong. I don’t want to deepen whatever wound I’ve cut.”

Donghyuck sighs.

“It hurts you to just see him, doesn’t it?”

Jeno looks down. He nods.

“And let me guess. You’d still rather see him like this, than fire him and never see him at all?”

Jeno nods again.

Donghyuck shakes his head. 

“Oh, what to do with you, Mister Jeno Lee.”

Of course, Jeno would never let the younger go as his secretary. He knew the day he set his eyes on him that he was different, that there was this fire of passion within him, hot and bright and blinding. It was beautiful.

He was beautiful.

“This is the best candidate yet.”

 

Mister Lee barely listens to a word his company’s HR manager speaks. Instead, he flips through the applicant’s file himself, reading every line of his credentials, his personal details, his answers to previous interview questions, as well as the feedback from the interviewers.

 

From those alone, Jeno can tell this person is outstanding. He’s so young, still passionate and excited to work, but also so talented and seemingly ready to take on this job. Jeno’s last secretary was even older than him, since landing this specific job requires an impressive resume, tons of work experience and skills.

 

Which is why this applicant is interesting. Intriguing, even.

 

Jeno wonders if he’ll break after a few weeks since he’s so young, and this industry is so tough, so cruel. He’ll just have to find another one then.

 

The last thing he reads, is the first thing on his file.

 

Name: Na Jaemin

 

Jeno doesn’t even glance at the little 1x1 photo posted on top. He puts down the folder, then takes a sip of his coffee. Afterwards, he focuses on the file again.

 

“Bring him in,” he says without looking up.

 

And so, they do. 

 

Big, bright eyes scan around the room as the doors open. Na Jaemin walks forward with a practiced, confident poise, before stopping a meter or so from the CEO’s table. Then, he bows down low, ninety degrees.

 

“Good morning, Sir. My name is Na Jaemin.”

 

Jeno flips his file to an empty page at the very end, and clicks open his pen.

 

“Have a seat, Jaemin.”

 

And so, Jaemin does.

 

Throughout the whole interview, as Jeno asks him numerous questions, hears his long answers, the CEO never once looks up from his file. This has always been his way of hiring important employees, basing most of his final judgements from solely their answers. He only interviews the cream of the crop anyway, one or two applicants who’ve passed every stage of the process.

 

All of Mister Na’s answers are nothing short of stellar. He certainly studied hard, must’ve done lots of research too.

 

He easily passes Jeno’s standards with flying colors, as expected from an applicant that’s made it this far for such a high-ranking and demanding position. Still though, there’s something about this one – the wise yet still idealistic and fresh answers he gives – that intrigues Jeno. 

 

He was just like him when he was younger. When Jeno knew everything, yet felt as if he still had a whole world to learn about, an entire universe he wanted to know and learn and memorize and master. He wanted it all, for himself, for his parents, for his mother especially.

 

He wanted to know more, and be more.

 

After the applicant answers his last question perfectly, he closes his folder and clicks his pen closed. He stands up then, as he finally takes a look at the face of his new secretary.

 

Round eyes, long eyelashes, button nose, sharp jaw, honey brown hair, thick eyebrows.

 

“You’re,”

 

Beautiful.

 

“Accepted, Mister Na.”

 

Jeno walks around his table, and stops right in front of the man. He extends a hand out, professional yet warm, like a CEO should be.

 

“Congratulations. See you next week.”

 

He watches as a wide grin breaks on the boy’s face. He takes his hand and nods, that smile still on his lips.

 

Jeno stares into his dark eyes, big and seemingly endless, yet bright and filled to the brim with enthusiasm and excitement. His smile is gorgeous, and his eyes light up with it.

 

How beautiful, indeed.

 

“Thank you very much, Mister Lee. I won’t let you down.”

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

The client Donghyuck had told him about is indeed rowdy. They’re at a private room in a bar, and the client invited people which are clearly not needed in this dinner, but they don’t really have much say in this, as it’s not a proper meeting, and just celebratory. The client simply wanted to treat them for a job well done.

So, Jeno stays and talks and sips on his champagne despite wanting to go home. His eyes also can’t help but linger on a certain someone across from him, drinking his own glass little by little too. They’re both quiet, both obviously don’t want to be there.

But, Jeno had agreed, and it’d be rude to cancel at the last minute, or leave after just a short period of time.

They’re only an hour in, and the client is already very drunk. He’s laughing and speaking loudly, moving around in his part of the couch, pouring (and spilling) more alcohol into everyone’s glasses. He’s asking everyone questions, and Jeno really pays no mind the whole time, mind flying elsewhere as he tries avoiding eye contact with the client so he won’t talk to him. Donghyuck is entertaining him well anyways.

But then his client addresses his secretary.

“What about you, Mister Na? You’re still very young, aren’t you? Come here, sit closer.”

Jeno’s eyes then draw towards his secretary, who smiles a bit, before obeying and sitting next to the client. 

“Y-Yes, sir. I just turned 25 a few months ago.”

Right. Jeno had missed his birthday. He wanted to send something – he would have sent something. He would have even treated him to a good meal, maybe a stay at a hotel.

He would have.

“So young indeed! Such fresh talent you have with you, CEO Lee,” the client chuckles boisterously.

Jeno laughs along a bit too, it would be rude not to, but his expression hardens when he notices the hand on Jaemin’s upper arm. The client is clearly squeezing him through his blazer, pulling him closer. His gaze moves up to Jaemin’s face.

Jaemin is looking away, laughing awkwardly too, like the good employee that he is.

But it’s clear that he’s uncomfortable.

Jeno tries to be patient because this is one of their biggest clients. If he does something wrong, his patronage to them will be completely thrown away, and he could badmouth the company to others too.

He takes a quick swig of his drink, finishing everything in one go. He belatedly realizes his mistake when his client notices and pours some more into his glass. He can’t decline, and Jaemin can’t either when the man decides to give him a little more too, even putting his glass in his hands himself and telling him to drink some more.

Jeno’s fist tightens around his glass when the client whispers something in Jaemin’s ear. Even more so when his secretary tries moving away, only for the old man to pull him close again. And it’s the last string of Jeno’s patience being snipped away when he sees the man’s hand move down, under the table, and notices the blonde squirm and try to move away once more.

The CEO stands up abruptly. Everyone goes quiet, staring at him. Jaemin stares up at him too, just as shocked as everyone else.

The younger then realizes what he’s doing – it’s too obvious with his expression, and the veins on his hands and neck. He knows this look too well.

He shakes his head, seemingly telling his boss, ‘ Dont. It’s fine.’

Jeno refuses to see it.

“My apologies, but my employees and I must leave now.”

The client stares at him wordlessly for a moment, before bursting into loud laughter.

“You’re hilarious, Mister CEO! Come on, sit back down-”

“I said, we are leaving now. ” This time, Jeno says it to his employees, who all stand up quietly, obedient to their boss. They leave the room one by one, unminding of the way the client scoffs and chuckles bitterly, drunkenly.

Jaemin stands up and leaves too, head down.

Jeno is the last to step away from his seat, when everyone else has gone. He looks down at his client.

“I do not tolerate anyone who disrespects my employees. Our ties will be terminated, and you are banned from ever transacting with my company again. I will make sure all your partners and investors know of your indecent behavior.”

He bows just a little, before finally walking away.

Once he’s out of their private room, he immediately looks for his secretary. He notices all the employees he had brought already waiting at the lobby, but no Jaemin in sight. Renjun notices his gaze. He approaches the CEO.

He bows first, before speaking. And when he speaks, it is not as Jeno’s employee, but as Jaemin’s friend.

“He’s in the bathroom.”

Jeno tries not to run towards it. His feet are still quick, however, and he nearly breaks the door open when he hears soft crying.

His eyes are frantic as they find Jaemin’s blonde hair, he’s facing the tiled walls. His movements are panicked and he isn’t thinking at all as he reaches out for his shoulder and turns him around, only to see that the younger isn’t crying at all. Confusion fills him, until he notices there’s a little boy right there, in front of Jaemin. He’s the one who’s crying.

Jeno’s eyes widen, moving back quickly and retracting his hand.

He’s overstepped.

“I-I’m sorry,” he blurts out.

Jaemin still doesn’t look into his eyes.

“It’s okay.”

Jeno swallows. Why is he nervous all of a sudden?

“I’ll uhm … I’ll wait for you outside.”

The younger just nods. Maybe he whispers an ‘okay,’ Jeno isn’t sure as he walks out of the bathroom.

He first texts Donghyuck and tells him to let their employees know that they may now go home. He awaits Jaemin right outside the bathroom, standing by the door and uncaring of the people who pass by him and maybe even recognize him.

A few minutes later, the door opens. Jeno immediately straightens up, building up confidence to say something to Jaemin- anything.

He relaxes his stance a bit when he notices the little boy come out first. Then, Jaemin comes out after, standing behind him.

“He lost his parents inside,” the blonde explains. And Jeno belatedly realizes then, what’s a kid like that doing here?

“He said they work here,” Jaemin answers for him, smiling softly as he looks down at the child who’s still sniffling. “He must’ve followed them from home.” The secretary bends down, crouching low to wipe a tear that falls onto the boy’s cheek. “You miss them, don’t you?”

The child nods, holding onto Jaemin’s hands.

“Don’t you worry now. We’ll find your parents, alright?”

Jeno is a bit stunned when his secretary looks straight up at him. Even as he stands up fully, he still looks into his eyes, for the first time in weeks.

Jaemin’s tone is serious, but gentle as he asks, “Do you think we can talk to the manager?”

The CEO gives a strict nod. “Leave it to me.”

Jeno finds the manager of the place, talks to him about the child and his parents. He offers him a large tip, as compensation so that he’ll allow the boy’s parents not to work for a few days, and simply tend to their son.

When the little boy’s parents finally come out and meet them to get their son, Jeno is a bit surprised when it’s two men that approach them. Surely, it isn’t wrong or unusual, but he had just expected the typical mother and father, like most people would. The both of them have tears in their eyes the moment they see their child, unaware this whole time that their son had followed them to work.

After they thank both the CEO and secretary, they explain that one of them works as a bartender, while the other is part of the bar’s security. They have part-time day jobs too, but most of their income comes from their jobs here, as this bar is high-end and pays well. They adopted their son when he was just a baby, and have been taking care of him ever since. It’s clear that they love the little boy so much, the same way that he loves his two fathers.

Somehow, Jeno remembers Jisung from the kid, always missing his papa because of work, and their family situation.

And when he glances towards Jaemin as they listen to the family’s story, he wonders if Jaemin also understands the little boy in some way. There’s a softness in his eyes, a warmth but also a sadness. The look of longing. Yearning. Wanting. Wishing.

Jeno wishes he could hold him close and tuck away the strand of hair that falls into his eyes.

When they bid their goodbyes, it’s already very late. The CEO and secretary stand next to each other at the lobby, unsure of where to go, where to look, where to begin.

Reluctantly, Jeno starts.

“Are you okay?”

Jaemin nods. “Yes, sir.” He looks into his eyes for just a moment, before bowing low. “Thank you for helping them.”

Jeno frowns. Why? He doesn’t know.

“Of course, Jaemin. Come on, I’ll drive-”

He stops himself.

He looks away.

“I’ll have the chauffeur drive you home.”

Jaemin still doesn’t look at him. “It’s past 12, Sir. I’ll just commute-”

“No, you are not ,” Jeno says sternly, images of earlier tonight flashing in his mind. “You are not commuting home. I’ll call the chauffeur personally. If he doesn’t come, then I’ll drive you home.”

Jaemin stays quiet. His hands are clasped together in front of him.

Jeno tries not to break down as he looks at him. Longingly.

“I’m sorry I let that happen,” he says, the exasperation and regret and frustration seeping through his tone, despite the softness of his voice. “I shouldn’t have. I won’t let it happen again. I’m sorry.”

The secretary shakes his head. His voice is so small.

“It’s alright, Sir. I’m fine.”

“You’re not fine , Jaemin,” Jeno counters emotionally before he can think, clearly stressed over everything. “You’re not- I-It’s not fine.” He runs a hand through his hair, closing his eyes for a second.

“Just- let me drive you home, okay?”

A few moments of silence. Jaemin still won’t look at him. But, he nods.

“Okay, Sir.”

They walk to the car with a decent distance between them, the same way any boss and secretary would do so. Even as they enter the car, Jaemin chooses to sit in the back seat without a word. Jeno gazes at him when he does so, but doesn’t speak of it too.

And even throughout the whole car ride, they don’t talk at all.

The whirring of the air conditioning is loud. Jeno focuses on the road. Both hands on the stirring wheel, calm and composed. His heartbeat is steady, his breathing is deep and normal.

He wishes he didn’t look back once at the rearview mirror. He saw Jaemin, and Jaemin was looking right at him. He’s the first to look away this time.

When they arrive at the secretary’s apartment, Jeno stops right out front, like always. This time, he doesn’t park. He doesn’t need to. He hears the click of the seatbelt in the back seat, and finally, the younger’s voice.

“Have a good night, Sir.”

Jaemin gets out of the car without waiting for a response. He bows low right outside, before making his way up to his apartment. Jeno watches him for a few seconds, before driving away.

His home is quiet as he enters it. It’s empty this time, like it is most days.

He pours himself a glass of water, before going up to his room and getting ready for bed. He takes a cold shower, puts on his pajamas, wears his glasses. He sits down on the edge of the bed, checking his phone for any emails.

His heart skips a beat. Maybe two.

sweet

Thank you for the ride, Sir.

See you tomorrow.

Jeno doesn’t know if he should send a text back. What would Jaemin think if he sent a text back? What would he feel if he sent something more than ‘you’re welcome’?

He puts his phone down. Runs a hand through his hair.

He’s overstepped one too many lines. Gone over so many boundaries. Broken every single rule.

He just lost a client. Acted rashly and rudely towards him. Walked away from their dinner without much explanation. Done everything a CEO shouldn’t have done, would never have done.

And yet, all he can think about is Jaemin.

Why is it so hard not to miss Jaemin so much? Why is it so hard not to miss him, and want to hold him and kiss him? Why is it so hard not to care about how he is, about how he feels, about how much he might miss Jeno too?

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

The whole night feels like a blur to Jaemin. All he remembers is wanting to give in. Wanting to give up. Wanting to just throw all his hard work away, and throw himself at Jeno.

He sends a text without thinking at all. He waits for a reply for five, ten, fifteen minutes. 

It comes half an hour later.

CEO Lee

No problem.

See you tomorrow, Jaemin.

Jaemin falls asleep after reading the text, his cat curled up next to him.

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

The next day, Jaemin starts his day like usual. 

He wakes up early, gets his workout in, takes a good shower, then gets dressed. He heads to work right after getting his bosses’ coffee orders, then drops them off at their tables one by one before finally going up to his and the CEO’s office floor.

He first drops his own things by his desk, then enters the CEO’s private office. He places his coffee and breakfast on his table, turns on his desktop, and prepares the files he had been looking at the past week, or will be needing during meetings today. He adjusts the temperature of the air conditioning, then waits quietly for his boss to arrive.

Minutes later, the door opens, and Jaemin falls to a low bow.

“Good morning, Sir.”

Jeno passes by him without a word. It’s supposed to be that way anyway. He tries not to make any sense of the sigh he hears.

“Have you prepared the folder for the meeting at 10?”

Jaemin nods quickly. “Yes, sir. Everything is ready, I’ve reserved the meeting room as well.”

He watches as Mister Lee takes a sip of his coffee.

“Good.”

And so, Jaemin announces his agenda for today. He doesn’t miss any single activity, takes note of every single adjustment needed, adds any new comment or detail. 

When he finishes, he bows low, and leaves the office.

The morning is perfect, everything is in line. As it should be.

Back at his own desk, he finally sits down, and relaxes just a bit. Renjun locks gazes with him from across the room, offering a small smile.

“You okay?”

Jaemin breathes in and out, smiling back. He nods.

“Yeah.”

He knows that Renjun knows it’s a lie.

They both don’t say anything about it.

The morning goes on. Three meetings with subordinates. A meeting with some clients. Order lunch for the CEO. Lunch break with Renjun and Yangyang. 

Afternoon. Pizza delivery for one of the teams that had just successfully and cleanly finished a deal. Reservation of meeting rooms for next week. More agenda note-taking, changing, adding.

Evening. Editing and proofreading contracts and documents. Receive some flowers and another bottle of liquor for Mister Lee. Last meeting for today with investors.

The meeting ends. Jaemin glances at the wall clock. 8:12 PM.

He bows at the investors that leave one by one, making sure to give them a warm smile, and a greeting of ‘get home safely.’ Once everyone is gone, Jaemin begins cleaning up. He switches off the projector, and closes the laptop attached to it. He then picks up the files on the long table one by one, as well as any snack wrappers or coffee mugs around.

He looks up in surprise when he hears the meeting room’s door creak open. It’s Mister Lee.

Jaemin bows down low at an instant.

“Hello,” Jeno walks in, closing the door behind him. “I just wanted to see if you were doing alright.”

Jaemin blinks. He makes the mistake of looking up and meeting the CEO’s eyes, turning away immediately after.

“Yes, I’m fine, Sir. Thank you for your concern.”

He bows again, before continuing to clean up the table. Out of his peripheral vision, he sees his boss stay put, just standing where he is. 

He puts all the files away in one corner, organizing them. He notices the footsteps that begin coming closer to him, slow and calm. As any CEO would do. He doesn’t stop working either. As any secretary would do.

He eventually finishes, gathering his own things as he straightens up.

Jeno is still there. Just a meter or so away from him.

Jaemin stares at the ground.

“Is there anything you need, Sir?”

The younger holds onto his clipboard tightly.

He sees the CEO take one, two, three steps forward.

He can hear his own heartbeat getting faster.

“Look at me, Jaemin.”

Jaemin gulps.

“Look at me,” Jeno repeats. “Please.”

Jaemin closes his eyes. He breathes in, and out.

He looks up, and finally, meets Jeno’s gaze.

He finally properly looks at him. Properly meets his eyes and looks at him. Properly examines his features, studies the lines on his face, memorizes the planes and ridges and curves and angles. He properly admires him.

And, after all these weeks of pain and worry and anxiety, Jeno is still so beautiful. He’s always been. He likely always will be.

Jaemin holds his breath as he stares into his eyes, anticipation filling him from head to toe. 

Jeno takes a breath too. He looks into his eyes, never once stops looking into those eyes, those deep, dark, mesmerizing orbs of his.

“ Jaemin,” he whispers — nervous, scared, soft; but loud enough for Jaemin to hear.

Just as terrified, Jaemin whispers back.

“Yes, sir?”

For a few seconds, Jeno just looks at him. Longingly.

An inhale.

And an exhale.

“I’m in love with you.”

Jaemin feels a warm tear drip down his cheek.

Jeno feels one on his own skin too.

“I never knew how to say it,” he says softly, shaking his head. “I was a coward. I was too scared to say it, to face my feelings, to even acknowledge that I treat you differently from others, but god, Jaemin, you are—” he pauses, looking into the younger’s eyes.

“You are everything to me.”

Jeno says it with a tone that’s so unfamiliar even to himself.

“You are everything to me, Jaemin,” he repeats, desperately. “A-And I know I’m supposed to be good at this — at speaking, at explaining, at knowing what to say — but you, you have me all messed up. You have me going crazy, Jaemin, as cliche as it sounds. A-All I think about is you, and all I ever want to think about is you. All I want to know and feel and see is you . And I quite honestly don’t know what I would do with myself if I ever lost sight of you. If I would never get to hold you again. If I would never get to just– be with you. To tell you how I truly feel. To tell you how much I admire you, how much I adore you — every single part of you that you’ve let me see, and every single part of you that you’ve yet to show to me, even to anyone at all. I like all of you, Jaemin. I want all of you. I want to be with you, and only you.”

Jaemin has to hold himself back from sobbing.

Jeno never stops looking into his eyes.

“I love you, Jaemin,” he confesses wholeheartedly, finally, despite all the fear inside of him. “And I know I’ve hurt you in more ways than one, and it may not be now or in the near future, or maybe ever but …”

“I just wanted to know, if you would ever find it in you, to want me too?”

Jeno breathes heavily as he awaits the younger’s reply. His heart is beating out of his chest, ringing in his ears, falling to his stomach and down to his feet.

He closes his eyes for a moment.

Then, he feels warmth on his face. 

When he opens his eyes, Jaemin has come closer to wipe away his tears. He smiles at the older despite the tears that flow down his face too, both hands cupping his cheeks.

Then, Jaemin kisses him. Soft, and sweet, and slow, and tender.

Jeno kisses back at an instant. Jaemin’s lips still taste of sweet, sweet sugar.

“Oh, Jeno,” he whispers as he presses their foreheads together, and Jeno has never known a more beautiful sound than sugar’s voice saying his name again.

“I had been in love with you for so long,” Jaemin admits, beautiful and sweet. “I wanted to stop. I wanted to stop loving you. I wanted to stop myself from falling for you even further. I wanted to stop because I thought I’d lose control of myself, of my life … I wanted to just keep to myself, like I always have. But no matter how hard I tried, I just couldn’t,” Jaemin shakes his head, more tears streaming down his face. “I lost control even more when I tried to stop, and I just … I just missed you even more. I missed you so much, Jeno,” he whispers with a trembling voice, holding back sobs.  “I wanted to be with you, and it hurt every day that I chose not to. But really, all I’ve ever wanted to do is be in your presence and feel your warmth and hold your hand and kiss your lips.”

“I loved you so much, Jeno,” he says firmly, ardently. “I loved you more than anything, more than anyone else. I loved you so much that it hurt. I loved you too, too much.”

Jeno looks away with lost hope.

“Am I too late?”

Jaemin smiles softly, tracing his index finger over the older’s jaw.

He looks into the older’s eyes.

His voice comes out as a whisper.

“Did you really think I’d ever stop loving you, Lee Jeno?”

Jeno’s eyes widen, before he breaks into a big grin. The sound of warm laughter fills the room as he wraps his arms around Jaemin, embracing him tightly. They cry into each other’s arms with beautiful smiles on their faces, bodies melding and hearts beating in sync. Jeno places one hand on Jaemin’s blonde hair, stroking his head, keeping him close as he whispers into his shoulder,

“I’m sorry I took so long. I’m sorry I made you wait alone.”

Jaemin shakes his head, all smiles and tears.

“No. I’m sorry,” he says honestly. “I know how much I hurt you,” he whispers, closing his eyes as he cries more. “It’s been so difficult for you. I’m so, so sorry, Jeno. I’m so sorry.”

“Hey, hey, baby, it’s okay,” Jeno shakes his head, lifting the younger’s face so he’s looking at him again. “You’re here now,” he whispers, tucking his hair behind his ear, just as he’s longed to do for the past weeks. “You don’t need to do anything at all. I have you, and that’s all that matters. Let me take care of everything else. You’ve done so much for me already; so now, let me be the one to tend to your needs, to serve you and listen to your every word. Let me love you everyday, let me study all your traits and curves and preferences. Let me take care of you, Jaemin. Let me do everything for you. I want to do everything for you.”

Jaemin sniffles, nodding and smiling. The older smiles widely too in return, heart warming as he gazes as much as he wants into his secretary’s eyes.

“I love you, Jaemin.”

The blonde leans his cheek into his touch, before keeping his hand there and pressing a kiss to his palm.

“I love you, Jeno.”

He leans forward, and kisses the CEO deeply. His hands come up to his nape, connecting there and relishing in the way Jeno pulls him closer by the waist. They kiss so warmly, so tenderly, so desperately. Longingly. Lovingly.

When they pull away, Jeno kisses his forehead.

“My beautiful Jaemin,” he whispers, keeping his lips there as he closes his eyes.

“My sweet, sweet sugar.”

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

Right after they close all the lights and doors in the office, the two make their way down to Jeno’s car in the private parking, hands intertwined and big smiles on their faces. Jeno offers to drive, even if it isn’t midnight yet and they could have used the chauffeur.

The moment Jaemin buckles his seatbelt and settles down in the front seat, a hand comes over his own, holding and squeezing a bit. He smiles, looking up at Jeno on the driver’s side.

Jeno gazes at him as he brings his hand up to his lips and kisses his knuckles.

“Can I take you home with me?”

Jaemin feels his cheeks warm, watching as Jeno plants more kisses on each little bump, awaiting his answer.

He nods.

“Yes please.”

Jeno never lets go of him the whole car ride. Secretly, Jaemin thinks it’s sexy that he can drive with just one hand on the wheel. They make a bit of conversation too, but somehow, the secretary feels his heart beating irregularly, and his fingers fidgeting a bit. He can’t quite sit still too, and is conscious of every move he makes, or every time Jeno looks at him (which is, well, all the time).

He’s nervous.

And it certainly isn’t a first for him to feel nervous around the CEO. But for some reason, this feels different. He just doesn’t want to mess anything up, especially since everything is already so perfect. He can’t even believe Jeno is holding his hand right now. He can’t believe Jeno loves him.

It’s so surreal. It can't be real. But then he feels another squeeze on his hand, as if telling him that it is real.

He loves Jeno, and Jeno loves him.

He looks over to the older as he drives, returning the squeeze, which makes a smile form on Jeno’s lips. In return, the blonde smiles too, bringing their interlocked hands up to his lips, just like Jeno did before they left.

The CEO’s eyes turn to him then. His lips whisper a few words.

“I love you.”

Jaemin bites on his lip, smiling wider.

“I love you too.”

⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤⏤

Jaemin feels a little too giddy as they reach the older’s house. They only make it to the kitchen before Jeno is nosing in on his neck, kissing his skin softly as he murmurs sweet nothings by his ear and traps him against the counter.

“So pretty, sugar. So good for me,” Jeno exhales as he begins undoing the younger’s pants. Jaemin just lets him, willing his heartbeat to calm down as his boss keeps showering him with praises and kisses.

Once his pants are completely off and he’s left in just his dress shirt, Jeno carefully carries him onto the marble kitchen island, making sure he’s seated comfortably. The younger kisses his lips once there, legs opening to accommodate Jeno in between. He runs his fingers through his boss’ black hair, whilst hungry hands roam around his bare thighs. Their lips move together with such fervor, such eagerness and want.

But then Jaemin remembers something.

“Wait, wait,” the secretary huffs, hand on the other’s chest. “I-Isn’t Jisung home? Isn’t he coming here? What if-”

“No, he’s coming tomorrow,” Jeno answers immediately, already unbuttoning Jaemin’s shirt and kissing every centimeter of skin that’s revealed.

“W-Wait,” the younger tries again, though his head tilts back when he feels a hickey sucked on his right pec. “Jeno, f-fuck- wait .”

Jeno stops all movements when he feels a tug on his hair and a soft, almost cry-like whine, looking up at his secretary with wide eyes. “What’s wrong? D-Did I hurt you? Are you uncomfortable? Shit. I’m so sorry, I-I was being too greedy and impatient, I didn’t-”

He silences when a hand caresses his cheek. He gazes up at the younger with trembling eyes.

Jaemin shakes his head. “I’m okay, Jeno. You didn’t hurt me,” he whispers. “You’ve never hurt me,” he makes clear, reassuring and gentle.

A little gasp escapes Jaemin when the CEO tilts his head, so his face fits better into his palm.

He’s being so … gentle. And shy. And nervous. He was never this way before.

“I’m sorry. I … I just …”

“I know,” the secretary whispers. Then, he leans in to kiss his lips softly, just once. He keeps the older’s face close to his as he says, “I’m not going anywhere, Jeno. Not this time, or ever again. Okay?”

Jeno smiles too, eyes glassy. He nods.

“Okay.”

Their lips meet again, every move so kind and sweet and full of love. Jeno brings his hands up into the younger’s shirt, smoothing over the arch of his back and feeling the warmth of his skin. He smiles into their kiss when he moves his hand downwards and his fingers touch a familiar lacey material. And when they pull away, Jaemin finds that Jeno, is still Jeno after all.

“You’re wearing the panties I gave you,” he says with a cocky smirk, inserting a few fingers past the waistband, just teasing and squeezing his hips ever so slightly. “So you still wore them even after we stopped fucking? How often do you wear these, hm? Did you think of me while putting them on? Or maybe, did you get off thinking of me while wearing one of these? Hm, sugar?”

The bright pink that blooms on Jaemin’s cheeks is enough of an answer.

The CEO chuckles lowly. “Oh, you’re adorable, sugar.”

“Stop it,” Jaemin whines, absolutely flustered. “Don’t tell me you didn’t jerk off while thinking of me too.”

“Oh, I did. All the time, baby,” Jeno admits without an ounce of shame or shyness, in contrast to his lover and to how he was just minutes ago.

Then, he looks right into his secretary’s eyes, voice low and expression dark as he hums.

“Don’t you know how hard you make me, Na Jaemin ?”

The younger’s breath hitches. Jeno takes one of his hands, and without breaking eye contact, brings it all the way down to the front of his trousers.

Jaemin bites his lip as his palm makes contact with the clothed bulge, feeling his boss’ warm breath fan across his face as he strokes it lightly. When he gives it a little squeeze, Jeno closes his eyes and hisses, forehead bumping against his.

“Fuck.”

Jaemin smiles a bit at the fact that he still has the same effect on him. He’s about to undo the older’s pants, when Jeno abruptly pulls him close and carries him off the counter, Jaemin’s legs wrapping around his waist.

The CEO impatiently licks into his mouth and kisses him hungrily as he walks them up to the bedroom, and all Jaemin can do is moan and marvel at his lover’s strength.

Mister Lee definitely fueled his manhandling kink.

Even the way Jeno throws him onto the bed has his cock twitching in his panties.

As he lays there, elbows planted behind him on the mattress, he watches silently the way the CEO undoes his belt with one hand, heart beating loudly in anticipation. Jeno’s about to unbutton his shirt too (or maybe rip it off, Jaemin honestly thinks he looks more likely to do that right now), when the younger sits up and stops him.

“W-Wait.” He crawls to the end of the bed, sitting right in front of Jeno.

“Can I take it off?”

For some seconds, there’s only silence.

The older looks down at him, but it feels different from usual. His gaze is soft but focused, and his breaths are heavy, yet steady. A few fingers come under Jaemin’s chin, tilting his face upwards as he blinks and awaits Jeno’s reply. Jeno seems to be pondering, all while staring into his eyes. Jaemin wonders if he had said something so stupid or wrong.

But then Jeno replies, and it’s not much of an answer.

Instead, he breathes out, just shy of a whisper —

“You’re so beautiful, Jaemin.”

And Jaemin can only take so much.

His heartbeat bangs in his ears, a blush rising up his neck. He looks away, murmuring, “I only asked if I could take your shirt off for you.”

In return, Jeno smiles, warm and pretty.

“Am I not allowed to find you beautiful at any given moment?” he muses, fingers caressing the side of the younger’s neck. “Because I truly do.”

Jaemin sighs, unable to handle any more. He stands up himself, and without a word, begins unbuttoning Jeno’s crisp (now crumpled) white shirt. The CEO just lets him, eyes crescent moons.

When he finishes, without a word too, Jeno leans down and catches Jaemin’s lips in his.

He smiles as the blonde pushes his shirt off his shoulders, then throws it across the room.

Jeno holds onto his waist, breathless as he pulls away.

“Can I take off yours too?”

Jaemin smiles, nodding.

It’s the way they never even asked such questions in bed before, the way they suddenly feel the need to now. It’s the way it makes both of them giggle, like it’s their first time seeing each other’s bodies

The older doesn’t waste time undoing each button anymore, and simply pulls the top up and over him. His hands are careful as he does it so as not to hurt his sugar, but they turn greedy and impatient as they grasp his bare skin afterward. He begins carefully walking them forward until his secretary is laying in bed again, and he’s hovering over him.

Jaemin looks like an angel.

Nothing but his lace panties on, the same periwinkle blue Jeno had ripped off of him way back. He still remembers personally entering the lingerie store then and checking out at the counter in complete embarrassment. Still, that didn’t stop him from buying sugar three pairs.

“Stop looking at me like that,” Jaemin mumbles, legs closing.

The CEO chuckles, leaving a kiss on his nose.

“No,” he replies as he shakes his head. “Let me look at you the way I’ve always wanted to look at you, Jaemin. Let me savor you, touch you, hold you the way I’ve always wanted to. Don’t make me hold back now, because I’ve held back far too much until this moment.”

Jaemin bites back a smile. His palms find their way over Jeno’s shoulders, then down to his back. He nods.

“Okay.”

He’s the one who pulls the older down this time so that their lips meet in the middle, so tenderly, yet purposefully. Jeno’s back flexes beneath his touch as he curls his fingertips over them, sure to leave a few red marks, especially when their hard-ons brush against each other.

And when the older grinds down once more, Jaemin moans into their kiss, silently asking for more by pulling on his black hair. Even more so when he feels the flesh of his thighs being squeezed and fondled.

In response, Jeno moves his kisses down to his jaw and neck. They’re soft and gentle at first, and then suddenly he’s sucking a patch of skin so roughly. The blonde gasps at the sensation, throwing his head back when the older’s tongue laves over it after. That only spurs the CEO on further, sucking more and more patches of skin into his mouth and painting beautiful red marks all over his neck and collarbones.

It’s when he moves his lips down to his chest however that Jaemin moans his name, chants it like a prayer.

It’s been a while, and every touch feels so electrifying for him. So when Jeno flicks his tongue over his nipples, and sucks on them lewdly, the younger can’t control the way his back arches, the way his mouth lets out high-pitched whimpers, the way he asks for more with his hands on Jeno’s head and nape. And far too easily, the CEO gives in, sucking on his nipples tightly and even biting on it a bit.

Once satisfied, Jeno sits up and stares at his artwork. Jaemin’s chest rises up and down as he watches the way he watches him.

He think his boss is done, but then Jeno licks his thumbs, then leans down and rolls Jaemin’s pretty, swollen, pink buds between his fingers.

“ Hng, f-fuck, daddy, ” Jaemin cries as his nipples get pinched and twisted. His cock is already hard and leaking on his abdomen, the tip peeking out of his lace underwear, all from some nipple play.

Meanwhile, Jeno has a devilish smirk on his lips.

“You’re so sensitive,” he hums, leaning down for just another sweet suck. “So pretty the way you moan for me.”

“Jeno, please, ” the younger whispers.

“Gonna cum already, huh?” the CEO teases.

Jaemin tries to hide his red cheeks; but, he nods desperately.

“Please touch me. Please , daddy.”

Jeno curses silently at how they’re only starting, and the younger is already begging.

He doesn’t need to though. Jeno would do everything he says.

So when Jaemin stops him with a hand to his wrist, and a soft, “ Wait ,” Jeno stops all movements.

“I-Is something wrong?”

The secretary sits up. He contemplates a bit, before gathering his courage firmly and asking,

“Can we try something? C-Can you try something on me?”

Jeno nods.

Jaemin takes a deep breath in, and out. This is something he’s thought of doing for a while now, something he’s always wanted to do, most especially with Jeno. 

He looks into the older’s eyes.

“I want you to edge me.”

He notices his gaze darken. Jeno seems to think for a moment. He brushes his knuckles over sugar’s cheek gently.

“Are you sure, baby? It’ll be difficult for you, and I don’t want to hurt you.”

“You won’t hurt me.” Jaemin nods earnestly. “I’m sure, Jeno. I want to do it”

“Alright. But you must tell me if it’s too much. You have to tell me to stop, directly. Promise me.”

The younger nods again. “I promise.”

With that, Jeno guides him to lay back down, head comfortably on the pillows. He gets the lube ready as well, and Jaemin takes it upon himself to slip off his lace panties.

So there he is, completely naked and spread out, all for Jeno. He knows he’s the one who suggested this idea, but he can’t help how abashed he feels looking like this for the CEO after so long. Especially knowing what they’re going to do tonight.

“What took you so long,” he mutters as the CEO comes back to bed, lube in tow.

Jeno smiles. “I think you’re just impatient, sugar.”

Jaemin rolls his eyes, but pulls him down for a kiss. The older complies easily, always savoring his sweet lips. He pecks his lips once, twice, thrice, before rising up onto his knees and getting the lube ready.

He generously pours it onto his fingers, warming up the liquid. Then, he positions himself right between Jaemin’s knees.

“Keep your legs open for me, hm?”

The younger nods, hating the way Jeno so easily makes his heart feel like it’s going to explode inside of him.

The CEO places his clean hand on his thigh, just rubbing up and down soothingly.

“Okay. You ready?”

Jaemin nods. “Yes.”

Jeno spares him one last kiss to his knee. “Remember what I told you?”

“Yes. I’ll tell you to stop if it becomes too much.”

A smile. “Good boy.”

Jaemin forgot how those two words make him blush so bad. 

He watches closely as Jeno’s lubed fingers approach his entrance. He takes deep breaths in, and out.

He jumps a bit when he feels the cool liquid smear against his hole, making it flutter, and in turn, making Jeno chuckle.

“It’s really been a while, hasn’t it?”

“Yes, I- fuck.” 

Two fingers sink inside of him. His toes curl at the sensation, at the sudden intrusion, at the sudden want that grows within him.

“Good?”

“So good,” he admits, rendering him a grin from the older. 

Slowly, Jeno moves his two fingers in, and out. In, and out. The sticky sounds of the lube echo in the room, along with Jaemin’s soft whimpers here and there.

After a while, the CEO looks at him. “Another?”

“Please.”

So a third finger joins, and a silent drawn-out moan comes out of the younger. 

All three digits move in and out of him at a gradually increasing pace, and Jaemin can also feel his release slowly but surely approaching. Every thrust in has a new bead of sweat forming on his body, and every pull out has his hole sucking it back in hungrily, his lower body flexing involuntarily.

The build-up is steady, and predictable.

That is until, Jeno decides to stop mid-thrust. He buries his fingers all the way to the hilt. Jaemin sits up a bit in confusion, looking down.

“Why’d you stop-”

And then, Jeno curls his fingers upwards.

It’s amazing, really. How the older still memorizes his body, still remembers exactly how to please him, where his pressure points are, what he knows will make him lose his damn mind.

He finds his prostate with ease, and keeps his fingers right there, moving just the tips back and forth, massaging the bundle of nerves that has Jaemin moaning every single curse word known to man.

“F-Fuck, Jeno! Daddy, I-I — shit, hng .”

His legs open wider and wider as he feels his orgasm rising in him, arching his back and fisting the sheets below him as Jeno continuously abuses his prostate.

“Feel good, baby?"

“Y-Yes! Feels so good, daddy. I-I’m gonna cum.”

Jeno keeps going, keeps pushing on the same spot, keeps triggering moan after moan from his lover, until Jaemin is so close, so so close —

He pulls his fingers out completely.

The blonde immediately sobs at the loss, legs snapping shut abruptly. But Jeno grasps his thighs and spreads him open again, a growl coming out of him.

“I told you to keep them open, didn’t I?”

Jaemin whimpers in shame, nodding as he mumbles an apology.

But Mister Lee isn’t having it.

Without any warning, he grips Jaemin’s cock with his lubed-up hand and pumps it at lightning speed. The younger instantly arches his back and screams, his high coming close again at such a fast pace.

The squelching sounds of his lube-coated cock, the precum that spills over his tip, the skilled fingers that fondle the head and trace his veins. It could only take one, two, maybe three more strokes and he’s going to cum.

Jeno pumps his cock rapidly without end, without falter.

Once. Twice. Thrice.

And then he takes all hands off of him again, leaving the younger’s cock still rock hard and devoid of release.

“Daddy, please,” he cries, close to getting on his knees. “Let me cum, please, please. I want to cum so badly.”

Jeno teases him with a finger swiping over his length. Embarrassingly, it jumps at the feather touch, making the CEO chuckle.

“I’ll let you cum, but only if you’re a good boy. Have you been a good boy, Jaemin?”

The secretary nods eagerly, eyes round and filled with unspilled tears.

“Yes, yes, I’m a good boy. I’ll be good for you too, you’ll see. I-I’ll be such a good boy for you, daddy.”

Then, he blinks his eyes innocently, eyelashes fanning ever so slightly as he pouts his lips.

“I’m your good boy. Daddy’s good boy. Daddy’s sugar. Jeno’s sugar.”

Jeno all but stops himself.

All of a sudden, he grasps sugar’s hips, turns him around so he’s on his stomach, then pulls him up onto all fours. Jaemin can barely process anything, can barely react at all, because now there’s a slap being landed onto his right cheek, then a tight squeeze on the left, and then—

There’s a tongue licking right over his hole.

“ Jeno!”

And damn, is Jeno determined to really test his limits. To make his stomach twist in knots, to make his heart to do one too many jumps in a second, to make him feel so, fucking, good .

Every circle of his tongue over his fluttering hole, every suck on his pretty rim has Jaemin going insane. His body trembles as he struggles to keep himself up on his hands and knees, all while the CEO eats him out like a madman.

And when Jeno spreads his ass cheeks to spit right inside him, Jaemin feels his cock ready to burst at any fucking moment.

“I-I’m gonna cum,” he whimpers, head hanging low between his shoulders.

“No, you’re not,” Jeno replies breathily. He squeezes his ass one last time, before flipping Jaemin over again. He instantly lays over him, arms trapping the younger’s head as he looks directly into his eyes.

“You are cumming on my cock, and only my cock.”

Jaemin almost moans right then and there. Luckily, Jeno kisses him before he can even get a whisper out. 

They make out languidly, passionately in the dark of the night. Jaemin can feel the way their heavy breaths turn into moans swallowed by each others mouths. He can feel the way they both grasp as much of each other as possible, pressing their bodies closer together, as if any distance between them would be such a disgrace, such a sin to commit.

And he knows, that Jeno feels it too.

“I love you ,” he hears the CEO say in between their kiss, making him blush silly like a highschooler.

He’d reply ‘I love you too,’ in a heartbeat, except suddenly there’s a long, veiny girth tearing his hole open, sinking deep into him, slowly, inch by inch, so that he can feel every vein, hear and savor every hiss and grunt that falls from his lover’s lips.

“Fuck, babe,” Jeno groans as he continues to push his cock in. “All that prep, and you’re still so fucking tight. Tight as a fucking virgin- god fucking damn it .”

And Jaemin, as much as he would like to giggle about how the CEO is falling apart from just the first thrust, is also shaking, also unable to control the breathy, broken mewls that come out of him. 

Jeno pauses once he’s all the way in. He presses a few kisses to the younger’s face.

“You okay, sugar?”

Jaemin nods, weakly bringing his arms up to hang around Jeno’s neck.

“I’m already so close,” he whispers honestly, all the broken off orgasms from earlier still burning inside of him. “Jeno, please , I-”

“Shh, I know, sugar,” Jeno replies, kissing the blonde’s inner arm. “I’ll make you cum, okay? I’ll make you feel good.”

And Jeno does indeed make him feel beyond good. Every thrust is so harsh that it sends him rocking upward, the bedframe hitting the wall with a thud. Every hit to his prostate makes his eyes roll to the back of his head, makes his hole tighten around the thick cock in him, makes Jeno swear one too many times.

His fingers grip onto Jeno’s black hair, his legs curl around his waist. He throws his head back onto the pillow as Jeno just begins picking up the pace, as the knot in his stomach tightens. And when one of his already swollen, abused nipples is licked and sucked on nonstop, Jaemin can’t take it anymore.

“I-I’m gonna cum, please, please, please,” he chants like a prayer, like a mantra.

Meanwhile, the older is also getting heated with all this begging, with the warm walls squeezing his length. He fastens his thrusts even more, rendering Jaemin a screaming mess as his hole gets pounded relentlessly.

“You gonna cum for me, sugar? You gonna be a good boy and cum all over my cock?”

Jaemin nods desperately, tears finally streaming down his cheeks.

And so, Jeno wraps a hand around his cock and jerks him off as quickly as he can.

“Cum for me, Jaemin.”

That’s all it takes.

With a loud, high-pitched moan, the blonde finally releases copious amounts of cum between them, creating a sticky, dirty mess on their torsos. Jeno helps him through his orgasm, still pumping his cock until the very last drop.

Once he’s done, the CEO approaches him with soft eyes, immediately going straight for a tender kiss on his lips. “Are you okay? Was that good for you?”

Jaemin smiles at how different he suddenly is.

“It was good, Jeno,” he says truthfully. “It was amazing .”

The older smiles back. “That’s good to know.”

Ever so Mister Lee, Jaemin thinks amusedly to himself.

He leans up to kiss Jeno again, just slow, and relaxed. The older thinks they’re probably going to rest now, since his secretary must be completely worn out.

But then Jaemin pushes him down and straddles him immediately. He looks up with wide eyes at the determined expression on his face. That look he always has when he really wants something. When he really wants to please Jeno.

The older chuckles, hands crawling up to his sides.

“What are you planning, hm?”

Jaemin can’t help but giggle too, his own palms splayed on Jeno’s pecs. He bites on his lip as feels up his body, fingers exploring all over from his abs to his sharply cut shoulders. 

And then, he pauses when his hand is right over the left side of the CEO’s chest. He just lays it there, calm, attentive.

He’s feeling his heartbeat. The gentle thump, the steadiness, the way it gradually becomes faster at times, the way it gets stronger, the way it eventually relaxes when when Jeno places his own hand over his.

Jaemin meets his gaze.

His own heartbeat fastens as he stares at the way his boss stares back at him.

Jaemin doesn’t know why or how, but suddenly, tears form in his eyes. Still, a beautiful smile grows on his lips.

“Jeno,” he whispers so softly, almost just mouthing the words as he looks into his eyes. “I love you so much.” 

Jeno sits up, without moving their hands over his heart. He kisses Jaemin sweetly, leaning their foreheads together. And in the little distance between them, his whisper is like a shout into the void.

“How lucky I am, to have such a wonderful person love me .”

Jaemin’s smile breaks into warm laughter as he reaches forward and hugs Jeno tightly. The older returns the embrace just as much, eyes closed, arms wrapped around his middle, face pressed against the crook of his neck. Tears fall onto the secretary’s face as he kisses Jeno’s temple, as he holds him like he’s fragile, like he’s worth everything to him.

And truly, he is.

“You are everything to me, Jeno,” he whispers, the same way that Jeno had confessed to him earlier. 

Jeno hugs him tighter.

They only pull away to kiss each other’s lips, all bright smiles after.

“I love you,” Jeno says against his lips, like it’s all he ever wants to say to him, grinning moon-eyed as he looks up at sugar.

Jaemin kisses him once more, knowing he’ll never get tired of hearing nor saying it too. “I love you too.”

He then begins backing away at that, sultry eyes telling Jeno to sit back and watch. So, the CEO does. He leans his back on the bed frame, one hand still reaching for Jaemin’s to rub at his fingertips, before letting him go.

The blonde positions himself between the CEO’s legs. Jeno breathes heavily as he watches the younger take his cock in his hand, pumping it slowly, but eagerly. He grazes his hand over his blonde hair, making Jaemin look up at him with round, doe eyes, yet again determined to please his lover.

“Not too far, okay? I don’t want you to get hurt.”

Jaemin’s heart warms at the concern. Jeno’s so different from how he used to treat him in bed. But somehow, he’s still the same Jeno that he knows, the Jeno that he fell in love with. He’s just … more comfortable in showing his emotions now.

Jaemin likes it a lot.

He nods. “Okay.”

And so, he doesn’t waste his time teasing. He immediately encloses his lips around the cockhead, suckling on it and tonguing at the slit. Then, he goes all the way down in one slow, yet smooth movement, making Jeno hiss as he hits the back of his throat for just a moment.

Immediately after, Jaemin pulls off, making sure to let his saliva drip down the length generously. He pumps it again in his hand and spreads the bead of precum that forms at the tip, feeling and ignoring the heavy gaze above him. He gives just one last leisurely lick from the very base to the tip, before sucking Jeno back into his mouth, and bobbing his head up and down, slowly at first, but increasingly gaining speed.

It’s been quite a long time, and Jaemin may now lack practice. But still, he tries to use his tongue on the underside, tries to hollow out his cheeks and breathe through his nose. He still does his best — he always does when it comes to Jeno.

So he swipes his tongue over the slit every chance he can get. He uses his hands where his mouth can’t reach. He tries to take him all the way in, staying as long as he can with Jeno deep in his throat.

A moment later, he gets pulled off of the length, and he’s met with the older’s labored breathing, and hooded eyes. 

“That’s enough, sugar.” Jeno’s hand comes down to caress his cheekbone, before going lower, and wiping some spit from the corner of his lips.

As if hypnotized, the secretary obediently makes his way towards the CEO, until he’s straddling his waist, and they’re face to face.

Jaemin’s eyes flutter shut when the older sits up to sensually kiss his cheek, his breath hitching when he feels a squeeze on his hips at the same time. He tilts his head back as Jeno’s kisses move down to his neck, tasting every inch of his skin, creating new marks and darkening the ones from earlier.

He takes it upon himself then to take his boss’ cock underneath him and pump it a few times, before aligning it to his awaiting hole.

His eyes meet Jeno’s, asking for permission.

Jeno’s eyes say he doesn’t have to ask.

He gives him a chaste kiss on his lips, before finally sinking down on his length. 

Instantly, Jaemin’s lips fall open as Jeno enters him, who somehow feels bigger than earlier. Meanwhile, the CEO can barely keep in his groans and curses, veins bulging on his hands, arms, and neck.

“God,” he whispers once his entire cock is engulfed in the warm heat, reaching deeper inside Jaemin in this position. “You feel so fucking good. You always do.”

The blonde tries to hide the way he blushes, looking away, only for the older to catch his attention by tucking a stray hair behind his ear.

Jaemin kisses his palm. Would it be too much to say ‘I love you,’ one more time?

He says it by moving closer, and kissing Jeno’s lips sweetly, passionately. He can feel the way the older gets hungrier, impatience growing by the second as he maps out his mouth with his tongue, as he sucks on Jaemin’s tongue lewdly.

And so, Jaemin raises his hips, then pushes back down on Jeno’s cock in one swift move. The older releases low moans into his mouth once his ass touches his balls, and his sounds only motivate the secretary to keep going, to work harder, to ride him faster.

Even as they pull away from their kiss, their bodies remain close together, almost no distance between their torsos, noses still touching and lips ghosting over each other. Even as Jaemin closes his eyes from all the pleasure, Jeno stares up at him in complete awe, hands flat on his back and fingertips pressing into his skin as he tries to feel more of his sugar, to feel all of him.

“My sugar,” he whispers, making the younger open his eyes and look down at him as well. “My Jaemin.”

Jaemin breaks into a beautiful smile, before they meet in the middle and kiss again.

He never stops riding Jeno, never feels any tiredness in his body despite how long this day has been. Jeno never stops him too, but never makes him go faster or demand him to tighten up more. He only adorns his skin with more kisses, whispers endless praises and sweet words into his ears. He lets him do as he pleases, lets Jaemin mark up his neck and jaw all pretty too.

As he feels his orgasm approaching, the blonde picks up the pace, moans and screams echoing within the four walls.

“J-Jeno, I’m close again.”

“Me too,” Jeno breathes out.

They close their eyes as they lean their bodies on each other. Jaemin moves faster, and faster, and faster, the both of them moaning into each other’s mouths until they finally cum together, the blonde between their torsos, and Jeno deep inside him.

As they come down from their highs, sugar lays all of his weight on the older. The CEO in turn rubs his skin back and forth soothingly with his hands, occasionally placing kisses in his hair, or wiping away sweat on his temples and forehead. They just stay like that for some time, wrapped up in each other, breathing steadily and calmly. Grateful, content, and very much in love .

“Will you stay the night?” Jeno asks softly, almost shyly.

The younger bites on his lip. “If you want me to.”

Mister Lee nods as he hugs him tighter. “Please do.”

Sugar smiles. “Okay.”

Later on, when Jeno tries to pull out, the younger stops him.

“It’ll get messy,” he says shyly, though they both know that’s not quite the best excuse.

Still, Jeno nods with a smile. He gently swipes away an eyelash that’s fallen to sugar’s cheek.

“Have you had dinner?”

Jaemin shakes his head, fingers playing with each other, connected over the older’s shoulders. He knows Jeno hasn’t either, since he had told him earlier tonight that he wasn’t hungry when asked if he wanted anything specific for dinner.

He kisses the blonde’s cheek sweetly. “Shall we eat then?” 

Jaemin giggles, thinking the older has forgotten that he hasn’t pulled out yet. “And how would we eat, Mister Jeno Lee—”

He’s cut off by his own gasp when the CEO simply maneuvers his legs around his waist, before suddenly rising up unto his knees and getting out of bed, all while carrying his secretary, cock still buried inside him.

Jaemin holds onto him for dear life.

“A-Are you going to cook like this, or something?!”

The older shrugs nonchalantly. “If there are enough ingredients, then maybe. Unless you want to order food delivery and open the door like this?”

“N-No! Let’s just- just- let’s just take a shower already. Then, we can order food delivery.”

Jeno chuckles at how cute sugar is. “Alright then. Your wish is my command, my love.”

Jaemin tries not to scream upon hearing the petname.

They make their way to Jeno’s bathroom, and the blonde can’t help but remember a few memories when he sees the bathtub in the middle. The CEO funnily even lets him choose if he wants to take a bath or a shower, and of course, he doesn’t forget to state matter-of-factly that he can fuck him in both, so either option is fine with him. Yes, quite an important thing to consider right now.

In the end, Jaemin chooses a shower since it’d be less time-consuming. Though they eventually do spend about an hour in there doing excruciatingly important things that must not be missed. 

Afterwards, Jeno lends him a set of pajamas, and they do all their hair and skincare routine together in front of the vanity area. Jaemin is so glad he can now use all of the CEO’s luxury products he had always been curious about.

Once they finish, they order some fried chicken and pop open a fancy bottle of wine (Jeno had mentioned that he’d been waiting for a good enough opportunity or event to open it). They share it on his couch, in the living area, old love songs playing in the speakers.

So there they are, fingers all greasy and cheeks rosy, half past midnight, drinking and squealing like they don’t have work to do. Jeno’s wearing glasses. Jaemin is wearing his pajamas.

There’s familiarity, but also newness to it.

Their laughter is the same as before, back when they didn’t even realize just what the joy and comfort they found in each other really meant. Even the way they tell each other anecdotes and naturally draw closer to each other is the same. The way their faces warm more from the words than the alcohol is the same too.

It was already love then. They just didn’t know it yet.

But what’s new is that Jeno doesn’t hold himself back when he wants to caress the younger’s cheek, or hold his hand the whole night, or kiss his lips without reason at all, or tell him just how much of an amazing person he is. What’s new is that there’s no emptiness filling Jaemin up, no fear in his heart that tells him to stop or be careful with what he says, no crippling pressure that he can’t be anything short of perfect.

Because it’s still love now, and they know it very well.

It will always be love, if it’s the two of them.

It’s love, because love is knowing and remembering what they like. It’s love, because love is getting the donut they want across town. It’s love, because love is driving them home late at night. It’s love, because love is watching them sleep soundly in the office with a fond smile. It’s love, because love is listening to their stories and wishing you had been there for them before. It’s love, because love is playing the piano for them and sharing your favorite songs. It’s love, because love is crying and admitting that you need them, that you miss them, that you want to be with them. It’s love, because love is telling them that they are everything to you, despite feeling hopeless and unsure. It’s love, because love is feeling their heartbeat, and kissing them gently, and lending them your pajamas and slippers.

He’s in Jeno’s arms as they lay in bed for the night. His ear is pressed against his chest as he listens to every thud. His body is warm and relaxed as he hugs Jeno tightly. His lips are curved up in a small smile.

He looks up at his lover. Jeno stares back at him, hand on his face.

“Jaemin-ah,” he calls, sweet and soft. “I love you so much.”

A tear falls from his eye, and the older is quick to wipe it away.

Jaemin smiles wider.

“I love you too, Jeno.”

It’s love, because it’s Lee Jeno, and Na Jaemin.